RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL INC
SB-2/A, 1998-10-21
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: PAINEWEBBER MORT AC CORP IV EMPIRE FNDG HOME LON OWN TR 1998, 8-K, 1998-10-21
Next: MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER SE EQ TR CM ED BT ID PT OCT 1998, 497J, 1998-10-21



   
   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on ^ October 21, 1998
                                                    Registration No. 333-^ 62363
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------
                                  PRE-EFFECTIVE
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ---------------------
    
                            Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
          ------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

       New Jersey                      6036                     (Requested)  
   -----------------              ---------------           --------------------
 (State or Other Jurisdiction    (Primary SIC No.)           (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)                           Identification No.)

               55 North Broad Street, Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450
                                  (201)445-4000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices
                        and Principal Place of Business)

                               Ms. Susan E. Naruk
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                            Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
               55 North Broad Street, Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450
                                 (201) 445-4000
          ------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
     Samuel J. Malizia, Esq., Gregory J. Rubis, Esq., Andrew S. White, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, check the following box.  [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of Each                                        Proposed Maximum         Proposed
Class of Securities           Amount to               Offering Price      Maximum Aggregate        Amount of
To Be Registered            be Registered                 Per Unit         Offering Price(1)     Registration Fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                     <C>                 <C>                   <C>       
   
Common Stock,
$.10 Par Value              ^ 1,864,725             ^ $ 7.00            ^ $13,053,075         ^ $3,850.66 (2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interests of participants
in the 401(k) Plan            ^ 102,142             ^ $ 7.00                 $715,000 ^(3)      $    0.00 ^(3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
</TABLE>
   
(1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2)  The registration fee has previously been paid.
(3)  Consists  of  shares  that  may be  acquired  by  the  401(k)  Plan  of the
     registrant,  based on the  assumption  that all of the assets of the 401(k)
     Plan are used to purchase such shares. Pursuant to Rule 457(h)(2) under the
     Securities  Act of 1933, no additional  fee is required with respect to the
     interests of participants of the 401(k) Plan.
    
         The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS                                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.
   
Up to ^ 1,864,725  (Proposed  Holding Company for Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New
of Common Stock     Jersey)  
    


                                                           55 North Broad Street
                                                           Ridgewood, New Jersey


   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Ridgewood  Savings  Bank  of  New  Jersey  is  reorganizing  from a New
Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank to a New Jersey-  chartered  stock savings
bank. As part of the  reorganization,  Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey will
become  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Ridgewood   Financial,   Inc.,  a  New
Jersey-chartered  stock  corporation.  Upon consummation of the  reorganization,
Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. will own all of the shares of Ridgewood Savings Bank
of New Jersey. A majority of the common stock of Ridgewood Financial, Inc. to be
issued  will be owned by a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual  savings  bank  holding
company that will have the same directors and officers as Ridgewood Savings Bank
of New Jersey. ^ A minority of the common stock of Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. is
being  offered to the public in  accordance  with a plan of  reorganization  and
stock issuance.  The reorganization  must be ratified by a majority of the votes
eligible to be cast by  depositors  of Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey and
approved by state and federal banking agencies.  No common stock will be sold if
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey,  Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. and the mutual
holding  company do not receive the necessary  votes or regulatory  approvals or
Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc.  does not  receive  orders for at least the  minimum
number of shares.  The common stock is expected to be quoted on The Nasdaq Stock
Market ^.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                ^ OFFERING TERMS

         An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value  of  the
reorganized Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey to be between ^ $17,850,000 and
$24,150,000. Of this amount, 47%, between ^ $8,389,500 and $11,350,500, is being
offered publicly,  which establishes the number of shares to be offered. Subject
to regulatory  approval,  up to ^ $13,053,075  (1,864,725 shares), an additional
15% ^,  may be sold.  Based on these  estimates,  we are  making  the  following
offering of shares of common stock:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>                                         <C>

o        Price Per Share:                           ^ $7.00

o        Number of Shares
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:      ^ 1,198,500 to 1,621,500 to 1,864,725

o        Underwriting Commissions and Expenses
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:      $600,000

o        Net Proceeds
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:      ^ $7,789,500 to $10,750,500 to $12,453,075

o        Net Proceeds per Share
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:      ^ $6.50 to ^ $6.63 to ^ $6.68
    
</TABLE>

Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.

Any transfer of subscription rights is prohibited.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

   
     Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  nor any  state  securities  regulator  has  approved  or
disapproved  these  securities or  determined if this  prospectus is accurate or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For information on how to subscribe, call  the Stock Information Center at (201)
445-2109.
    
                                Ryan, Beck & Co.
              The Date of this Prospectus is __________ ____, 1998


<PAGE>



                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



















                                 [MAP GOES HERE]


















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         THE PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  AND  STOCK  ISSUANCE  IS  CONTINGENT  UPON
RECEIPT OF ALL REQUIRED  REGULATORY  APPROVALS,  RATIFICATION OF THE PLAN BY THE
DEPOSITORS  OF THE BANK,  AND THE SALE OF AT LEAST THE MINIMUM  NUMBER OF SHARES
OFFERED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Q:   What is the purpose of the reorganization and offering?
   
A:   The reorganization will establish a stock holding company and the Bank will
     convert  to the stock  form of  ownership,  which  will  enable it to raise
     additional  capital in order to compete and expand more  effectively in the
     financial services marketplace.  Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. will be able to
     issue capital  stock,  which is a source of capital not available to mutual
     savings banks, and this will enable depositors,  employees and directors to
     indirectly obtain an ownership interest in the Bank. The reorganization and
     offering will also ^ provide the Bank with greater flexibility to structure
     and  finance the  expansion  of its  operations,  including  the  potential
     expansion  of branch  facilities,  and to  diversify  into other  financial
     services^.
    

Q:   Why are we creating a mutual holding  company instead of selling all of our
     stock?

   
A:   We are using a structure  (a bank that is wholly  owned by a stock  holding
     company that is in turn majority owned by a mutual  holding  company and by
     minority public  stockholders)  that we feel is best for Ridgewood  Savings
     Bank of New  Jersey,  our  depositors  and the  communities  we  serve.  If
     Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. offered all of its stock to the public, we would
     be forced to invest a much  larger  amount of  proceeds  (at least twice as
     much) and might feel pressured to make investments with  substantially more
     risk.  We believe that the proceeds we will receive in the offering will be
     sufficient to implement the business  strategy we feel is  appropriate.  At
     the midpoint of the offering range  ($9,870,000),  we estimate that we will
     provide  $4,635,000  to  Ridgewood  Savings  Bank of New Jersey and we will
     retain  $3,645,400,  which  excludes the $789,600  that we will lend to the
     employee stock ownership plan.

         In addition,  the mutual holding company ^ structure  enables Ridgewood
         Savings  Bank of New Jersey to achieve  many of the benefits of a stock
         company  while  reducing  the  threat  of  an  acquisition  by  another
         institution,  as can occur  following a full  conversion from mutual to
         stock form. Sales of locally based, independent savings institutions to
         larger,  regional financial institutions can result in closed branches,
         fewer choices for consumers, employee layoffs and the loss of community
         support and involvement by local savings institutions.
    

Q:       Who will be the minority stockholders of Ridgewood Financial, Inc.?

   
A:       Other than the mutual  holding  company that will own 53% of the common
         stock,   everyone  who  purchases  common  stock  will  be  a  minority
         stockholder.  As long as it exists,  the mutual holding company will be
         the majority stockholder of Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
    

Q:       How do I purchase the stock?

   
A:       You must  complete and return the stock order form ^ together with your
         payment, on or before 12:00 noon, New Jersey time on _________________,
         1998. If we do not receive sufficient orders by that time, the offering
         may be extended until _____, 199__.
    

Q:       How much stock may I purchase?

   
A:       The minimum  purchase is ^ 50 shares (or ^ $350).  The maximum purchase
         is ^ 14,285 shares (or $100,000),  for any individual person or persons
         ordering  through  a single  account.  No person  or  persons  ordering
         through multiple accounts,  together with their associates, or group of
         persons  acting  together,  may  purchase  in total  more than ^ 28,571
         shares (or $200,000).  We may decrease or increase the maximum purchase
         limitation  without  notifying  you. In the event that the  offering is
         oversubscribed, there will not be enough shares to fill all orders.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       (i)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   
Q:       ^ Who can purchase stock?

^ A:     The stock will be offered in the following ^ priority order:
    

     o    Priority  1 - Persons  who had a deposit  account  with us of at least
          $50.00 on May 31, 1997.

     o    Priority  2  -  Tax  qualified  employee  plans  (the  employee  stock
          ownership plan of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey).

     o    Priority  3 - Persons  who had a deposit  account  with us of at least
          $50.00 on September 30, 1998.

     o    Priority 4 - Depositors as of  _______________,  1998 entitled to vote
          on the ratification of the reorganization.

   
         If the persons  described above do not subscribe for all of the shares,
the remaining shares may be offered, with the help of Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc., in
a  community  offering.  In the event of a  community  offering,  we will give a
preference  to natural  persons who reside in Bergen  County,  New Jersey (first
preference) and New Jersey (second preference). We may offer shares to others in
a public offering. In a syndicated public offering, we would offer any remaining
shares to the general  public  through a group of  brokers/dealers  organized by
Ryan,  Beck.  We have the  right to  reject  any  stock  order in the  community
offering, public offering or syndicated public offering.

Q:       What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?

A:       If the offering is oversubscribed, we will allocate shares based on the
         purchase priorities  described above. If the offering is oversubscribed
         in a particular category of the offering, then shares will be allocated
         among all subscribers in that category.
    

Q:   What particular  factors should I consider when deciding whether to buy the
     stock?

A:   Before you decide to  purchase  stock,  you  should  read this  prospectus,
     including the Risk Factors section on pages 1-__.

   
Q:   As a depositor  or borrower of Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey,  what
     will happen if I do not purchase any stock?
    

A:   You are not required to purchase stock.  Your deposit account,  certificate
     account and any loans you may have with us will not be affected.

Q:   Who can help  answer  any  other  questions  I may  have  about  the  stock
     offering?

A:   In order to make an  informed  investment  decision,  you should  read this
     entire document. In addition, you should contact:

                            Stock Information Center
                            Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
                                 55 North Broad
                              Ridgewood, New Jersey
                                 (201) 445-2109

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (ii)

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the  information  that is  important to you. To  understand  the
stock offering fully, you should read this entire document carefully,  including
the financial statements and the notes to the financial  statements.  References
in this  document to "we," "us," and "our" refer to Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc.,
because we are offering the stock. In certain instances where appropriate, "we,"
"us," or "ours" refers collectively to Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. and Ridgewood
Savings  Bank of New Jersey.  Throughout  this  document  we refer to  Ridgewood
Savings  Bank of New Jersey  (whether in mutual or stock form) as the "Bank." We
also  refer to  ourselves  as the  "Company."  Our  mutual  holding  company  is
Ridgewood Financial, MHC or the "MHC."

The Companies

                      Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey
                              55 North Broad Street
                           Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450
                                 (201) 445-4000

Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey was founded in 1885 and  primarily  serves
northwestern  Bergen  County,  New Jersey.  The Bank is a community and customer
oriented  mutual  savings bank  chartered  by the State of New Jersey.  The Bank
provides  financial  services  primarily  to  individuals,  families  and  small
businesses.   The  Bank  emphasizes  residential  mortgage  lending,   primarily
originates  one- to  four-family  mortgage  loans and  funds  these  loans  with
deposits.  The Bank  originates  other loans  secured by real estate,  purchases
investment and  mortgage-backed  securities,  and uses borrowings as a secondary
source of  funding.  At June 30,  1998,  the Bank had assets of $242.7  million,
deposits of $198.6 million and equity of $17.4 million. See pages _______.

                            Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
                              55 North Broad Street
                           Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450
                                 (201) 445-4000

   
     Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. is not an operating company and has not engaged
in any significant  business to date. ^ Its common stock will initially be owned
by minority owners (47%) and Ridgewood Financial,  MHC (53%) and, although these
percentages may change in the future, Ridgewood Financial, MHC must always own a
majority of its stock. Ridgewood Financial, Inc. is a New Jersey-chartered stock
holding company that will own 100% of the stock of the Bank. See pages _______.
    

                            Ridgewood Financial, MHC
                              55 North Broad Street
                           Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450
                                 (201) 445-4000

   
Ridgewood  Financial,  MHC will become the mutual holding  company for Ridgewood
Financial,  Inc. at the  completion of the  reorganization.  The mutual  holding
company has not conducted any business but will be a New Jersey-chartered mutual
savings  bank  holding  company  owning a  majority  of the  stock of  Ridgewood
Financial, Inc. See pages _______.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (iii)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Reorganization and Offering

         The  reorganization  from  mutual to stock form and the stock  offering
include the following steps:



         o        The Bank will  establish  the Company  and the mutual  holding
                  company,  neither of which  will have any assets  prior to the
                  completion of the reorganization.

         o        The  Bank  will  convert  from a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual
                  savings bank to a New Jersey-chartered stock savings bank.

         o        Following the merger of an interim stock savings bank owned by
                  the mutual holding company into the Bank, the Bank will become
                  a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

   
         o        The  Company ^ expects  to issue  between ^  2,550,000  shares
                  (minimum) and ^ 3,450,000 shares (maximum) of its common stock
                  in the  reorganization;  53% of these  shares  (or  between  ^
                  1,351,500 shares and ^ 1,828,500 shares) will be issued to the
                  mutual holding company, and 47% (or between ^ 1,198,500 shares
                  and ^ 1,621,500  shares) will be sold to the public.  However,
                  the  Company may issue up to  3,967,500  shares  (maximum,  as
                  adjusted)  in the  reorganization;  up to  2,102,775  of these
                  shares (53%) would be issued to the mutual holding company and
                  up to 1,864,725 shares would be sold to the public.

         In our sale of common  stock to the public,  Ryan,  Beck,  a registered
broker-dealer,  will provide advisory  assistance and assist,  on a best efforts
basis, in the  distribution of our common stock.  They will be paid certain fees
and expenses and receive indemnification from certain claims and liabilities and
they will be present to supervise the operation of the stock information center,
answer questions, manage sales efforts, and keep stock order records.
    

Description of the Mutual Holding Company Structure

         This chart shows the corporate  structure  following  completion of the
reorganization:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>    

- ---------------------------------------------------                 -----------------------------------------------------------

   
            Ridgewood Financial, MHC                                                  ^ Minority Stockholders
    

- ---------------------------------------------------                 -----------------------------------------------------------
                      |          53% of the                                                      |          47% of the
                      |         Common Stock                                                     |         Common Stock
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  Ridgewood Financial, Inc.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            |
                                                            |                        100% of the Common Stock
                                                            |
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                            Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (iv)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



   
         The mutual holding company  structure  differs in significant  respects
from the holding company structure that is often used in a full  mutual-to-stock
conversion.  In a  full  conversion,  a  converting  mutual  institution  or its
newly-formed holding company sells 100% of its common stock in a stock offering.
A  savings   institution  that  converts  from  the  mutual  to  stock  form  of
organization  using the mutual holding company structure sells less than half of
its shares at the time of the reorganization and stock offering.  By doing so, a
converting  institution  using the mutual holding  company  structure will raise
less than half the capital  that it would have raised in a full  mutual-to-stock
conversion.
    

         The  shares  that are  issued  to the  mutual  holding  company  may be
subsequently  sold  to the  Bank's  depositors  if the  mutual  holding  company
converts from the mutual to the stock form of  organization.  See "Conversion of
the Mutual Holding Company to the Stock Form of Organization." In addition,


because regulations  generally prohibit the sale of a savings association in the
mutual holding company  structure,  the  reorganization  and stock offering will
permit  the  Bank to  achieve  many of the  benefits  of a stock  company  while
reducing  the  threat of an  acquisition  by another  institution,  as can occur
following a full conversion  from mutual to stock form.  Sales of locally based,
independent savings institutions to larger,  regional financial institutions can
result in closed branches, fewer choices for consumers, employee layoffs and the
loss of community support and involvement by local savings institutions.

   
         Because the mutual holding company is a mutual corporation, its actions
will not necessarily  always be in the best interests of the Company's  minority
stockholders.  In making business decisions,  the mutual holding company's board
of directors will consider a variety of constituencies, including the depositors
of the Bank,  the  employees of the Bank and the  communities  in which the Bank
operates. As the majority stockholder of the company, the mutual holding company
is also interested in the continued  success and  profitability  of the Bank and
the Company.  Consequently, the mutual holding company will act in a manner that
furthers the general interests of all of its constituencies,  including, but not
limited to, the  interests of the  minority  stockholders  of the  Company.  The
mutual holding company believes that the interests of the minority  stockholders
of the Company and those of the mutual holding  company's  other  constituencies
are, in many  circumstances the same, such as the ^ profitability of the Company
and the  Bank  and  continued  service  to the  communities  in  which  the Bank
operates.
    

Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to the Stock Form of Organization

         Federal and state regulations and the plan of reorganization permit the
mutual  holding  company to convert from the mutual to the capital stock form of
organization (a "conversion transaction"). If the mutual holding company were to
undertake a conversion transaction,  the transaction would in most circumstances
be structured as follows:

          o    The mutual holding company and the Company would cease to exist.

          o    The Bank would form a new stock holding company.

   
          o    The new stock  holding  company  would sell  shares of its common
               stock in ^ an  offering to certain of the Bank's  depositors  and
               members of the public.

          o    In  addition  to the  shares  it would  sell in the  subscription
               offering, the new stock holding company would issue shares of its
               common stock to the Company's  minority  stockholders in exchange
               for their shares of the Company's common stock.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       (v)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         After the conversion  transaction,  the Company's minority stockholders
would own  approximately the same percentage of the new stock holding company as
they  owned  of  the  Company.   Purchasers  in  the  conversion   transaction's
subscription  offering would own  approximately  the same  percentage of the new
stock holding  company as the mutual holding  company owned in the Company prior
to the conversion transaction. However, if the mutual holding company waived any
dividends  paid by the Company  prior to the  conversion  transaction,  then the
Company's  minority  stockholders  would receive a smaller percentage of the new
stock  holding   company's  common  stock.  See   "Regulation--Holding   Company
Regulation."  There can be no  assurance  that the mutual  holding  company will
convert to the stock form, and the Board of Directors has no plan to do so.

Stock Purchases

         The shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of  priorities.
As a  depositor,  you  will  receive  non-transferable  subscription  rights  to
purchase the shares. The shares will be offered first in a subscription offering
and any  remaining  shares  may be  offered in a  community  offering  or public
offering or syndicated public offering. Ryan, Beck will assist us in selling our
common stock in the offering.
See pages __________.

Subscription Rights

   
         You may not sell or assign your  subscription  rights.  Any transfer of
subscription rights is prohibited by law. This also means that you may not enter
into any agreement or understanding to transfer subscription rights or the legal
or beneficial  ownership of the shares to be purchased in the  offering.  If you
decide to purchase  our shares,  you must submit an order form and certify  that
your  purchase of shares is solely for your account and there is no agreement or
understanding  regarding  the sale or  transfer  of those  shares.  We intend to
pursue  any and all  remedies  in the event we  discover  such an  agreement  or
understanding. We will not honor any stock order that we believe to involve such
an agreement or understanding.
    

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

   
         The  offering  range  is  based  on an  independent  appraisal  of  the
estimated market value of the common stock by FinPro Financial  Services,  Inc.,
an appraisal firm experienced in appraisals of savings institutions.  FinPro has
estimated,  that in its opinion as of ^ October 7, 1998 the  aggregate pro forma
market value of the common stock ranged  between ^ $17,850,000  and  $24,150,000
(with a mid-point of ^ $21,000,000). The Board of Directors has decided to offer
47% of these shares, or between ^ 1,198,500 and ^ 1,621,500 shares to depositors
and the public.  ^ Of the total shares  issued,  53% will not sold to depositors
and the public but will be issued to the mutual holding  company.  The estimated
market value of the shares is our estimated  market value after giving effect to
the  reorganization and the offering and may be increased by up to 15% following
regulatory review. If this additional 15% is required,  we would issue 3,967,500
shares (maximum, as adjusted) with 2,102,775 of these shares (53%) issued to the
mutual holding company and 1,864,725 of these shares (47%) sold to the public.

         The  appraisal  was  based in part  upon our  financial  condition  and
operations  and the  effect  of the  additional  capital  we will  raise in this
offering.  The ^ $7.00 price per share was determined by our board of directors.
^  The   independent   appraisal   will  be  updated   before  we  complete  the
reorganization.  If the  estimated  market  value of the common  stock is either
below ^ $17,850,000  or above ^  $27,772,500  you will be notified and will have
the  opportunity  to  modify  or  cancel  your  order.  The  appraisal  is not a
recommendation  about  buying  the  common  stock.  You  should  read the entire
prospectus before making an investment decision. See pages __________.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (vi)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Termination of the Offering

         The  subscription  offering  will  terminate at 12:00 noon,  New Jersey
time, on __________ ____,  1998. The community  offering,  public  offering,  or
syndicated public offering, if any, may terminate at any time without notice but
no later than __________ ____, 199___.

   
         If we  terminate  the  offering,  we will  promptly  refund  all  funds
received for the purchase of common stock  (including  canceling all  withdrawal
authorizations)  together  with  interest  earned on those  funds (at the Bank's
passbook  rate) from the date of receipt to the date the offering is terminated.
If we receive orders for less than 1,198,500 shares of common stock,  subject to
both  federal  and state  regulatory  approval,  we may seek to  establish a new
offering  range  and  resolicit  potential  purchasers.   All  persons  who  had
previously  provided  funds will be permitted to modify or cancel their purchase
orders.  A  resolicitation  would not extend beyond  __________________  without
prior federal and state regulatory approval.
    

Benefits to Management from the Offering

         Our  full-time  employees  will  participate  in the  offering  through
individual  purchases  and  through  purchases  of stock by our  employee  stock
ownership plan,  which is a type of retirement plan. We also intend to implement
a restricted stock plan and a stock option plan, which may benefit the president
and other  officers  and  directors.  We do not intend to adopt these within the
first year after the reorganization.

   
         ^ If all three of these plans are  implemented,  and if all options are
awarded,  fully  vest and are  exercised  and the  related  shares  of stock are
retained and not sold,  the  individuals  to whom options and shares are awarded
and individuals  administering  these plans will control up to 22% of the amount
of shares issued in the offering through these three plans.

         Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. We expect that this plan will purchase
8% of the offering (112,800 shares or $789,600 at the midpoint of the offering).
This plan  provides  additional  voting  control to our  directors  who serve as
trustees of the plan through their voting of unallocated  shares in the plan and
any allocated  shares that employees  have not voted.  The purchase of shares by
this plan will be funded by the  proceeds of our  offering  (through our loan to
the plan).

         Restricted  Stock Plan.  We expect that this plan will not be submitted
for  stockholder  approval  within  the  first  year of the  reorganization.  If
implemented,  the plan would  purchase  up to 4% of the amount of shares sold in
the offering  (56,400  shares at the midpoint of the offering range at a cost of
$394,800,  assuming a purchase  price of $7.00 per  share).  This plan  provides
additional voting control to our directors who serve as trustees of the plan and
the individuals who receive awards (at no cost to them) of our stock.

         Stock Option Plan.  We expect that this plan will not be submitted  for
stockholder   approval  within  the  first  year  of  the   reorganization.   If
implemented,  up to 10% of the amount of shares  sold in the  offering  (141,000
shares at the  midpoint of the  offering  range)  would be reserved for issuance
through the exercise of options for common stock.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (vii)

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Characteristics of the Bank

The financial highlights and strategy of the Bank include the following:

o        Community  Savings  Institution  -  The  Bank  is a  community-oriented
         savings institution  providing  residential and commercial loans in its
         primary  market  area,  primarily  secured by real estate  along with a
         variety of deposit products and other traditional financial services at
         convenient locations and hours.

   
o        Asset Growth - The Bank has expanded its office  network by opening two
         new offices in 1996 to better serve the community.  As a result,  total
         assets  of the  Bank  increased  from  approximately  $217  million  at
         December 31, 1996 to $243  million at June 30,  1998;  during this same
         period,  deposit accounts increased from approximately 12,400 to 15,300
         accounts. Most of this asset growth has come from increases in mortgage
         backed securities and not from loans  receivable,  net. Deposit account
         growth  resulted in aggregate  deposit growth from  approximately  $171
         million to $199 million between those same dates.

o        Asset  Composition  and Quality - As of June 30,  1998,  ^ 79.4% of the
         Bank's total loan portfolio  consisted of  locally-originated  mortgage
         loans secured by one-to-four family dwellings.  At June 30, 1998, 89.1%
         of  the  Bank's  total  assets  consisted  of  residential   mortgages,
         mortgage-backed  securities,  investment  securities  and cash and cash
         equivalents.  The  results  of this  asset mix are  reflected  in ^ the
         Bank's low level of non-performing assets. At June 30, 1998, the Bank's
         total non-performing assets were less than 0.01% of total assets.

o        Interest  Rate Risk  Management ^- In an attempt to lessen the interest
         rate risk that results  because the Bank's  deposits  typically  adjust
         more quickly to changes in interest rates than
    

          its  mortgage  loans  and  mortgage-backed  securities,  the  Bank has
          implemented  several strategies to improve the match between asset and
          liability maturity rates. These strategies include:

                  *        The Bank  generally  originates  30-year,  fixed rate
                           mortgages primarily for sale in the secondary market.

   
                  *        Over the past five years,  the Bank has increased its
                           origination  of commercial  real estate loans,  which
                           generally  have shorter  maturities and higher yields
                           than single family residential mortgages, but possess
                           greater risks.

                  *        Over the past five years,  the Bank has increased its
                           origination of consumer loans,  consisting  primarily
                           of home equity loans,  which  generally  have shorter
                           maturities  ^,  greater  yields  and  a  higher  risk
                           profile than single family residential mortgages.
    

                  *        The  Bank  has   maintained  a  high   percentage  of
                           investment securities and mortgage-backed securities,
                           a  significant  portion  of which are  available  for
                           sale.

   
^
    


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     (viii)

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock

   
         Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. will use a portion of the net proceeds from
the  offering to purchase  all the common  stock to be issued by the Bank in the
reorganization  and to make a loan to an employee  stock  ownership  plan of the
Bank to fund its purchase of stock in the offering. The Bank will invest the net
proceeds   primarily  in   residential   and   commercial   real  estate  loans,
mortgage-backed  securities,  consumer  loans and other  investment  securities.
Proceeds may also be invested in new equipment and additional office facilities.
^ At the  midpoint of the  offering  range  ($9,870,000),  we estimate  that the
mutual holding company will receive $200,000^, we will provide $4,635,000 to the
Bank,  and we will retain  $3,645,400,  which excludes the $789,600 that we will
lend to the employee stock ownership plan.
    
See page __________.

   
Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

         Current FDIC regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock
for one  year  following  the  reorganization.  In  addition,  securities  rules
restrict the method,  time, price, and number of shares of our common stock that
we can repurchase.
    

Dividends

         We anticipate  paying an annual cash dividend  following the completion
of the full first  quarter of  operations  following  the  reorganization  in an
amount that has yet to be determined.  There are restrictions on dividends.  See
pages __________.

Market for the Common Stock

   
         We expect the  common  stock to be quoted on The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market
under the symbol "__________". If we do not meet the requirements for the Nasdaq
National  Market,  our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
or the Nasdaq OTC  Bulletin  Board.  Ryan,  Beck intends to make a market in the
common stock but it is under no  obligation to do so and a liquid market may not
develop or be maintained. See page __________.
    

Important Risks in Owning the Common Stock of Ridgewood Financial, Inc.

         Before you decide to purchase  stock in the  offering,  you should read
the Risk Factors section on pages 1-____ of this document.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (ix)

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

   
         The following summary financial  information ^ for the six months ended
June 30,  1998 and 1997 and as of June 30,  1998 and  1997,  respectively,  were
derived from,  and should be read in conjunction  with, the unaudited  financial
statements  and notes ^ on page ____ and pages  F-____ to  F-____.  The  summary
financial  information  for each of the  years in the  three-year  period  ended
December 31, 1997 and as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 were  derived  from,  and
should be read in conjunction with, the audited  financial  statements and notes
on page ____ and pages F-____ to F-____.  The summary financial  information for
each of the years in the  two-year  period  ended  December  31,  1994 and as of
December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  were  derived  from audited
financial statements not included in this Prospectus.
    


Selected Financial Condition and Other Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        At June 30,                                           At December 31,
                                 ----------------------------    ------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                                     1998         1997           1997          1996             1995          1994       1993
                                 -------------   ---------     ---------       -----------   ------------    --------   -------
    
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
Total Amount of:
   
<S>                                 <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>         <C>       <C>     
  Assets......................... ^ $242,662    $222,589        $229,065        $216,775         $179,460    $143,954  $130,209
  Loans receivable, net..........    104,627     107,427         105,715         107,959           96,206      86,406    95,339
  Loans held for sale............         --       3,735             750           3,756              199         504        37
  Investment securities held to
    maturity.....................      2,495       9,970           9,666          12,721           23,842      10,039     1,585
  Investment securities available
    for sale.....................     11,730      41,678          26,954          43,211           17,417       5,469     2,960
    

  Mortgage-backed securities
   
    held to maturity.............     12,794      15,496          14,356          16,611           19,179      33,877    21,047
    
  Mortgage-backed securities
   
    available for sale...........     85,679      26,363          50,099          19,359           13,041          --        --
  Cash and cash equivalents......     19,528      11,109          15,398           6,364            4,822       4,605     6,798
  Deposits.......................    198,602     185,958         193,889         170,551          147,017     120,193   115,566
  Borrowed funds.................     25,432      19,181          16,282          28,400           16,012       8,851     1,238
  Total equity...................     17,351      15,976          17,194          15,369           15,289      13,590    12,296
    

Number of:
   
  Deposit accounts...............     15,270      13,746          14,688          12,427           10,310       8,262     7,765
  Full service offices...........          3           3               3               3                1           1         1
    


</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (x)

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Selected Operating Data


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Six Months Ended                                        Years Ended
                                        June 30,                                            December 31,
                                ---------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                                    1998           1997          1997              1996          1995           1994         1993
                                ------------   ------------  ------------   --------------   -----------     ----------   ---------
    
                                                             (In thousands)

   
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>        <C>    
Interest income.................   $   8,027       $  7,862       $15,834         $ 14,966      $ 11,915       $ 9,677     $10,073
Interest expense................       5,312          5,047        10,287            9,522         7,434         4,829       4,917
                                      ------         ------       -------           ------        ------         -----      ------
Net interest income.............       2,715          2,815         5,547            5,444         4,481         4,848       5,156
Provision for loan losses.......         132              6            12               12            60            60         113
                                    --------        -------       -------         --------       -------         -----      ------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses.....       2,583          2,809         5,535            5,432         4,421         4,788       5,043
Noninterest income..............         118             63           232              146            71            89         108
Noninterest expense.............       1,969          1,785         3,676            4,210(1)      2,708         2,446       2,252
                                      ------         ------        ------           ------        ------         -----       -----
Income before income taxes......         732          1,087         2,091            1,368         1,784         2,431       2,899
Income taxes....................         245            425           841              628           657           874       1,006
                                      ------         ------        ------           ------        ------        ------       -----
Net income......................   $     487       $    662       $ 1,250         $    740      $  1,127       $ 1,557     $ 1,893
                                    ========         ======        ======           ======        ======        ======       =====
</TABLE>

    





- ---------------------------
(1)      Includes a one-time special assessment of $830,000 ($523,000 net of tax
         based  on a  37%  statutory  tax  rate)  to  recapitalize  the  Savings
         Association  Insurance  Fund (the "SAIF") of the FDIC.  Excluding  this
         assessment,  total  noninterest  expense  would have been $3.4 million,
         income  taxes would have  totalled  $935,000  and net income would have
         been $1.3 million.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (xi)

<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Key Operating Ratios
                                                               At or For
                                                            the Six Months                 At or For the Years Ended
                                                            Ended June 30,                       December 31,
                                                  ------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
                                                        1998(1)      1997(1)           1997            1996(2)      1995
                                                  ---------------  -------------    -------------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>                <C>             <C>        <C>   
Performance Ratios:

Return on average assets..........................       0.42 %      0.60 %            0.57 %            0.36 %     0.69 %

Return on average equity..........................       5.59        8.66              7.87              5.03       7.89

Average equity to average assets..................       7.49        6.98              7.20              7.21       8.72

 Equity to assets at period end...................       7.15        7.18              7.51              7.09       8.52

Interest rate spread (3)..........................       2.08        2.39              2.30              2.48       2.40

Net interest margin...............................       2.38        2.64              2.58              2.75       2.79
Average interest-earning assets to average
  interest-bearing liabilities....................       1.07 X      1.05 X           1.06 X            1.06 X     1.08 X
Net interest income after provision for loan
  losses to total non-interest expenses...........       1.31 X      1.57 X           1.51 X            1.29 X     1.63 X

Asset Quality Ratios:

Non-performing loans to total assets..............         -- %      0.12 %             -- %            0.14 %     0.22 %

Non-performing assets to total assets.............         --        0.12               --              0.14       0.22

Non-performing loans to total loans...............       0.01        0.24               --              0.28       0.41

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
  at end of period................................       0.72        0.55             0.58              0.54       0.62


Allowance for loan losses to
   
  non-performing loans...........................  ^ 9,375.00      225.83               --            193.61     148.25
    


</TABLE>



(1)      Annualized where appropriate.
(2)      1996 included a one-time special assessment of $830,000.
(3)      The interest rate spread is the difference between the weighted average
         yield on average  interest earning assets and the weighted average cost
         of average interest bearing liabilities.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (xii)

<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

Potential Impact of Changes in Interest  Rates  and  the  Current  Interest Rate
Environment

   
         Our  ability  to make a  profit  largely  depends  on our net  interest
income.  Net interest  income is the difference  between the interest  income we
earn on our  interest-earning  assets  (such as  mortgage  loans and  investment
securities) and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing  liabilities
(such as deposits and  borrowings).  ^ More than half of our mortgage loans have
rates of interest  which are fixed for the term of the loan ("fixed  rates") and
are  generally  originated  with  terms of up to 30  years,  while  our  deposit
accounts   have   significantly   shorter   terms  to   maturity.   Because  our
interest-earning  assets  generally have fixed rates of interest and have longer
effective  maturities than our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  the yield on our
interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly to changes in interest
rates than the cost of our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  which are  primarily
time deposits. As a result, our net interest income may be adversely affected by
material and prolonged increases in interest rates. In addition, rising interest
rates may adversely  affect our earnings because there may be a lack of customer
demand for loans.  Declining  interest rates may also  adversely  affect our net
interest  income if adjustable  rate or fixed rate mortgage loans are refinanced
at lower rates or prepaid, and we reinvest the resulting funds in lower yielding
assets.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Asset and Liability Management."

         Changes in interest rates can also affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed  securities.  Historically lower interest rates have resulted in
increased  prepayments  of loans and  mortgage-backed  securities,  as borrowers
refinanced  their mortgages in order to reduce their borrowing cost. Under these
circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are not
able to reinvest such  prepayments at rates which are comparable to the rates on
the prepaid loans or  securities.  Changes in interest  rates may also result in
depositors  shifting  funds to other  investments  that  yield  higher  rates of
return.

Increase  in  Non- 1- to 4- Family  First  Mortgage  Lending  and  Nonconforming
Mortgage Loans

         Over  the  past  five  years,  we  have  significantly   increased  our
origination of commercial  real estate loans and intend to continue to do so. We
also  intend to  continue to expand our  origination  of home  equity  loans and
consumer loan products,  such as ^ by offering  automobile  loans.  We expect to
begin  originating  automobile  loans during the first half of the 1999 calendar
year. This type of lending has a greater degree of credit risk than  traditional
one- to four-family  residential  lending,  which could result in an increase in
non-performing  assets and provisions for loan losses. See "Business of the Bank
Lending  Activities  - Consumer  Loans." At June 30,  1998,  our loan  portfolio
included commercial real estate loans (10%) and consumer loans (10%). Nearly all
of our consumer loans are home equity loans.

         Because of the affluent nature of our market area, many of the mortgage
loans we originate for homes exceed the dollar limits  (approximately  $227,000)
for loans that can be easily sold into the secondary market. At June 30, 1998 we
had 84 of these loans that totalled  $24.1 million or 28.6% of our $84.0 million
portfolio of one- to four-family first mortgage loans. We recently increased our
lending limit from  $500,000 to $1.0 million for such a loan.  While these loans
are  generally  made on the same  terms and  conditions  as our lower  aggregate
dollar amount  mortgage loans,  the relatively  larger dollar amount of possible
loss on each loan makes these loans riskier than our other home mortgage
    

                                        1

<PAGE>



   

loans. Because of the increase in our lending limit, the aggregate dollar amount
of these loans may increase in the future.  See  "Business of the Bank - Lending
Activities - One- to four-Family Lending."
    

Return on Equity After Reorganization

   
         As  a  result  of  the   reorganization,   our  equity  will   increase
substantially.  Our  ability to  leverage  this  capital  will be  significantly
affected by ^ competition  for loans and deposits and economic  conditions.  Our
expenses will increase  because of the costs  associated with our employee stock
ownership  plan,  our expected  stock  benefit  plans,  and the costs of being a
public  company.  Our  preparation  costs for  offering  new  types of  consumer
products  will also  increase  our  expenses.  We do not know if we will receive
sufficient income to offset these additional costs.  Because of the increases in
our equity and  expenses,  our return on equity may  decrease as compared to our
performance in previous years.  Initially,  we intend to invest the net proceeds
in short term  investments  which  generally have lower yields than  residential
mortgage  loans.  A lower return on equity could reduce the trading price of our
shares.  For the six months ended June 30, 1998 our annualized return on average
equity was 5.59%.
    

Reduced Ownership Following a Mutual Holding Company Conversion

         If the mutual  holding  company  converted to stock form in the future,
our plan of reorganization  provides that our stockholders  would exchange their
common stock of the Company for common  stock of the  converted  mutual  holding
company on an equitable  basis. If the mutual holding company were to convert to
stock form,  the related stock  offering  would likely (1) provide  subscription
rights to  depositors of the Bank,  (2) limit the maximum  number of shares that
could be  purchased by a person and (3) include  shares  received in exchange of
our common stock in the maximum  number of shares that could be purchased.  This
could mean that our  stockholders  who own a large  amount of our  common  stock
might not be able to exercise their  subscription  rights for shares sold by the
converted mutual holding company or, possibly, be forced to sell some shares (if
the  maximum  purchase  limit were below the number of shares that such a person
would own after they  received  shares in exchange  of our shares  they  already
owned).

   
         With  regulatory  approval,  the mutual  holding  company may waive the
receipt of dividends  that we pay. One of the  conditions to such approval would
be that any waived dividends would reduce the percentage ownership that minority
stockholders  would  receive in exchange of their  shares of our common stock if
the mutual holding  company  converted to stock form in the future.  The plan of
reorganization  also provides for such an adjustment.  See  "Regulation--Holding
Company Regulation-- Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form" The
mutual holding  company has not determined  whether it will waive dividends that
we pay and regulatory  agencies may not approve a waiver  request.  In addition,
the value of  assets  owned by the  mutual  holding  company  would  reduce  the
percentage  ownership  that  minority  stockholders  would receive if the mutual
holding company converted to stock form.
    

         You  should  not  assume  that  the  mutual  holding  company  would be
permitted to convert to stock form or, even if permitted,  that our stockholders
would be entitled to exchange or redeem their shares of our common stock.

Reliance Upon Local Economy and Competition Within Our Market Area.

         We originate  primarily  residential  real estate and consumer loans in
our market  area.  Our  ability to  originate  loans that meet our  underwriting
standards  and the ability of mortgage  borrowers  to make  monthly  payments of
principal and interest is substantially dependent upon the strength of the local

                                        2

<PAGE>



   
economy.  Competition  from both local  financial  institutions  and much larger
financial  institutions  headquartered  outside  our market  area but with local
offices  makes  it  difficult  for us to  generate  sufficient  loans.  Our loan
portfolio declined from $108.0 million at December 31, 1996 to $104.6 million at
June 30, 1998.  In its market area,  the Bank competes  with  commercial  banks,
savings institutions,  credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance
companies,  and brokerage and  investment  banking firms  operating  locally and
elsewhere.  Many of these competitors have  substantially  greater resources and
lending limits than we have and offer services that we do not or cannot provide.
Our profitability  depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in
our market area. Further, economic stagnation or decline in economic activity in
our  market  area could have an adverse  effect on our  financial  condition  or
results of operations.
    

Takeover Restrictions

   
         Mutual Holding Company  Structure.  Under federal and state regulations
and the plan of reorganization, the mutual holding company must own ^ a majority
of our common stock at all times after the offering.  The mutual holding company
will be  controlled  by the same  directors  and  officers who control the Bank.
Because of this, our directors and management will be able to control a majority
of our common stock.
    

         Provisions in the Company's Governing  Instruments.  Our certificate of
incorporation  and bylaws provide for, among other things,  a staggered board of
directors,  noncumulative voting for directors, limits on the calling of special
meetings,  and limits on a person or group voting shares in excess of 10% of the
outstanding  shares.  These restrictions may discourage proxy contests and other
takeover  attempts,  particularly  those which have not been negotiated with the
Board of Directors,  and thus may perpetuate  current  management.  See "Certain
Restrictions on Acquisition of the Company."

   
         Ownership and Control of Common Stock by Management.  Our directors and
executive officers are expected to purchase up to ^ 187,137 shares of our common
stock in the  offering  ^(13.3%  at the  midpoint  of the  offering  range).  In
addition,  approximately 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering
are  expected  to be  purchased  by the ^  employee  stock  ownership  plan (the
"ESOP").  Shares  owned by the ESOP but not yet  allocated  to the  accounts  of
participants will be voted by the independent  directors for the ESOP.  Further,
because of the mutual holding company's ownership of our stock, current officers
and  directors  will control  between ^ 15.6% and ^ 11.5% of the total number of
minority  shares  outstanding,  based on the sale of between ^  1,198,500  and ^
1,621,500  shares of common  stock.  To the extent we  implement  stock  benefit
plans, ^ ownership and control by management could increase.  Including expected
purchases by our directors and executive  officers and control of the ESOP, this
control  could  increase  to  between  34.2% and  30.5% of the  total  number of
minority  shares  outstanding,  based  on the  sale  of  between  1,198,500  and
1,621,500  shares of common stock.  See  "Management - Executive  Compensation -
Employee Stock Ownership Plan" and "- Potential Stock Benefit Plans."
    

         Certain  provisions  of  employment  agreements  with our key  officers
provide for cash payments in the event of a change in control.  These provisions
increase  the cost of,  and may  discourage  a future  attempt  to  acquire  the
Company,  and thus  generally may serve to perpetuate  current  management.  See
"Management - Executive Compensation - Employment Agreements."

Limited Market for Common Stock

         We have never issued  capital stock and there is not, at this time, any
market for the common stock.  We have applied to have the common stock quoted on
the National Market of The Nasdaq Stock

                                        3

<PAGE>



   
Market ^. At least 1.1 million of our shares must be held by  non-affiliates  in
order for our common stock to be initially quoted on the National Market. If the
common  stock is not listed on the  National  Market,  we expect that the common
stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market  (requires that at least 1.0
million of our shares must be held by non-affiliates) or the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin
Board.
    

         Due to the relatively small size of the offering (due, in part from the
public  offering  of less than half of the  shares  to be  issued),  you have no
assurance that an active and liquid market for the common stock will exist.  You
should consider the  potentially  illiquid nature of an investment in the common
stock and  recognize  that the absence of an  established  market  might make it
difficult to buy or sell the common stock. See "Market for the Common Stock."

Possible Effect of ESOP

         The ESOP  currently  intends to purchase  up to 8% of the common  stock
offered  in the  offering.  The  net  proceeds  of the  offering  available  for
investment by the Bank will be reduced by the cost of the shares  (including the
costs of  borrowing,  if any)  bought by the ESOP.  The ESOP will also  increase
compensation  expense and adversely affect net income.  See "Pro Forma Data" and
"Management Executive Compensation - Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

Financial Institution Regulation and Possible Legislation

         The Bank is subject to extensive  regulation  and  supervision as a New
Jersey-chartered,  FDIC- insured savings bank. The regulatory  authorities  have
extensive  discretion  in  connection  with their  supervision  and  enforcement
activities  and  their  examination   policies,   including  the  imposition  of
restrictions on Bank operation,  the classification of assets and the imposition
of an increase in allowance for loan losses. In addition, the Company, as a bank
holding  company,  will be  subject to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision.
Regulatory  changes,  whether  by the  New  Jersey  Department  of  Banking  and
Insurance (the  "Department")  , the FDIC, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System (the  "Federal  Reserve"),  or  Congress,  could have a material
impact on us. See "Regulation - Regulation of the Company."

Possible Year 2000 Computer Program Problems

         A great  deal of  information  has been  disseminated  about the global
computer crash that may occur in the year 2000. Many computer  programs that can
only distinguish the final two digits of the year entered (a common  programming
practice in earlier years) are expected to read entries for the year 2000 as the
year 1900 and compute payment,  interest or delinquency  based on the wrong date
or are expected to be unable to compute payment, interest or delinquency.  Rapid
and accurate data processing is essential to our operations.  Data processing is
also essential to most other financial institutions and many other companies.

   
         Most of the Bank's  material data  processing that could be affected by
this problem is provided by a third party service bureau. The service bureau has
advised the Bank that it expects to resolve this  problem  before the year 2000.
However,  if this problem is not resolved  before the year 2000,  the Bank would
likely  experience  significant  data processing  delays,  mistakes or failures.
These delays,  mistakes or failures  could have a significant  adverse impact on
the Bank's financial  condition and its results of operations.  The Bank expects
to spend  approximately  $200,000  through ^ December  31,  1998 to upgrade  our
computer system for year 2000 compliance.  We expect to capitalize this cost. At
June 30, 1998, none of the estimated $200,000 had been capitalized.  In addition
to this $200,000,  we expect to expense  approximately  $80,000  between July 1,
1998 and December 31, 1998 for non-compliant computer
    

                                        4

<PAGE>



   
equipment.  The Bank does not expect to incur  material  additional  expense for
year 2000 compliance after ^ December 31, 1998. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Results  of
Operations - Year 2000 Evaluation."
    

                                       RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

   
         ^ The Bank is a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank,  originally
chartered in 1885 as The Ridgewood  Building and Loan Association.  In 1942, the
Bank became a New  Jersey-chartered  savings and loan  association.  In December
1992, the Bank converted its mutual charter from a New Jersey- chartered savings
and loan association to a New  Jersey-chartered  savings bank. The Bank became a
member of the FHLB System in 1933 and the Bank's deposits are currently  insured
by the SAIF as administered by the FDIC. The Bank is regulated by the Department
and the FDIC.

         The  Bank  is  a   community-oriented   retail  savings  bank  offering
traditional  deposit products,  residential real estate mortgage loans and, to a
lesser extent,  consumer  loans and other loans.  ^ The Bank,  through its three
offices  located in Ridgewood and Mahwah,  New Jersey  provides  retail  banking
services,   with  an  emphasis  on  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgages.
Currently,  the  Bank  originates  20 year  and 30 year  conforming  fixed  rate
residential mortgage loans primarily for sale on the secondary market. All other
mortgage  loans  are  originated  for  portfolio.  At June 30,  1998,  net loans
receivable amounted to approximately $104.6 million or 43.1% of total assets, of
which  approximately  $84.0  million  or  79.4% of such  total  was  secured  by
one-to-four family residential real estate. The Bank invests excess liquidity in
mortgage-backed  and  investment   securities   (consisting  primarily  of  U.S.
government  and  government  agency  securities  and  obligations  of states and
political  subdivisions).  Investment and  mortgage-backed  securities amount to
$112.7  million or 46.4% of total assets at June 30, 1998. At June 30, 1998, the
Bank had total  assets,  deposits  and total  equity of $242.7  million,  $198.6
million, and $17.4 million, respectively. See "Business of the Bank."
    

                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.

         We are a New Jersey-chartered corporation organized on July 31, 1998 at
the direction of the Bank to acquire all of the capital stock that the Bank will
issue  upon its  conversion  from the  mutual to stock  form of  ownership.  The
Company has not engaged in any significant  business to date but will serve as a
holding  company of the Bank  following  the  reorganization.  A majority of our
shares will, in turn, be owned by the mutual  holding  company.  The Company has
applied for approval to acquire  control of the Bank. The Company will retain up
to 50% of the net  proceeds  from the  issuance  of common  stock as its initial
capitalization  less the amount  retained  by the mutual  holding  company.  The
Company  will use the balance of the net  proceeds to purchase all of the common
stock of the Bank to be issued upon conversion. Part of the proceeds retained by
the Company will be used to fund the loan to the ESOP. Upon  consummation of the
reorganization,  the Company  will have no  significant  assets  other than that
portion of the net  proceeds of the offering  retained by the Company  (less the
loan to the ESOP) and the shares of the Bank's  capital  stock  acquired  in the
reorganization,  and will  have no  significant  liabilities.  Cash  flow to the
Company will be dependent  upon earnings  from the  investment of the portion of
net proceeds  retained by it in the  reorganization  and any dividends  received
from the Bank. See "Use of Proceeds."

         Management  believes that the holding  company  structure  will provide
flexibility for possible diversification of business activities through existing
or newly-formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions of or mergers with both
savings  institutions and commercial banks, as well as other financial  services
related companies.  Although there are no current arrangements,  understandings,
or  agreements  regarding  any  such  opportunities,  the  Company  will be in a
position after the reorganization, subject to regulatory

                                        5

<PAGE>



limitations and the Company's financial condition, to take advantage of any such
acquisition and expansion  opportunities that may arise.  However, some of these
activities  could  be  deemed  to  entail a  greater  risk  than the  activities
permissible for New Jersey-chartered savings institutions such as the Bank.
   
^
    
                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, MHC

   
         As  part  of the  reorganization,  the  Bank  will  organize  Ridgewood
Financial, MHC ^(the "MHC") as a New Jersey-chartered mutual holding company. As
long as they remain depositors of the Bank,  persons who had liquidation  rights
with respect to the Bank as of the date of the  reorganization  will continue to
have such rights solely with respect to the MHC after the reorganization.
    

         The MHC's principal  assets will be the shares of common stock received
and up to $200,000 received as its initial capitalization in the reorganization.
Immediately after  consummation of the  reorganization,  it is expected that the
MHC will not engage in any  business  activity  other than its  investment  in a
majority of the common stock of the Company and its initial capitalization.  The
MHC will be a mutual corporation chartered under New Jersey law and regulated by
the  Department  and the  Federal  Reserve.  The  MHC  will  be  subject  to the
limitations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies under federal and
state laws. See "Regulation - Regulation of the MHC."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
         The net  proceeds  will depend on the total  number of shares of common
stock  ^ sold  in the  offering,  which  will be  dependent  on the  independent
valuation  and  marketing  considerations,   and  the  expenses  incurred  ^  in
connection with the offering.  Although the actual net proceeds from the sale of
the common stock cannot be determined  until the offering is completed,  it is ^
estimated  that net  proceeds,  assuming the sale of ^ 1,198,500 and ^ 1,621,500
shares of stock at ^ $7.00 per share,  would be  approximately  ^ $7,789,500 and
$10,750,500 respectively.  The actual net proceeds may vary from these estimates
because,  among other  things,  actual  expenses  may be more or less than those
estimated.

         Of the net  proceeds  at least one half will be used by the  Company to
purchase  100% of the common stock of the Bank that is issued.  Of the remainder
of the net proceeds,  the mutual  holding  company will receive  $200,000 as its
initial  capitalization and the Company will ^ retain the rest. The net proceeds
from the offering will be used for general corporate  purposes and will increase
the Bank's total capital to expand investment and lending,  internal growth, and
possible  external growth through the  acquisition of branch offices,  expansion
into new lending areas, and other  acquisitions.  Proceeds from the offering may
also be used to acquire  property in  Ridgewood,  New Jersey or the  surrounding
area to  become  the  administrative  office of the  Company,  MHC and the Bank.
However, there are no current agreements and arrangements regarding expansion or
acquisition.  Net proceeds  will  initially be invested in U.S.  government  and
federal agency securities, marketable securities, or a combination of both.

         The Company  intends to use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to
make a loan  directly  to the ESOP to enable the ESOP to  purchase  stock in the
offering, or in the open market to the extent the stock is not available to fill
the ESOP's subscription. In the event the ESOP does not purchase common stock in
the offering,  the ESOP may purchase  shares of common stock in the market after
the  reorganization.  In the event the  purchase  price of the  common  stock is
higher than $7.00 per share, the amount of proceeds required for the purchase by
the ESOP will increase and the resulting stockholders' equity will decrease. Net
proceeds may also be used to make  contributions to the ESOP which in turn would
be used to repay the loan. ^
    

                                        6

<PAGE>



   
         The net proceeds may vary because total expenses of the  reorganization
may be more or less than those estimated. The net proceeds will also vary if the
number of shares to be ^ sold in the ^ offering are adjusted to reflect a change
in the  estimated  pro forma market value of the Company and the Bank.  Payments
for shares made through withdrawals from existing Bank deposit accounts will not
result in the receipt of new funds for investment by the Bank but will result in
a reduction of the Bank's deposits and interest expense as funds are transferred
from interest bearing certificates or other deposit accounts.
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

   
         Subject to regulatory and other  considerations  which  generally limit
the  authority of the Bank to pay, and the amount of,  dividends,  the ^ Company
intends to establish a cash dividend  policy  following the offering  commencing
after the completion of one full calendar quarter after the reorganization.  The
initial ^ amount of the  dividends  is as yet  undetermined.  Dividends  will be
subject to determination  and declaration by the ^ Company's Board of Directors,
which will take into account,  among other  factors,  the ^ Company's  financial
condition,  results  of  operations,  tax  considerations,  industry  standards,
economic  conditions,  regulatory  restrictions  which  affect  the  payment  of
dividends by the ^ Bank to the ^ Company,  and other factors.  If the MHC elects
not to waive  receipt of  dividends  from the  Company or if the  Department  or
Federal  Reserve does not approve such a waiver,  the amount of dividends may be
adversely  affected.  See ^ "Waiver of  Dividends  by the MHC^." There can be no
assurance  that  dividends  will ^ be paid on the common stock or that, if paid,
such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods.
    

         The Company will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock
if its  stockholders'  equity would be reduced below the amount required for the
liquidation account.  See "The Reorganization  -Effects of the Reorganization --
Liquidation  Rights".  Under New  Jersey  law,  a savings  bank is  required  to
maintain  at all  times  surplus  in an  amount  which is at least  equal to its
required  capital as set forth in the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended
("Banking  Code").  Dividends  may  be  declared  by the  Company  and  paid  to
stockholders  only out of accumulated net earnings after any required  transfers
to surplus and only if the Company's surplus would not be reduced by the payment
of such dividend.  Furthermore, as a condition to non-objection by the FDIC, the
Company  has agreed  that it will not  initiate  any  action  within one year of
completion  of the  reorganization  in the  furtherance  of payment of a special
distribution  or return of capital (as  distinguished  from a regular or special
dividend  payment in the ordinary  course of business)  to  stockholders  of the
Company. See also "Waiver of Dividends by the MHC."

         In  addition  to the  foregoing,  earnings  of the Company and the Bank
appropriated  to bad debt reserves and deducted for federal  income tax purposes
are not  available  for  payment of cash  dividends  or other  distributions  to
stockholders  without  payment  of  taxes  at the  then-current  tax rate by the
Company  and the Bank on the amount of  earnings  deemed to be removed  from the
reserves for such  distribution.  See  "Taxation"  and Note 10 of the  financial
statements.  The Bank does not contemplate any  distribution out of its bad debt
reserve which would cause such tax liability.

                         WAIVER OF DIVIDENDS BY THE MHC

         The MHC, prior to the declaration of any dividends by the Company, will
determine  whether to apply to the Federal  Reserve for  permission to waive the
receipt of any dividends paid by the Company to its stockholders.  Any waiver of
dividends,  if  approved  by the  Federal  Reserve,  will be  subject to various
conditions.  There can be, however,  no assurances that the Federal Reserve will
approve such  application  or if such  approval is  obtained,  that the MHC will
continue to waive dividends. The

                                        7

<PAGE>



Company and MHC are not aware of any mutual bank  holding  company  regulated by
the Federal  Reserve  that has been  permitted to waive the receipt of dividends
from its majority-owned  bank subsidiary holding company.  In waiving dividends,
the Board of Directors must conclude, among other things, that a dividend waiver
by the MHC,  which permits  retention of capital by the Company and the Bank, is
in the best interest of the MHC because, among other reasons: (i) the MHC has no
need for the dividend for its business  operations;  (ii) the cash that would be
received  by the MHC could be  invested  by the  Company  and the Bank at a more
favorable rate of return; (iii) such waiver increases the capital of the Company
and the Bank and enhances the Bank's business so that customers will continue to
have  access to the  offices  and  services  of the Bank;  and (iv) such  waiver
preserves the net worth of the MHC through its principal  asset (the Company and
the Bank),  which would be available for distribution in the unlikely event of a
voluntary  liquidation of the Company and the Bank after  satisfaction of claims
of depositors, other creditors and minority shareholders.

   
         If the MHC  determines  that the  waiver  of  dividends  is in the best
interest of the parties involved: (i) The MHC will make prior application to the
Federal  Reserve  for  approval to waive any  dividends  declared on the capital
stock of the  Company.  Such  application  will be made on an annual  basis with
respect to any year in which the MHC intends to waive such dividends;  (ii) If a
waiver is granted, dividends waived by the MHC will not be available for payment
to minority  shareholders  and will be excluded from the capital accounts of the
Bank for purposes of calculating any dividend payments to minority shareholders;
(iii) If a waiver is granted, the Bank will, so long as the MHC remains a mutual
holding company, establish a restricted capital account in the cumulative amount
of any dividends  waived by the MHC for the benefit of the mutual members of the
MHC. The  restricted  capital  account would be senior to the claims of minority
stockholders  of the Company and would not decrease  notwithstanding  changes in
depositors of the Bank.  This  restricted  capital account would be added to any
liquidation  account in the Bank  established in connection with a conversion of
the MHC to stock form and would not be available  for  distribution  to minority
shareholders;  (iv) In any  conversion of the MHC from mutual to stock form, the
Bank,  Company and MHC will comply with the requirements of the Federal Reserve;
and (v) In the event  that the  Federal  Reserve  adopts  regulations  regarding
dividend  waivers by mutual  holding  companies,  the MHC will  comply  with the
applicable  requirements  of such  regulations.  See  "Risk  Factors - ^ Reduced
Ownership  Following a Mutual Holding  Company ^ Conversion" and "MHC Conversion
to Stock Form."
    

         Immediately after  consummation of the  reorganization,  it is expected
that the MHC's operations will consist of activities  relating to its investment
in a majority of the common stock of the Company and its initial capitalization.
In the future,  the MHC may accept  dividends paid by the Company to be used for
other purposes,  including purchasing common stock from time to time in the open
market or from the  Company,  if  permitted.  The Company may  establish an open
market purchase dividend  reinvestment plan,  pursuant to which stockholders may
elect to have cash dividends used to purchase  additional shares of common stock
in the open market.  The MHC may  participate in any such plan.  There can be no
assurances  that the MHC will accept  dividends paid by the Company,  or if such
dividends are accepted, that the MHC will purchase shares of common stock in the
open market. Any purchases of common stock other than from the MHC will increase
the percentage of the Company's  outstanding  shares of common stock held by the
MHC and  increase  the number of shares  eligible  to be sold in any  subsequent
secondary offering or mutual to stock conversion of the MHC.

                          MHC CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM

     Following completion of the reorganization, the MHC may elect to convert to
stock form in  accordance  with  applicable  state and federal  law, if any. The
MHC's directors,  who will be the initial directors of the Bank and the Company,
have no current plans to convert the MHC to stock form. The

                                        8

<PAGE>



   
terms of such a  conversion  cannot be  determined  at this time and there is no
assurance  when, if ever, a conversion will occur. In the event of a conversion,
minority  shareholders will be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock
for shares of the converted MHC in a manner that is fair and  reasonable to such
shareholders and the MHC. This will include an appropriate  downward  adjustment
in the exchange ratio to account for assets of the MHC and waived dividends,  if
any. See "Risk Factors -^ Reduced Ownership ^ Following a Mutual Holding Company
Conversion"  and  "Waiver  of  Dividends  by the MHC."  Alternatively,  minority
shareholders  will  receive cash for their shares in an amount equal to the fair
market value of their shares given the  circumstances  of the  conversion.  Such
value will be  determined  in the same manner as if shares were to be exchanged,
including  the  factoring of any waived  dividends or any assets of the MHC. The
fair market value shall be established by an independent  appraisal  utilized in
the conversion.  Moreover, in the event that the MHC converts to stock form in a
conversion,  any options or other  convertible  securities  held by any trustee,
officer,  or  employee of the  Company,  will be  convertible  into the right to
acquire  shares of the  converted  MHC (or its  successor)  on the same basis as
outstanding  common stock (pursuant to applicable  exchange  ratios);  provided,
however, that if such shares cannot be so converted, the holders of such options
or other  convertible  securities shall be entitled to receive cash equal to the
fair value of such options or convertible securities. Any exchange or redemption
will be subject to the approval of the Department and the Federal  Reserve,  and
the  Department  and the Federal  Reserve have made no  determination  as to the
permissibility  of  any  exchange  or  redemption   described  in  the  plan  of
reorganization.
    

         Although the plan of reorganization allows for such an event, there can
be no assurances  when, if ever, a conversion will occur, or what conditions may
be imposed by the Department and Federal  regulators.  If a conversion  does not
occur, the MHC will always own a majority of the common stock of the Company.

                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

   
         The Company has never issued capital stock. Consequently, there is not,
at this time,  any  market  for the  common  stock.  The  Company  has  received
preliminary  approval to have the common stock quoted on the National  Market of
the Nasdaq  Stock  Market ^. If the number of shares of common stock sold to our
non-affiliates is not at least 1.1 million, we will not meet the requirements of
that market and we will seek  approval for  quotation of our common stock on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  If the  number of shares of common  stock sold to our
non-affiliates is not at least 1.0 million, we will not meet the requirements of
that market and we will ask market makers to seek  quotation of our common stock
on the Nasdaq OTC Bulletin  Board.  One of the conditions  for Nasdaq  quotation
(National Market and SmallCap Market) is that at least three market makers make,
or agree to make, a market in the stock.  The Company will seek to encourage and
assist at least three market makers to make a market in the common stock.  Ryan,
Beck has  indicated  its  intent to make a market in the  common  stock upon the
completion  of the  offering,  subject to compliance  with  applicable  laws and
regulations,  but is under no obligation to do so. While the Company anticipates
that prior to the completion of the offering it will obtain a commitment from at
least two other  broker-dealers to make a market in the common stock,  there can
be no  assurance  that there will be three or more market  makers for the common
stock.
    

         An active and liquid  market for the common stock may not develop or be
maintained. Accordingly,  prospective purchasers should consider the potentially
illiquid  nature of an  investment  in the common stock and  recognize  that the
absence of an  established  market  might make it  difficult  to buy or sell the
common  stock.  In the  event the  common  stock is not  listed on the  National
Market,  the common  stock is expected  to be quoted and traded on the  SmallCap
Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market or the OTC Bulletin Board.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         The  aggregate  price of the common stock is based upon an  independent
appraisal of the pro forma market value of the common stock. However,  there can
be no assurance that an investor will be able to sell the common stock purchased
in the  offering  at prices in the  range of the pro  forma  book  values of the
common  stock or at or above the purchase  price.  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The
Offering - Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Offered."




                                       10

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

         Set forth below is the historical  capitalization,  including  deposits
and  borrowed  funds,  of the  Bank  as of June  30,  1998,  and  the pro  forma
capitalization  of the Company  after giving  effect to the shares issued to the
MHC in the  reorganization,  the sale of shares offered pursuant to the offering
and other  assumptions  set forth under "Pro Forma Data." A change in the number
of  shares  to be sold in the  offering  may  affect  materially  such pro forma
capitalization.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Pro Forma Capitalization at June 30, 1998(1)
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                           Maximum,
                                                                         Minimum         Midpoint         Maximum       as adjusted
                                                                       ^ 1,198,500      ^ 1,410,000     ^ 1,621,500     ^ 1,864,725
                                                   Actual, as of        Shares at        Shares at       Shares at       Shares at
                                                     June 30,          ^ $7.00 per      ^ $7.00 per     ^ $7.00 per     ^ $7.00 per
                                                       1998               share            share           share        ^ share(2)
                                                 -----------------   --------------  ---------------- --------------- --------------
                                                                                      (In thousands)

<S>                                                 <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>      
^ Deposits(3).................................       $ 198,602       $   198,602      $   198,602     $   198,602      $   198,602
Borrowed funds................................          25,432            25,432           25,432          25,432           25,432
Total deposits and borrowed funds.............         224,034           224,034          224,034         224,034          224,034
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, no par value, 5,000,000
  shares authorized; none to be issued........              --                --               --              --               --
 Common stock, $0.10 par value, 10,000,000
    shares authorized, assuming shares
    outstanding as ^ shown(4).................              --             ^ 255            ^ 300           ^ 345            ^ 397
Additional paid-in ^ capital(4)...............              --           ^ 7,535            8,970          10,406           12,056
Retained ^ earnings(4)(5).....................          17,453          ^ 17,253           17,253          17,253           17,253
Accumulated other comprehensive income........            (102)             (102)            (102)           (102)            (102)
Less:
  Common stock acquired by ^  ESOP(6).........              --             ^ 671              790             908            1,044
  Common stock acquired by
    stock ^ programs(7).......................              --             ^ 336            ^ 395           ^ 454            ^ 522
                                                    ----------       -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------
Total equity/stockholders' equity.............       $  17,351       $  ^ 23,934      $  ^ 25,236     $  ^ 26,540      $  ^ 28,038
                                                      ========        ==========       ==========      ==========       ==========
    

</TABLE>
- ------------------
   
(1)  The  number of shares  to be  issued to the MHC at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum and maximum,  as adjusted,  of the estimated pro forma value of the
     common stock will be 1,351,500  and  1,590,000  and 1,828,500 and 2,102,775
     shares of common stock, respectively.  

(2)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur  due  to  an  increase  in  the  independent  valuation  and a
     commensurate increase in the offering range of up to 15% to reflect changes
     in market and financial conditions.

^(3) Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     common stock in the offering.  Such withdrawals  would reduce ^ deposits by
     the  amount  of such  withdrawals.  

^(4) No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of common
     stock pursuant to any stock option plans that may be adopted by the Company
     and the Bank and presented for approval by the minority  stockholders after
     the offering.  An amount equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in
     the offering would be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to
     be granted under the stock option plans no earlier than one year  following
     the reorganization. See ^ "Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans^."

^(5) The reduction in ^ retained  earnings of the Bank reflects the retention by
     the MHC of ^ $200,000 upon consummation of the reorganization.

^(6) Assumes that 8.0% of the shares sold in the  offering  will be purchased by
     the ESOP,  and that the  funds  used to  acquire  the ESOP  shares  will be
     borrowed  from the  Company.  For an  estimate of the impact of the loan on
     earnings,  see  "Pro  Forma  Data."  The  Bank  intends  to make  scheduled
     discretionary  contributions  to the ESOP  sufficient to enable the ESOP to
     service and ultimately retire its debt. The amount of shares to be acquired
     by the ESOP is  reflected  as a  reduction  of  stockholders'  equity.  See
     "Management  - Benefits - Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan." If the ESOP is
     unable  to  purchase  common  stock  in  the   reorganization   due  to  an
     oversubscription  in the  offering by  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and the
     purchase  price in the open  market is  greater  than the  original ^ $7.00
     price per share,  there will be a corresponding  reduction in stockholders'
     equity.

^(7) Assumes  that an amount  equal to 4% of the shares of common  stock sold in
     the  offering  is  purchased  by stock  programs  no earlier  than one year
     following  the  reorganization.  The common  stock  purchased  by the stock
     programs  is  reflected  as  a  reduction  of  stockholders'   equity.  See
     ^"Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Programs."
    

                                       11

<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

   
         The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be
determined  until the  offering is  completed.  Actual  expenses may differ from
estimated  expenses.  However,  net  investable  proceeds  to the  Company are ^
estimated to be between ^ $6.6 million and ^ $9.2 million (or ^ $10.7 million in
the  event  the  independent  valuation  is  increased  by 15%)  based  upon the
following  assumptions:  (i) an amount equal to 4% of the shares offered will be
awarded pursuant to the stock programs (which will be adopted no sooner than one
year following the offering),  funded through open market purchases;  (ii) Ryan,
Beck will  receive an advisory  and  marketing  fee equal to $150,000  and (iii)
other fixed expenses  incurred in connection  with the offering are estimated to
be  $450,000.  As part of the  reorganization,  the MHC will be  capitalized  at
$200,000, which will result in a reduction of the Company's assets and equity by
the same amount.  It is assumed that of the common stock to be issued,  53% will
be held by the mutual holding  company and 47% will be publicly sold without the
use of brokers  or  dealers  other than  Ryan,  Beck.  Directors  and  executive
officers and their  associates  are  expected to purchase  187,137  shares.  The
employee  stock  ownership  plan is assumed to purchase  8% of the common  stock
sold. The four columns in the following  charts show an offering at the minimum,
midpoint,  maximum, and maximum, as adjusted of the offering range. The maximum,
as adjusted of the offering  range  represents an increase of up to 15% from the
maximum of the offering range.
    

         Pro forma earnings have been  calculated  assuming the common stock had
been sold at the beginning of the periods and the net proceeds had been invested
at an average yield of 5.41% for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year
ended  December  31,  1997,  which  approximates  the yield on a  one-year  U.S.
Treasury  bill on June 30, 1998.  The yield on a one-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill,
rather  than an  arithmetic  average of the  average  yield on  interest-earning
assets and average  rate paid on deposits,  has been used to estimate  income on
net proceeds because it is believed that the one-year U.S. Treasury bill rate is
a more accurate  estimate of the rate that would be obtained on an investment of
net proceeds from the offering.  The pro forma  after-tax yield is assumed to be
3.41% for the six months  ended June 30,  1998 and the year ended  December  31,
1997,  based on an effective tax rate of 37.00%.  The effect of withdrawals from
deposit  accounts  for the  purchase  of common  stock  has not been  reflected.
Historical  and pro forma per share  amounts  have been  calculated  by dividing
historical  and pro forma  amounts by the  indicated  number of shares of common
stock,  as adjusted  (in the case of pro forma net  earnings  per share) to give
effect to the  purchase of shares by the ESOP.  Pro forma  stockholders'  equity
amounts  have been  calculated  as if the common stock had been sold on June 30,
1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively,  and, accordingly,  no effect has been
given to the assumed earnings effect of the transactions.

         The following pro forma  information may not be  representative  of the
financial  effects  of the  foregoing  transactions  at the dates on which  such
transactions  actually  occur and  should not be taken as  indicative  of future
results of operations.  Pro forma consolidated  stockholders'  equity represents
the difference between the stated amount of consolidated  assets and liabilities
of the  Company  computed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  ("GAAP").  The pro forma  stockholders'  equity is not  intended  to
represent  the fair  market  value of the common  stock and may be greater  than
amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of
liquidation.

         The  following  tables  summarize  historical  data of the Bank and pro
forma data of the  Company at or for the six months  ended June 30,  1998 and at
and for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  based on the  assumptions  set forth
above and in the tables and  should  not be used as a basis for  projections  of
market value of the common stock  following  the  reorganization.  No effect has
been given in the tables to the possible  issuance of additional shares reserved
for future  issuance  pursuant to a stock option plan that may be adopted by the
Board of Directors of the Company no earlier than one year following the

                                       12

<PAGE>



reorganization,  nor does book value give any effect to the liquidation  account
to be established for the benefit of Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  or the bad debt  reserve  in  liquidation.  See "The
Reorganization - Effects of Reorganization - Liquidation Rights" and "Management
of the Bank -Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plans."

                                       13

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                           At or For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998
                                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        ^ $17,850,000        ^ $21,000,000         ^ $24,150,000    ^ $27,772,500
                                                           Independent          Independent           Independent     Independent
                                                            Valuation            Valuation             Valuation       Valuation
                                                            ^ Sale of             Sale of               Sale of         Sale of
                                                            1,198,500            1,410,000             1,621,500       1,864,725
                                                             Shares               Shares                Shares           Shares
                                                           ^ at $7 per          ^ at $7 per           ^ at $7 per     ^ at $7 per
                                                              share                share                 share            share
                                                         --------------       -------------       -------------     ---------------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>               <C>          
Gross proceeds.......................................    $      ^ 8,390      $     ^ 9,870        $    ^ 11,351     $    ^ 13,053
Less expenses........................................               600                600                  600               600
Less capital to MHC..................................               200                200                  200               200 
                                                           ------------       ------------         ------------      ------------ 
   Estimated net proceeds to the Company.............           ^ 7,590              9,070               10,551            12,253
Less ESOP funded by the Company......................             ^ 671                790                  908             1,044
Less stock programs adjustment.......................             ^ 336                395                  454               522
                                                           ------------       ------------         ------------      ------------
   Estimated investable net proceeds.................    $      ^ 6,583      $     ^ 7,885        $     ^ 9,189     $    ^ 10,687
                                                           ============       ============         ============      ============

Net income:
   Historical........................................    $          487      $         487        $         487     $         487
   Pro forma income on net proceeds..................             ^ 112                134                  157               182
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1).....................              ^(21)               (25)                 (29)              (33)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2)............              ^(21)               (25)                 (29)              (33)
   Pro forma net income(1)(3)(4).....................    $        ^ 557      $       ^ 571        $       ^ 586     $       ^ 603
                                                          =============       ============         ============      ============

Per share net income
   Historical........................................    $      ^  0.20      $        0.17       $         0.15     $        0.13

   Pro forma income on net proceeds..................            ^ 0.05               0.05                 0.05              0.05
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1).....................             (0.01)             (0.01)               (0.01)            (0.01)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2)............             (0.01)             (0.01)               (0.01)            (0.01)
                                                           ------------        -----------          -----------      ------------
   Pro forma net income per share(1)(3)(4)...........    $       ^ 0.23      $      ^ 0.20       $       ^ 0.18     $     ^  0.16
                                                           ============       ============        =============      ============

Shares used in calculation of income per share(1)....       ^ 2,458,914          2,892,840            3,326,766         3,825,781
Stockholders' equity:
   Historical........................................    $       17,351      $      17,351       $       17,351     $      17,351
   Estimated net proceeds............................           ^ 7,590              9,070               10,551            12,253
   Less:          Common Stock acquired by the ESOP (1)          ^ (671)              (790)                (908)           (1,044)
   Less:          Common stock acquired by stock
                  programs(2)........................             ^(336)             ^(395)               ^(454)            ^(522)
                                                           ------------       ------------         ------------       ----------- 
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(1)(3)(4)...........    $     ^ 23,934      $   ^  25,236       $     ^ 26,540     $    ^ 28,038
                                                           =============      =============        =============      ============

Stockholders' equity per share:
   Historical (4)....................................    $       ^ 6.80      $      ^ 5.78       $       ^ 5.03     $     ^  4.37

   Estimated net proceeds............................            ^ 2.98               3.02                 3.06              3.09
   Less:          Common Stock acquired ESOP(1)......            ^(0.26)             (0.26)               (0.26)            (0.26)
   Less:          Common Stock acquired by stock
                  programs(2)........................            ^(0.13)            ^(0.13)              ^(0.13)           ^(0.13)
                  -----------------------------------            ------             ------               ------            ------ 
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(4).......    $       ^ 9.39      $      ^ 8.41       $       ^ 7.70     $      ^ 7.07
                                                             ==========       =============       =============       ===========  

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma
  stockholders' equity per share.....................           ^ 74.55%           ^ 83.23%             ^ 90.91%          ^ 99.01%
Offering price to pro forma                                              ^
  net income per share (annualized)..................           ^ 15.22X           ^ 17.50X             ^ 19.44X            21.88X
                                                             ==========       ============        =============        ==========  

Shares used in calculation of book value/share.......       ^ 2,550,000          3,000,000            3,450,000         3,967,500
    
</TABLE>


                                       14

<PAGE>
   
- -----------------------------------
(1)  Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering  will be
     purchased by the ESOP and that the ESOP will borrow funds from the Company.
     The common  stock  acquired  by the ESOP is  reflected  as a  reduction  of
     stockholder's  equity. The Bank intends to make annual contributions to the
     ESOP in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest  requirement
     of the  loan.  This  table  assumes  a 10  year  amortization  period.  See
     "Management  of the Bank - Benefits - Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan." The
     pro forma net earnings  assumes:  (i) that the Bank's  contribution  to the
     ESOP for the principal portion of the debt service  requirement for the six
     months ended June 30, 1998 were made at the end of the period;  (ii) that ^
     4,794  and 5,640 and  6,486  and  7,459  shares at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum,  and 15%  above  the  maximum  of the  range,  respectively,  were
     committed  to be released  during the six months  ended June 30, 1998 at an
     average fair value of ^ $7.00 per share and were  accounted for as a charge
     to expense in accordance  with Statement of Position  ("SOP") No. 93-6; and
     (iii)  only  the ESOP  shares  committed  to be  released  were  considered
     outstanding for purposes of the net earnings per share calculations,  while
     all  ESOP  shares  were   considered   outstanding   for  purposes  of  the
     stockholders'  equity  per share  calculations.  See also  "Risk  Factors -
     Potential  Effect of ESOP" for a discussion of possible added costs for the
     ESOP.

(2)  Gives  effect to the stock  programs  that may be adopted ^  following  the
     reorganization  and presented for approval at a meeting of  stockholders to
     be held no earlier than one year after completion of the reorganization. If
     the stock  programs are approved by the  stockholders,  the stock  programs
     would be expected  to acquire an amount of common  stock equal to 4% of the
     shares of common  stock  sold in the  offering,  or ^ 47,940 and 56,400 and
     64,860 and  74,589  shares of common  stock  respectively  at the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum  of the range  through  open
     market  purchases.  Funds used by the stock programs to purchase the shares
     will be contributed  to the stock programs by the Bank. In calculating  the
     pro forma  effect of the stock  programs,  it is assumed  that the required
     stockholder  approval has been  received,  that the shares were acquired by
     the stock  programs at the  beginning of the six months ended June 30, 1998
     through open market  purchases,  at ^ $7.00 per share,  and that 10% of the
     amount  contributed  was  amortized to expense  during the six months ended
     June 30, 1998.  The issuance of  authorized  but unissued  shares of common
     stock to the stock programs  instead of open market  purchases would dilute
     the voting interests of existing  stockholders by  approximately  1.88% and
     pro forma net earnings per share would be $0.23,  $0.20, $0.18 and $0.16 at
     the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum of the range,
     respectively,  and pro forma stockholders' equity per share would be $9.21,
     $8.26, $7.55 and $6.94 at the minimum,  midpoint, maximum and 15% above the
     maximum  of  the  range,  respectively.  There  can  be no  assurance  that
     stockholder approval of the stock programs will be obtained,  or the actual
     purchase  price  of the  shares  will be equal to ^ $7.00  per  share.  See
     "Management of the Bank - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Programs."
    

(3)  The  retained  earnings  of the  Company  and the Bank will  continue to be
     substantially  restricted after the reorganization.  See "Dividend Policy,"
     "The Reorganization - Effects of Reorganization - Liquidations  Rights" and
     "Regulation - Dividends and Other Capital Distributions Limitations."

   
(4)  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of common
     stock  pursuant to the stock  option  plans that may be adopted ^ following
     the  reorganization  which,  in turn,  would be presented for approval at a
     meeting  of  stockholders  to be held no  earlier  than one year  after the
     completion of the  reorganization.  If the stock option plans are presented
     and  approved by  stockholders,  an amount equal to 10% of the common stock
     sold in the  offering,  or ^ 119,850  and  141,000  and 162,150 and 186,473
     shares at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of the
     range, respectively, will be reserved for future issuance upon the exercise
     of options to be granted  under the stock  option  plans.  The  issuance of
     common  stock  pursuant to the  exercise of options  under the stock option
     plans will  result in the  dilution of  existing  stockholders'  interests.
     Assuming stockholder approval of the stock option plans and the exercise of
     all  options at the end of the period at an  exercise  price of ^ $7.00 per
     share, the pro forma net earnings per share would be ^ $0.22, $0.19, $0.17,
     and $0.15 ,  respectively at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above
     the maximum of the range for the six months ended June 30, 1998;  pro forma
     stockholders'  equity per share would be ^ $9.28,  $8.35,  $7.66 and $7.06,
     respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of
     the range for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  See  "Management  of the
     Bank - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plans."
    
                                       15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At or For the Year Ended December 31, 1997

   
                                                           ^ $17,850,000        ^ $21,000,000         ^ $24,150,000    ^ $27,772,500
    
                                                            Independent          Independent           Independent      Independent
   
                                                             Valuation            Valuation             Valuation        Valuation
                                                             ^ Sale of            Sale of                Sale of          Sale of
                                                             1,198,500            1,410,000             1,621,500        1,864,725
                                                              Shares               Shares                Shares           Shares
                                                            ^ at $7 per          ^ at $7 per           ^ at $7 per      at $7 per
                                                               share                share                 share            share
                                                               -----                -----                 -----            -----
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>                  <C>               <C>          
Gross proceeds.......................................   $     ^ 8,390         $     ^ 9,870        $    ^ 11,351     $    ^ 13,053
Less expenses........................................             600                   600                  600               600
Less capital to MHC..................................             200                   200                  200               200
                                                          -----------           -----------          -----------       -----------
   Estimated net proceeds............................         ^ 7,590                 9,070               10,551            12,253
Less ESOP funded by the Company......................           ^ 671                   790                  908             1,044
Less stock programs adjustment.......................           ^ 336                   395                  454               522
                                                        -------------           -----------          -----------       -----------
   Estimated investable net proceeds.................   $     ^ 6,583         $     ^ 7,885        $     ^ 9,189     $    ^ 10,687
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============

Net ^ income:
   Historical........................................   $       1,250         $       1,250        $       1,250     $       1,250
   Pro forma income on net proceeds..................           ^ 224                   269                  313               364
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1).....................            ^(42)                  (50)                 (57)              (66)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2)............            ^(42)                  (50)                 (57)              (66)
                                                         ------------           -----------          -----------       -----------
   Pro forma net income(1)(3)(4).....................   $     ^ 1,390         $     ^ 1,419        $     ^ 1,449     $     ^ 1,482
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============
    

Per share net income
   
   Historical........................................   $      ^ 0.51         $        0.43        $        0.38     $        0.33
   Pro forma income on net proceeds..................          ^ 0.09                  0.09                 0.09              0.09
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1).....................           (0.02)                (0.02)               (0.02)            (0.02)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2)............           (0.02)                (0.02)               (0.02)            (0.02)
                                                          -----------           -----------          -----------       -----------
   Pro forma net income per share(1)(3)(4)...........   $      ^ 0.56         $      ^ 0.48        $      ^ 0.43     $      ^ 0.38
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============

Shares used in calculation of income per share(1)....     ^ 2,463,708             2,898,480            3,333,252         3,833,240
Stockholders' equity:
   Historical........................................   $      17,194         $      17,194        $      17,194          $ 17,194
   Estimated net proceeds............................         ^ 7,590                 9,070               10,551            12,253
   Less:          Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(1           ^(671)                 (790)                (908)           (1,044)
   Less:          Common stock acquired by stock
                  programs(2)........................           ^(336)                ^(395)               ^(454)            ^(522)
                                                         ------------          ------------         ------------      ------------ 
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(1)(3)(4)...........   $    ^ 23,777         $   ^  25,079        $    ^ 26,383     $    ^ 27,881
                                                         ============         =============         ============      ============
    

Stockholders' equity per share:
   
   Historical (4)....................................   $      ^ 6.74         $      ^ 5.73        $      ^ 4.98     $     ^  4.33

   Estimated net proceeds............................          ^ 2.98                  3.02                 3.06              3.09
   Less:          Common Stock acquired ESOP(1)......          ^(0.26)                (0.26)               (0.26)            (0.26)
   Less:          Common Stock acquired by stock
                  programs(2)........................          ^(0.13)               ^(0.13)              ^(0.13)           ^(0.13)
                                                          -----------          ------------         ------------      ------------ 
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(4).......   $      ^ 9.33         $      ^ 8.36        $      ^ 7.65     $      ^ 7.03
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============
    
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma
   
  stockholders' equity per share.....................         ^ 75.03%              ^ 83.73%             ^ 91.50%          ^ 99.57%
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============ 
Offering price to pro forma
  net income per share...............................         ^ 12.50X              ^ 14.58X             ^ 16.28X          ^ 18.42X
                                                         ============          ============         ============      ============ 
Shares used in calculation of book value/share.......     ^ 2,550,000             3,000,000            3,450,000         3,967,500
    
</TABLE>
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
- ----------------------------------

(1)  Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering  will be
     purchased by the ESOP and that the ESOP will borrow funds from the Company.
     The common  stock  acquired  by the ESOP is  reflected  as a  reduction  of
     stockholder's  equity. The Bank intends to make annual contributions to the
     ESOP in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest  requirement
     of the  loan.  This  table  assumes  a 10  year  amortization  period.  See
     "Management  of the Bank - Benefits - Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan." The
     pro forma net earnings  assumes:  (i) that the Bank's  contribution  to the
     ESOP for the principal portion of the debt service requirement for the year
     ended  December  31, 1997 were made at the end of the  period;  (ii) that ^
     9,588 and 11,280 and 12,972  and 14,918  shares at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum,  and 15%  above  the  maximum  of the  range,  respectively,  were
     committed  to be  released  during the year ended  December  31, 1997 at an
     average fair value of ^ $7.00 per share and were  accounted for as a charge
     to expense in accordance  with Statement of Position  ("SOP") No. 93-6; and
     (iii)  only  the ESOP  shares  committed  to be  released  were  considered
     outstanding for purposes of the net earnings per share calculations,  while
     all  ESOP  shares  were   considered   outstanding   for  purposes  of  the
     stockholders'  equity  per share  calculations.  See also  "Risk  Factors -
     Potential  Effect of ESOP" for a discussion of possible added costs for the
     ESOP.

(2)  Gives  effect to the stock  programs  that may be adopted ^  following  the
     reorganization  and presented for approval at a meeting of  stockholders to
     be held no earlier than one year after completion of the reorganization. If
     the stock  programs are approved by the  stockholders,  the stock  programs
     would be expected  to acquire an amount of common  stock equal to 4% of the
     shares of common  stock  sold in the  offering,  or ^ 47,940 and 56,400 and
     64,860 and  74,589  shares of common  stock  respectively  at the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum  of the range  through  open
     market  purchases.  Funds used by the stock programs to purchase the shares
     will be contributed  to the stock programs by the Bank. In calculating  the
     pro forma  effect of the stock  programs,  it is assumed  that the required
     stockholder  approval has been  received,  that the shares were acquired by
     the stock  programs at the  beginning  of the year ended  December 31, 1997
     through open market  purchases,  at ^ $7.00 per share,  and that 20% of the
     amount  contributed was amortized to expense during the year ended December
     31, 1997. The issuance of authorized  but uninsured  shares of common stock
     to the stock  programs  instead of open market  purchases  would dilute the
     voting interests of existing  stockholders by  approximately  1.88% and pro
     forma net earnings per share would be $0.56,  $0.48, $0.43 and $0.38 at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and  15%  above  the  maximum  of the  range,
     respectively,  and pro forma stockholders' equity per share would be $9.15,
     $8.21, $7.51 and $6.90 at the minimum,  midpoint, maximum and 15% above the
     maximum  of  the  range,  respectively.  There  can  be no  assurance  that
     stockholder approval of the stock programs will be obtained,  or the actual
     purchase  price  of the  shares  will be equal to ^ $7.00  per  share.  See
     "Management of the Bank - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Programs."
    

(3)  The  retained  earnings  of the  Company  and the Bank will  continue to be
     substantially  restricted after the reorganization.  See "Dividend Policy,"
     "The Reorganization - Effects of Reorganization - Liquidations  Rights" and
     "Regulation - Dividends and Other Capital Distributions Limitations."

   
(4)  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of common
     stock  pursuant to the stock  option  plans that may be adopted ^ following
     the  reorganization  which,  in turn,  would be presented for approval at a
     meeting  of  stockholders  to be held no  earlier  than one year  after the
     completion of the  reorganization.  If the stock option plans are presented
     and  approved by  stockholders,  an amount equal to 10% of the common stock
     sold in the  offering,  or ^ 119,850  and  141,000  and 162,150 and 186,473
     shares at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of the
     range, respectively, will be reserved for future issuance upon the exercise
     of options to be granted  under the stock  option  plans.  The  issuance of
     common  stock  pursuant to the  exercise of options  under the stock option
     plans will  result in the  dilution of  existing  stockholders'  interests.
     Assuming stockholder approval of the stock option plans and the exercise of
     all  options at the end of the period at an  exercise  price of ^ $7.00 per
     share, the pro forma net earnings per share would be ^ $0.54, $0.47, $0.41,
     and $0.37 ,  respectively at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above
     the maximum of the range for the year ended  December 31,  1997;  pro forma
     stockholders'  equity per share would be ^ $9.22,  $8.30, $7.62, and $7.03,
     respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of
     the range for the year ended December 31, 1997. See "Management of the Bank
     - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plans."
    


                                       17

<PAGE>





                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         Under FDIC  regulations,  depository  institutions such as the Bank are
required  to  maintain  a minimum  ratio of  qualifying  total  capital to total
risk-based  assets and  off-balance  sheet  instruments,  as adjusted to reflect
their  relative  credit  risks,  of 8%. At least  one-half  of total  risk-based
capital is to be comprised of common equity,  retained earnings,  non-cumulative
perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred
stock,  less  goodwill  ("Tier I capital").  The  remainder of total  risk-based
capital may consist of a limited amount of  subordinated  debt,  other preferred
stock,  certain other  instruments and a limited amount of general  reserves for
loan losses ("Tier II capital").

         The FDIC also has established an additional  capital adequacy guideline
referred to as the leverage  capital  ratio,  which measures the ratio of Tier I
capital to total assets less goodwill.  Depository  institutions are required to
maintain a minimum  leverage  capital  ratio of between 3% and 5%, or more.  The
actual  required  ratio is  based on the  FDIC's  assessment  of the  individual
depository institution's asset quality, earnings performance, interest-rate risk
and liquidity.

         For  purposes  of New  Jersey  law,  all New  Jersey-chartered  banking
institutions  are expected to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 3%. At
June 30, 1998, the Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.

         The Federal  Reserve has established  guidelines  regarding the capital
adequacy of bank holding companies,  such as the Company. These requirements are
substantially similar to those adopted by the FDIC for depository  institutions,
as set forth above. See generally "Regulation and Supervision  Regulation of the
Company  -  Regulatory  Capital  Requirements"  and "-  Regulation  of the  Bank
Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         The pro forma tables do not take into  account the  dilutive  effect of
any stock options because the stock options to be issued under the  contemplated
stock option plan are exercisable over a ten-year period.  Any stock option plan
would be submitted  for approval by  stockholders  to obtain  certain  favorable
securities  law treatment  and for listing on the Nasdaq  National  Market.  The
options are not directly  attributable to the  reorganization or the offering as
no funds will be received or paid until such options vest. Furthermore,  no such
plans  will  be  implemented  without  stockholder  approval  and  will  not  be
implemented within one year of the reorganization. See "Management of the Bank -
Potential  Stock Benefit  Plans - Stock Option  Plans." See footnote (4) at "Pro
Forma Data" for pro forma earnings per share and pro forma stockholders'  equity
per share for the period  indicated  assuming  all options are  exercised at the
close of the offering (which is impossible).

                                       18

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  presents  the  Bank's  historical  and pro forma
capital position relative to its capital requirements as of June 30, 1998. For a
discussion of the  assumptions  underlying  the pro forma  capital  calculations
presented below, see "Use of Proceeds,"  "Capitalization"  and "Pro Forma Data."
The definitions of the terms used in the table are those provided in the capital
regulations  issued by the  FDIC.  For a  discussion  of the  capital  standards
applicable  to  the  Bank,  see  "Regulation  - The  Bank -  Regulatory  Capital
Requirements."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Pro Forma as of June 30, 1998(1)
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
                                                     ^ $8.4 Million      $9.9 Million      $11.4 ^ Million    $13.1 ^ Million
                                  Actual, As of         Offering           Offering           Offering          Offering
                                 June 30, 1998     (1,198,500 shares   (1,410,000 shares  (1,621,500 shares   (1,864,725 shares
                                ---------------     at $7 per share)    at $7 per share)   at $7 per share)    at $7 per share)
                                                   ------------------  ------------------ -----------------   --------------------

                                      Percentage           Percentage          Percentage         Percentage           Percentage
                                         of                    of                   of               of                   of
                              Amount   Assets(2)   Amount   Assets(2)   Amount  Assets(2)  Amount  Assets(2)  Amount   Assets(2)
                              ------   --------    ------   --------    ------  ---------  ------  ---------  ------  -----------
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                          <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>   
GAAP Capital.............    $17,351    7.15%   ^ $20,139      8.20%   $20,701     8.41%   $21,265     8.62%   $21,912     8.86%
                              ======   =====       ======     =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====
Leverage Capital:                                                     

  Actual or Pro Forma....    $17,449    7.49%   ^ $20,237      8.59%   $20,799     8.80%   $21,363     9.02%   $22,010     9.27%
  Required ..............    ^ 9,317    4.00      ^ 9,429      4.00    ^ 9,451     4.00      9,474     4.00    ^ 9,500     4.00
                             -------   -----      -------     -----    -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
  Excess.................    $ 8,132    3.49%   ^ $10,808      4.59%   $11,348     4.80%   $11,889     5.02%   $12,510     5.27%
                              ======   =====       ======     =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====

Tier I Risk-Based Capital:                                                    
  Actual or Pro Forma....    $17,449   19.40%   ^ $20,237     22.16%   $20,799    22.70%   $21,363    23.25%   $22,010    23.87%
  Required(3)............      3,597    4.00      ^ 3,653      4.00    ^ 3,664     4.00    ^ 3,676     4.00    ^ 3,688     4.00
                              ------   -----      -------     -----    -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
  Excess.................    $13,852   15.40%   ^ $16,584     18.16%   $17,135    18.70%   $17,687    19.25%   $18,322    19.87%
                              ======   =====       ======     =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====

Total Risk-Based                                                     
  Capital(4):                                                             
  Actual or Pro Forma....    $18,199   20.24%   ^ $20,987     22.98%   $21,549    23.52%   $22,113    24.06%   $22,760    24.68%
  Required...............      7,195    8.00      ^ 7,306      8.00    ^ 7,329     8.00    ^ 7,351     8.00    ^ 7,377     8.00
                              ------   -----      -------     -----    -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----
  Excess................     $11,004   12.24%   ^ $13,681     14.98%   $14,220    15.52%   $14,762    16.06%   $15,383    16.68%
                              ======   =====       ======     =====     ======    =====     ======    =====     ======    =====

                                                                   
</TABLE>


- -----------------
   
(1)  See "Pro Forma  Data."  Proceeds  are  assumed to be  invested  in interest
     earning assets which have a 50% risk-weighting.
(2)  GAAP, average or risk-weighted assets as appropriate.
(3)^ Regulations of the FDIC require Tier I risk based capital that varies based
     upon an institution's regulatory examination rating.
(4)  Risk-weighted assets as of June 30, 1998, totalled $89.9 million.
    

                                       19

<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

         The  Statements of Income of the Bank for the two years ended  December
31,  1997 have been  audited by KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent  certified
public  accountants,  whose report thereon appears  elsewhere in the prospectus.
The  statement  of income for the year ended  December  31,  1995 was audited by
Dorfman,  Abrams,  Music & Co., whose report thereon appears  elsewhere  herein.
With  respect to  information  for the six months  ended June 30, 1998 and 1997,
which is unaudited, in the opinion of management,  all adjustments necessary for
a fair  presentation  of such  periods  have been  included  and are of a normal
recurring  nature.  Results  for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1998 are not
necessarily  indicative  of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1998. These Statements of Income should be read in conjunction with
the Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto and  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Six Months Ended                  Years Ended
                                                                        June 30,                      December 31,
                                                                ----------------------- -----------------------------------

                                                                  1998         1997         1997          1996        1995
                                                                ---------- ------------ ------------ ------------- --------
                                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>    
Interest income:
     Loans receivable ..........................................   $4,150       $4,245      $ 8,562       $ 8,267      $ 7,697
     Investment securities......................................      184          417          756         1,134        1,300
     Mortgage-backed securities.................................      481          565        1,068         1,171        1,682
     Securities available for sale..............................    2,700        2,369        4,778         3,998          894
     Other......................................................      512          266          670           396          342
                                                                  -------       ------      -------       -------       ------
         Total interest income..................................    8,027        7,862       15,834        14,966       11,915

Interest expense:

     Deposits ..................................................    4,792        4,289        8,982         7,650        6,553
     Borrowed funds ............................................      520          758        1,305         1,872          881
                                                                  -------      -------       ------        ------      -------
         Total interest expense.................................    5,312        5,047       10,287         9,522        7,434
                                                                    -----        -----       ------        ------       ------
         Net interest income....................................    2,715        2,815        5,547         5,444        4,481

Provision for loan losses ......................................      132            6           12            12           60
                                                                  -------       ------      -------       -------      -------
         Net interest income after  provision for loan losses...    2,583        2,809        5,535         5,432        4,421
                                                                    -----        -----       ------        ------       ------
Noninterest income:

     Fees and service charges...................................       67           47          114            73           58
     Gain (loss) on sale of securities..........................       24           --           19            45          (29)
      Gain on sale of loans.....................................       21            3           45            14           38
     Other......................................................        6           13           54            14            4
                                                                   ------       ------       ------        ------       ------
         Total noninterest income...............................      118           63          232           146           71
                                                                  -------       ------      -------       -------      -------

Noninterest expenses:

     Salaries and benefits......................................    1,036          942        1,926         1,691        1,385
     Occupancy and equipment ...................................      555          501        1,034           878          586
     Advertising and promotion..................................       76           68          150           178          152
     SAIF deposit insurance premium.............................       59           54          110           250          286
     SAIF assessment ...........................................       --           --           --           830           --
     Other expenses.............................................      243          220          456           383          299
                                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------
         Total noninterest expenses.............................    1,969        1,785        3,676         4,210        2,708
                                                                    -----        -----       ------        ------       ------

         Income before income taxes.............................      732        1,087        2,091         1,368        1,784

Income taxes ...................................................      245          425          841           628          657
                                                                  -------      -------      -------       -------      -------
              Net income........................................ $    487     $    662      $ 1,250      $    740      $ 1,127
                                                                  =======      =======       ======       =======       ======
</TABLE>

See accompanying  notes to financial  statements  beginning on page F-____ which
are an integral part of these statements.

                                       20

<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


GENERAL

         The Bank's  results of operations  are  primarily  dependent on its net
interest income,  which is the difference  between the interest income earned on
assets,  primarily loans,  mortgage-backed  securities,  investments,  and other
interest earning assets less the interest expense on its liabilities,  primarily
deposits and borrowings.  Net interest income may be affected  significantly  by
general economic and competitive conditions,  particularly those with respect to
market interest rates,  and policies of regulatory  agencies.  Furthermore,  the
Bank's lending  activity is  concentrated in loans secured by real estate in the
Bank's  market area and therefore  the Bank's  operations  are affected by local
market conditions. The results of operations are also influenced by the level of
non-interest expenses,  such as employees' salaries and benefits,  occupancy and
equipment  costs,  non-interest  income  such as loan  related  fees and fees on
deposit related services, and the Bank's provision for loan losses.

STRATEGY/HIGHLIGHTS

Management Strategy

   
         The Bank has  historically  focused on offering  deposit  products  and
residential  mortgage  loans to customers in the town of Ridgewood and townships
of Allendale,  Franklin  Lakes,  Glen Rock,  Ho-Ho- Kus,  Mahwah,  Midland Park,
Oakland, Paramus, Ramsey, Ridgewood,  Saddle River, Upper Saddle River, Waldwick
and Wyckoff,  all of which are located in northwestern  Bergen County.  The Bank
generates net income  primarily by originating  and selling loans,  investing in
debt and  equity  securities  and  mortgage-backed  securities,  attracting  and
retaining  deposits by paying  competitive  interest  rates,  borrowing from the
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and  maintaining  a high standard of customer
service as a local community savings bank.

         The Bank has been, and intends to continue to be, a  community-oriented
financial  institution  offering a variety of financial  services.  ^ During the
past several years,  the competing  financial  institutions ^  headquartered  in
Ridgewood have essentially all been acquired by state-wide and regional bank and
thrift holding  companies.  As a result,  the Bank is the only  remaining  local
institution  headquartered  and  managed  in  Ridgewood,  New  Jersey.  The Bank
believes that its  "hometown"  advantage  provides an  opportunity to expand its
operations as the only local, independent financial institution ^. The Bank also
believes it has ^ the ability to grow as a result of the  relatively  high level
of income and businesses operating in its primary market area.

         The Bank's  strategy is to attempt to take  advantage of the  favorable
demographic and economic conditions in its market area by continuing to increase
in size, focus on attracting core deposits,  and gradually shift its assets into
higher  yielding  loans.  Total  assets of the Bank have  increased  from $130.2
million at December 31, 1993, to $242.7 at June 30, 1998.  Much of this increase
was  attributable  to the opening of two new branch offices in 1996.  Management
believes that these two new offices,  which are located in Ridgewood and Mahwah,
will  help  the  Bank  continue  to meet  the  financial  services  needs of its
customers in an effective and personalized manner.
    


                                       21

<PAGE>



   
         Highlights of the Bank's business strategy include the following:

     -    Maintaining  asset  quality.  Strong  asset  quality  is an  important
          component  to the  Bank's  long-term  growth  and  financial  success.
          Therefore,  management is committed to  maintaining  its  underwriting
          standards  in  originating   loans.  At  June  30,  1998,  the  Bank's
          non-performing assets totaled $8,000 and the allowance for loan losses
          was $750,000.

     -    Managing  interest  rate  risk.  Market  risk is the risk of loss from
          adverse  changes in market  prices and rates.  The Bank's  market risk
          arises  primarily  from  interest  rate risk  because its  liabilities
          generally have shorter terms to repricing or maturity than its assets.
          The main  objective in managing  interest rate risk is to minimize the
          adverse impact of changes in interest rates on the Bank's net interest
          income while  adjusting  its  asset/liability  structure to obtain the
          maximum  yield-cost  on that  structure.  Management  has  reduced the
          Bank's  exposure to interest  rate risk by  originating  and retaining
          adjustable rate mortgage loans, periodically selling longer-term fixed
          rate  loans in the  secondary  market and  investing  a portion of the
          Bank's  assets  in  shorter   duration   investment   securities   and
          mortgage-backed securities.

     -    Expanding  the loan  portfolio.  Management  believes  that many small
          businesses  and  consumers  in the  Bank's  market  area are not being
          adequately  served  because  of  the  extensive   consolidation  among
          financial  institutions.  Commercial  real estate loans have increased
          from $2.5 million at December 31, 1993,  to $10.7  million at June 30,
          1998,  and consumer  loans have  increased  from $4.6 million to $11.1
          million during this same time period. Together, commercial real estate
          and consumer  loans  represented  20.6% of the total loan portfolio at
          June 30,  1998.  Commercial  real estate and  consumer  loans  provide
          higher yields and shorter terms to maturity than residential  mortgage
          loans although  these types of loans are generally  considered to have
          more credit risk.
    

    COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT JUNE 30, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997

   
         Total assets  increased by $13.6  million or 5.9% to $242.7  million at
June 30, 1998 from $229.1  million at  December  31,  1997.  This  increase  was
primarily  due to an increase in available for sale  mortgage-backed  securities
and cash and cash  equivalents,  offset by decreases in  investment  securities,
held to  maturity  mortgage  backed  securities,  loans  held for sale and loans
receivable. Cash and cash equivalents increased $4.1 million to $19.5 million at
June 30, 1998 compared to $15.4 million at December 31, 1997. Available for sale
mortgage-backed  securities increased by $35.6 million or 71.0% to $85.7 million
at June 30, 1998,  from $50.1 million at December 31, 1997, as new purchases and
reinvestment  of prepayments of  mortgage-backed  securities  were classified as
available for sale. At the same time total  investment  securities  decreased by
$22.4  million or 61.2% from $36.6  million to $14.2  million for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 as a result of sales and redemptions of callable securities.
Net loans  receivable  decreased  $1.1 million and loans held for sale decreased
$750,000  as a result of the sale of  $750,000 of loans held for sale during the
six months  ended June 30,  1998.  Many of the  agency  bonds in the  investment
securities  portfolio had provisions allowing for the agency to redeem its bonds
prior to the stated  maturity.  Due to the  decline in interest  rates,  many of
these bonds were redeemed and the investment  securities portfolio declined.  In
addition,  investment  securities  were sold to reduce the Bank's  interest rate
risk. Future investment securities purchases will be classified as available for
sale  which  will  result in the  reduction  in  investment  securities  held to
maturity.  Investment  securities available for sale are not expected to further
decline as they have in the past due to the reduction in amount in the portfolio
that can be redeemed prior to stated maturity.  The portfolio of mortgage-backed
securities
    

                                       22

<PAGE>



   
available  for sale is expected  to increase  due to its current use in interest
rate risk  management  and also as a result of the receipt of proceeds  from the
offering.

         The Bank's deposits increased by $4.7 million or 2.4% to $198.6 million
at June 30, 1998,  due primarily to continued  deposit growth at both of its new
branches  opened in 1996.  Borrowings  increased  $9.1 million or 56.2% to $25.4
million at June 30,  1998 from $16.3  million at  December  31, 1997 as the Bank
used borrowings to lengthen the maturities of its liabilities to reduce interest
rate risk and to generate additional income as part of its leveraging strategy.

         Total equity  increased  $157,000 to $17.4 million at June 30, 1998 due
to net income of  $487,000  for the six months  ended  June 30,  1998  offset by
$330,000 of unrealized ^ losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes.
    

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
AND JUNE 30, 1997

   
         Net Income.  Net income decreased $175,000 or 26.4% to $487,000 for the
six months  ended June 30, 1998 as  compared to $662,000  for the same period in
1997.  Net income  decreased  primarily  due to a decrease  of  $100,000  in net
interest income,  an increase in the provision for loan losses of $126,000,  and
an increase in non-interest expenses of $184,000.
    

         Net Interest Income.  Net interest income decreased by $100,000 or 3.6%
to $2.7 million for the period  ended June 30, 1998  compared to the same period
in 1997.  The decrease was  primarily  due to a decline in the average  yield on
interest earning assets, from 7.38% for the period ended June 30, 1997, compared
to 7.05% for the same period in 1998. The average  balances of interest  bearing
liabilities  increased  by $11.4  million or 5.6% from $202.3  million to $213.7
million, which was slightly offset by a decrease in the average cost of interest
bearing  liabilities  of 2 basis points from 4.99% for the six months ended June
30, 1997, to 4.97% for the six months ended June 30, 1998.

   
         The Bank's  interest rate spread,  which is the difference  between the
yield on  average  interest  earning  assets  and the cost of  interest  bearing
liabilities,  declined  to 2.08% for the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  from
2.39% for the six months ended June 30, 1997.  This was primarily  attributed to
redemptions of callable bonds,  higher prepayments on mortgage backed securities
and loans receivable,  with the proceeds reinvested in lower yielding assets due
to the  general  decline  of market  interest  rates for these  instruments.  In
addition, competitive pressure on the pricing of loans and deposits has resulted
in a smaller  interest  rate  spread.  Competitive  pressure  in the  future may
further reduce the spread between asset yields and the cost of funds.

         Interest Income. Interest income increased $165,000 to $8.0 million for
the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  from $7.9  million for the same period in
1997.  The increase  was due to an increase in the average  balance of available
for sale  securities  of $15.8  million or 22.8% from $69.1  million for the six
months  ended June 30, 1997 to $84.9  million for the six months  ended June 30,
1998,  while the average balance of other interest earning assets increased $8.6
million or 95.4% to $17.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998, offset
by a  decrease  in  the  average  balance  of  mortgage  backed  and  investment
securities and loans  receivable.  The average yield on interest  earning assets
declined 33 basis  points to 7.05% from 7.38% for the six months  ended June 30,
1998  compared  to the same six months in 1997.  ^ The  weighted  average  yield
declined as a result of the redemption and prepayment of higher coupon loans and
securities with reinvestment of proceeds into lower coupon  instruments during a
low interest rate environment along with a flat yield curve.
    


                                       23

<PAGE>



         Interest  on loans  receivable  decreased  by  $95,000  or 2.2% to $4.1
million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1998 from $4.2  million for the six
months  ended June 30,  1997.  The  decrease  was due to a $1.4  million or 1.3%
decrease in the  average  balance of loans  receivable,  which  declined  due to
prepayments and  amortization  on mortgage loans in excess of new  originations.
Further  contributing  to the decrease  was the decline in the average  yield of
loans receivable from 7.94% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, to 7.87% for
the same  period in 1998  because of lower  interest  rates on loans  originated
during the 1998 period and the prepayment/amortization of higher rate loans.

   
         Interest expense.  Interest expense increased  $265,000 to $5.3 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, from $5.0 million for the same period of
the preceding  year.  The increase was due to an $11.4  million  increase in the
average balance of interest bearing  liabilities,  slightly offset by a decrease
of 2 basis  points  in the  average  cost of  interest  bearing  liabilities.  ^
Interest expense on time deposits  (certificates of deposit)  increased $402,000
to $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 due to an increase in the
average  balance of time deposits of $12.3 million to $150.6  million as well as
an  increase in the average  cost of time  deposits  from 5.45% to 5.54% for the
same six month period,  due to market driven  pricing of time ^ deposits and the
Bank's use of those deposits as a primary  source of funds.  The increase in the
average cost of time deposits was partially offset by a decrease of $8.0 million
or 30.7% in the  average  balance of  borrowings  to $18.0  million  for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 from $26.0  million for the six months ended June 30,
1997, and a decline of 6 basis points in the average cost of borrowings to 5.77%
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, from 5.83% for the same period in 1997.
    

         Provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses  increased by
$126,000 to $132,000  for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $6,000 for the
first six months of 1997.  The  increase  was  recognized  in order to raise the
allowance for loan losses  primarily as a result of  management's  review of the
risk  inherent  in the  loan  portfolio  based in part on a  comparison  of loss
experience  at  the  Bank  and  loss  experience  and  reserve  levels  at  peer
institutions.  In  addition,  the  allowance  was  increased  as a result of the
changing  composition  of the loan  portfolio  from single  family  mortgages to
commercial real estate and consumer loans.

   
         Non-interest income.  Non-interest income increased by $55,000 or 87.3%
to $118,000 for the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  from $63,000 for the same
period in 1997. Fees and service charges increased $20,000 due to an increase in
fee based DDA  accounts  and  increases  in ATM  transaction  fees mostly due to
higher  non-customer  use of Bank ^ ATMs. Gains on sales of securities and loans
increased by $24,000 and $18,000 respectively, for the six months ended June 30,
1998 compared to the same period in 1997.

         Non-interest  expenses.  Non-interest expenses increased by $184,000 to
$2.0  million for the six months  ended June 30, 1998 from $1.8  million for the
same six months in 1997.  The increase  was due to higher  salaries and benefits
expenses of $94,000 for the six months  ended June 30,  1998  resulting  from an
increase in staff, increases in medical insurance rates, recognition of expenses
for new benefit plans for senior executives and the Board of Directors,  as well
as normal salary and merit increases. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased
$54,000, mostly attributable to increases in computer service expense of $27,000
resulting from an increase in account volumes and including $10,000 in year 2000
compliance costs. As a result of the reorganization,  our expenses will increase
because of the costs  associated  with our employee  stock  ownership  plan, the
restricted  stock  plan we expect to  implement  and the costs of being a public
company.
    

     Income Taxes. Income taxes decreased by approximately  $180,000 to $245,000
for the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  as compared to $425,000  for the same
period one year ago. The decrease

                                       24

<PAGE>



   
was primarily  due to the decrease in ^ income  before taxes as discussed  above
and an increase in levels of tax exempt securities.
    

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31,
1996

   
         Total assets  increased by $12.3  million or 5.7% to $229.1  million at
December 31, 1997 from $216.8  million at December 31, 1996.  This  increase was
primarily  due to an increase in  mortgage-backed  securities  and federal funds
sold, offset by decreases in loans receivable,  investment securities, and loans
held for sale.  Mortgage-backed  securities increased by $28.5 million or 79.2%,
while  investment  securities  decreased  by  $19.3  million  or  34.5%  due  to
restructuring  of assets and  liabilities in order to reduce interest rate risk.
Net loans receivable  decreased $2.2 million,  and loans held for sale decreased
$3.0 million, primarily due to sales of loans totaling $3.6 million.

         The  Bank's  deposits,  increased  by $23.3  million or 13.7% to $193.9
million at December 31, 1997, due primarily to continued  deposit growth at both
of its new  branches  opened  during  1996.  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  advances
decreased  $12.1  million to $16.3  million or 42.7% at  December  31, 1997 from
$28.4 million at December 31, 1996. The Bank used deposit pricing  strategies to
lengthen,  the terms of its interest-bearing  liabilities while paying off short
term borrowings to reduce interest rate risk.

         Total equity  increased  $1.8 million to $17.2  million at December 31,
1997 due to net income of $1.3  million ^ for the year ended  December  31, 1997
and approximately  $575,000 of unrealized  appreciation on securities  available
for sale, net of taxes.
    

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
AND DECEMBER 31, 1996

   
         Net Income.  Net income increased $510,000 or 68.9% to $1.3 million for
the year ended  December  31, 1997 as  compared  to $740,000  for the year ended
December 31, 1996. Net income  increased  primarily as a result of a decrease of
$534,000 in non-interest  expenses.  This decrease was mainly due to the absence
of the one-time SAIF Special Assessment which occurred in 1996.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  increased by ^ $103,000 or
1.9% to $5.5  million for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  The increase was
primarily due to an increase in the average ^ balance of interest earning assets
of $16.8 million or 8.5% from $198.3 million to $215.1  million,  but was offset
by a 19 basis point decline in the average yield on interest earning assets. The
average ^ balance of interest bearing liabilities  increased by $15.6 million or
8.3%  from  $187.7  million  to $203.2  million,  and were  subject  to a slight
decrease in the average cost of interest  bearing  liabilities  of 1 basis point
from 5.07% for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  to 5.06% for the year ended
1997.
    

         The Bank's  interest rate spread,  which is the difference  between the
yield on average  interest  earning  assets  less the cost of  interest  bearing
liabilities,  declined to 2.30% for the year ended December 31, 1997, from 2.48%
for the year ended December 31, 1996.

         Interest  Income.  Interest  income  increased to $15.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997, from $15.0 million for the year ended December 31,
1996.  The increase was due to higher average  balances in loans  receivable and
available for sale  securities,  offset by a decrease in the average  balance of
securities held to maturity. The decrease in securities held to maturity was due
to higher  prepayments,  redemptions  and sales of  investment  securities.  The
increase in available for sale securities

                                       25

<PAGE>



was due to classification of reinvested funds as available for sale. The average
yield of  interest  earning  assets  decreased  from  7.55%  for the year  ended
December 31, 1996, to 7.36% for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  due to lower
interest rates on such instruments for the 1997 period as compared to 1996.

         Interest  on loans  receivable  increased  by  $295,000 or 3.6% to $8.6
million  for the year ended  December  31,  1997 from $8.3  million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. The increase was due to a $4.6 million increase or 4.5%
in the average balance of loans receivable  resulting from a net increase in one
- - to four - family  residential  mortgage loans, due to continued  acceptance of
the Bank's first time home-buyers  program and marketing of loan products.  That
increase  was offset  somewhat  by a decrease  of 7 basis  points in the average
yield  because  of lower  interest  rates on  originated  loans  during the 1997
period.

   
         Interest expense.  Interest expense increased $765,000 to $10.3 million
for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  The increase was due to a $15.6  million
increase in the average  balance of interest  bearing  liabilities  ^, partially
offset by a decrease of 1 basis point in the  average  cost of interest  bearing
liabilities.  ^  Interest  expense  on  time  deposits  increased  $1.2  million
partially offset by a $567,000 decrease in interest on borrowings.  The increase
was due to increased time deposit  balances  primarily from the two new branches
opened  during 1996.  These funds were used to reduce short term  borrowings  in
order to lower the Bank's interest rate risk position.
    

         Provision  for loan  losses.  The  provision  for loan  losses for 1997
remained  at  $12,000,  thereby  increasing  the  allowance  for loan  losses to
$618,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1997.  This  increase in the allowance
reflects the Bank's  decision to provide for loan losses  based on  management's
evaluation  of the  inherent  risk  in the  Bank's  loan  portfolio,  as well as
management's  evaluation of the general economic conditions in the Bank's market
area.

   
         Non-interest income.  Non-interest income increased by $86,000 or 58.9%
to $232,000 for the year ended  December 31,  1997,  from  $146,000 for the year
1996. Fees and service charges  increased  $41,000 due to an increase of $14,000
in ATM fees due to the first full year of operation in 1997,  and an increase of
$39,000 in checking  account  fees.  Gains on loan sales  increased  by $31,000,
which  were  mostly  offset  by a  decrease  of  $26,000  in  gains  on sales of
securities.
    

         Non-interest  expenses.  Non-interest expenses decreased by $534,000 to
$3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 from $4.2 million for the year
ended  December 31, 1996.  The decrease was  primarily due to the absence of the
one-time special SAIF  assessment,  paid in 1996 to the FDIC by all SAIF members
to recapitalize  the SAIF, which amounted to $830,000 for the Bank. In addition,
deposit  insurance  premiums  decreased  $140,000 to $110,000 for the year ended
December  31, 1997 from  $250,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  as the
FDIC lowered  insurance  premiums  shortly  following the one-time  special SAIF
assessment.  These  decreases were partially  offset by increases of $235,000 in
salaries  and  benefits  due to the  impact  of a full  year of  operation  with
increased personnel resulting from the Bank's two de-novo branches opened during
1996, as well as normal salary and merit increases. Additional increases for the
year ended  December 31, 1997 in occupancy  and  equipment  expenses of $156,000
were  mostly  attributable  to the  first  full  year of  operation  for the two
additional branch offices.  Other non-interest  expenses increased by $73,000 to
$456,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997, from $383,000 for the year ending
December 31, 1996,  mostly  attributed  to an increase of $32,000 for other real
estate expense stemming from various foreclosure costs.


                                       26

<PAGE>



   
         Income Taxes. Income taxes increased by approximately $213,000 or 33.9%
to  $841,000  for 1997 as  compared  to  $628,000  for 1996.  The  increase  was
primarily  due to the  increase in ^ income  before  taxes as  discussed  above,
partially offset by an increase in tax exempt income.
    

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31,
1995

   
         Total assets  increased by $37.3 million or 20.8% to $216.8  million at
December 31, 1996 from $179.5  million at December 31, 1995.  This  increase was
due primarily to increases in investment and mortgage-backed  securities,  loans
held for sale and loans receivable. Mortgage-backed securities increased by $3.8
million,  while investment  securities increased by $14.7 million or 35.6%, as a
result of the Bank's  leverage  strategy  during 1996 which was  implemented  to
generate additional income in order to offset the expected increase in operating
expenses due to two new branch offices. Loans receivable increased $11.8 million
to $108.0  million at December 31, 1996 from $96.2 million at December 31, 1995.
Loans held for sale  increased $3.6 million to $3.8 million at December 31, 1996
from $199,000 at December 31, 1995. Loan  originations  increased as a result of
market driven loan pricing during a period of higher than usual  refinancings as
well as the origination of higher balance commercial real estate loans.

         The  Bank's  deposits  increased  by $23.5  million  or 16.0% to $170.6
million at December 31, 1996,  due to continued  deposit  growth at its existing
branch as well as new  deposit  growth  from both of the  Bank's  new  branches.
Federal  Home Loan  Bank  advances  increased  $12.4  million  or 77.4% to $28.4
million at December 31, 1996 from $16.0 million at December 31, 1995, due to the
Bank's leverage strategy during 1996 as discussed above.
    

         Total equity  increased  $81,000 to $15.4  million at December 31, 1996
due to net income of $740,000  earned  during the year ended  December 31, 1996,
which  was  offset by  approximately  $659,000  of  unrealized  depreciation  on
securities available for sale, net of taxes.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
AND DECEMBER 31, 1995

   
         Net Income.  Net income decreased $387,000 or 34.3% to $740,000 for the
year ended  December  31, 1996 as  compared  to $1.1  million for the year ended
December 31, 1995.  Net income  decreased  primarily  due to an increase of $1.5
million in  non-interest  expenses,  largely due to the  one-time  SAIF  Special
Assessment which occurred in the third quarter of 1996.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  increased by ^ $963,000 or
21.5% to $5.4 million for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  The increase was
primarily due to an increase in the average  balances of interest earning assets
of $37.5 million or 23.3%,  from $160.8  million to $198.3  million for the year
ended December 31, 1996,  while the average yield  increased from 7.41% to 7.55%
for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  ^ The  average ^ balance  of  interest
bearing  liabilities  increased by $39.4 million or 26.5% from $148.3 million to
$187.7  million and the average cost  increased from 5.01% to 5.07% for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
    

         The Bank's  interest rate spread,  which is the difference  between the
yield on average  interest  earning  assets  less the cost of  interest  bearing
liabilities, increased to 2.48% for the year ended December 31, 1996, from 2.40%
for the year ended  December 31, 1995. The average  balance of loans  receivable
increased  $8.5 million to $102.4  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996
while the average  yield  declined 13 basis  points.  In  addition,  the average
balance of available for sale securities increased $42.4

                                       27

<PAGE>



   
million from $13.7 million to $56.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1996
and the average yield increased from 6.53% to 7.13% for the same periods.  These
increases  in average  balances  were  accompanied  by  increases in the average
balances of  certificates of ^ deposit from $103.3 million to $122.0 million and
borrowings  from $13.8 million to $32.2 million for the year ended  December 31,
1996.

         Interest  Income.  Interest  income  increased to $15.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996, from $11.9 million for the year ended December 31,
1995.  Interest on loans  receivable  increased  $570,000 as a result of an $8.5
million increase in the average balance of loans  receivable.  This was due to a
net increase in one - to four - family residential mortgage loans and commercial
real estate  loans,  somewhat  offset by a decrease  in the average  yield of 13
basis points due to lower  interest  rates on loans  originated  during the 1996
period.  The increase in loans  receivable was a result of the Bank's ability to
increase  mortgage  loan  originations  resulting  from  higher  levels  of loan
refinancings  during a lower interest rate  environment.  In addition,  interest
income  from  available  for sale  securities  increased  $3.1  million  to $4.0
million. This was due to the increase of $42.4 million in the average balance of
available for sale securities  while the yield increased 60 basis points for the
year ended December 31, 1996. The increase in available for sale  securities was
due to the Bank's leverage strategy during 1996 which was to generate additional
income to offset the expected  increase in  operating  expenses due to the two ^
branch openings.

         Conversely,  the  average  balances  of  securities  held  to  maturity
declined $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. Overall,  there was
an increase of 14 basis points in the weighted average yield of interest earning
assets to 7.55%  for the year  ended  December  31,  1996,  as  compared  to ^ a
weighted average yield of 7.41% for the year ended December 31, 1995.

         Interest  expense.  Interest  expense  increased  $2.1  million to $9.5
million for the year ended  December 31,  1996.  The increase was due to a $39.4
million increase in the average balance of interest bearing  liabilities as well
as an  increase  of 6 basis  points  in the  average  cost of  interest  bearing
liabilities.  The average balance of  certificates  of deposits  increased $18.7
million to $122.0  million ^ for the year ended  December  31,  1996 from $103.3
million ^ for the year ended December 31, 1995, while borrowings increased $18.4
million to $32.2 million from $13.8 million for the same period. Certificates of
deposit  increased due to the Bank offering higher rates on CD's relative to the
competition in conjunction with the opening of two new branches. The increase in
borrowings  was due to the Bank's  strategy of leveraging in order to ^ increase
income to help offset the  anticipated  increase in operating  expenses  arising
from the opening of the two new branches.
    

         Provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses  decreased by
$48,000 for the year ended  December  31, 1996 to $12,000  from  $60,000 for the
year ended  December 31, 1995.  This  decrease  reflects the Bank's  decision to
increase the  allowance for loan losses albeit at a lower rate than the previous
year,  based on management's  evaluation of the inherent risk in the Bank's loan
portfolio, as well as management's evaluation of the general economic conditions
in the Bank's market area.

   
         Non-interest income. A $15,000 increase in fees and service charges and
a $74,000  increase in gains on sales of investment  securities were ^ partially
offset by $24,000 less in gains on sales of loans. As a consequence non-interest
income  increased by $75,000 or 105.6% to $146,000  for the year ended  December
31, 1996, from $71,000 for the year ended 1995.

         Non-interest expenses.  Non-interest expenses increased by $1.5 million
or 55.5% to $4.2 million for the year ended  December 31, 1996 from $2.7 million
for the year ended  December 31, 1995.  The  increase was  primarily  due to the
one-time special SAIF assessment paid in 1996 to the FDIC by all SAIF
    

                                       28

<PAGE>



members to  recapitalize  the SAIF,  which amounted to $830,000 for the Bank. In
addition,  salaries and benefits increased $306,000 to $1.7 million for the year
ended  December  31,  1996  from  $1.4  million  for the  same  period  in 1995,
reflecting an increase in personnel  required by the Bank's two de-novo branches
opened during 1996, as well as normal salary and merit increases.  Occupancy and
equipment expenses increased by $292,000 due to the branch expansion during 1996
as well as ongoing expenses relating to the original office.  Other non-interest
expenses  increased by $84,000 to $383,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996,
from $299,000 for the year ending December 31, 1995.

   
         Income  Taxes.  Income  taxes  decreased  by  approximately  $29,000 to
$628,000 for 1996 as compared to $657,000 for 1995.  The decrease was  primarily
due to the decrease in ^ income  before taxes as discussed  above,  offset by an
increase  in income  taxes to  reflect  the tax effect of the post 1987 bad debt
reserve.
    

         Average   Balance  Sheet.   The  following  table  sets  forth  certain
information  relating  to the Bank's  average  balance  sheet and  reflects  the
average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost of  liabilities  for the  periods
indicated and the average  yields  earned and rates paid.  Such yields and costs
are  derived by dividing  income or expense by the average  balance of assets or
liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.



                                       29

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                 For the Six Month Periods Ended June 30,
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1998                                               1997
                                      ----------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------------

                                         Average                          Average        Average                        Average
   
                                         Balance        Interest       Yield/Cost(1)     Balance        Interest      Yield/Cost(1)
                                         -------        --------       -------------     -------        --------      -------------
    
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
   
<S>                                      <C>               <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>           <C>  
  Loans ^ receivable, net ^(2)........   $105,493          $4,150           7.87%       $106,880          $4,245         7.94%
  Securities held to maturity ^(3)         19,805             665           6.72          28,166             982         6.97
  Securities available for sale ^(4)..     84,851           2,700           6.36          69,095           2,369         6.86
  Other interest-earning assets ^(5)..     17,656             512           5.80           9,038             266         5.89
                                         --------          ------                       --------          ------
    Total interest-earning assets.....    227,805           8,027           7.05         213,179           7,862         7.38
  Non-interest-earning assets.........      5,126                                          5,793
                                         --------                                       --------
    Total assets......................   $232,931                                       $218,972
                                          =======                                        =======
 INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Deposit accounts:
   DDA accounts.......................   $ 13,159          $  121           1.84        $  9,361          $   88         1.88
   Savings accounts...................     28,049             443           3.16          24,303             369         3.04
   Money market ......................      3,835              57           2.97           4,268              63         2.95
   Certificates of deposit............    150,645           4,171           5.54         138,353           3,769         5.45
  Borrowed funds......................     18,009             520           5.77          25,995             758         5.83
                                         --------          ------                       --------          ------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities    213,697           5,312           4.97         202,280           5,047         4.99
                                                            -----                                          -----
  Non-interest-bearing liabilities....      1,797                                          1,407
                                         --------                                       --------
    Total liabilities.................    215,494                                        203,687
Total equity..........................     17,437                                         15,285
                                         --------                                       --------
    Total liabilities and total equity   $232,931                                       $218,972
                                          =======                                        =======
   Net interest income................                     $2,715                                         $2,815
                                                            =====                                          =====
   Interest rate spread ^(6)..........                                     2.08%                                        2.39%
   Net interest margin ^(7)...........                                     2.38%                                        2.64%
 Ratio of average interest-earning assets
   to average interest-bearing liabilities....                             1.07X                                        1.05X
    
</TABLE>

- -----------------------                     
   
(1)  Annualized.
(2)  Loans receivable,  net includes  non-accrual loans.  Interest includes loan
     origination fees, which are immaterial.
(3)^ Includes mortgage-backed and investment securities held to maturity. Yields
     on tax exempt obligations were not computed on a tax equivalent basis.
(4)^ Investments,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  loans  held  for  sale are
     carried at market value. Yields on tax exempt obligations were not computed
     on a tax equivalent basis.
(5)^ Includes   federal   funds   sold,   Federal   Home  Loan  Bank  stock  and
     interest-earning deposits.
^(6) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
^(7) Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income  divided by average
     interest-earning assets.
    

                                       30

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                       For the Years Ended December 31,
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                        1996                         1995
                                             ------------------------   ---------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                Average                     Average                       Average
                                             Average             Yield/  Average             Yield/   Average              Yield/
                                             Balance   Interest   Cost   Balance  Interest    Cost    Balance  Interest    Cost
                                             -------   --------  -----   -------  --------   -----    -------  --------    -----
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>   <C>        <C>         <C>  
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:                  
  Loans receivable, net (1)...............   $106,991  $ 8,562   8.00%  $102,411   $ 8,267    8.07% $ 93,918   $ 7,697     8.20%
  Securities held to maturity (2).........     26,181    1,824   6.97     32,755     2,305    7.04    47,788     2,982     6.24
  Securities available for sale (3).......     70,563    4,778   6.77     56,097     3,998    7.13    13,700       894     6.53
  Other interest-earning assets (4).......     11,382      670   5.89      7,051       396    5.62     5,434       342     6.29
                                              -------   ------           -------    ------           -------    ------
    Total interest-earning assets.........    215,117   15,834   7.36    198,314    14,966    7.55   160,840    11,915     7.41
  Non-interest-earning assets.............      5,569                      5,591                       3,057
                                              -------                    -------                     -------
    Total assets..........................   $220,686                   $203,905                    $163,897
                                              =======                    =======                     =======
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:                                                              
  Deposit accounts:                                                                        
   DDA accounts...........................   $ 10,358      195   1.88   $  7,170       139    1.94  $  5,223       103     1.97  
   Savings accounts.......................     25,260      785   3.11     22,218       663    2.98    21,487       634     2.95
   Money market deposit accounts..........      4,051      121   2.99      4,068       122    3.00     4,493       133     2.96
   Certificates of deposit................    141,564    7,881   5.57    122,001     6,726    5.51   103,261     5,683     5.50
  Borrowed funds..........................     22,012    1,305   5.93     32,210     1,872    5.81    13,833       881     6.37
                                              -------                    -------    ------           -------    ------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities....    203,245   10,287   5.06    187,667     9,522    5.07   148,297     7,434     5.01
                                                        ------                      ------                      ------
                                                                                           
  Non-interest-bearing liabilities........      1,552                      1,538                       1,314
                                              -------                    -------                     -------
    Total liabilities.....................    204,797                    189,205                     149,611
                                                                                           
Total equity..............................     15,889                     14,700                      14,286
                                              -------                    -------                     -------
    Total liabilities and total equity....   $220,686                   $203,905                    $163,897
                                              =======                    =======                     =======
   Net interest income....................             $ 5,547                     $ 5,444                     $ 4,481
                                                        ======                      ======                      ======
   Interest rate spread (5)...............                       2.30%                        2.48%                        2.40%
   Net interest margin (6)................                       2.58%                        2.75%                        2.79%
 Ratio of average interest-
   earning assets to average 
   interest-bearing liabilities...........                       1.06X                        1.06X                        1.08X
</TABLE>


- -----------------------                   
   
1)   Loans receivable,  net includes  non-accrual loans.  Interest includes loan
     origination fees, which are immaterial.
(2)  Includes mortgage-backed and investment securities held to maturity. Yields
     on tax exempt obligations were not computed on a tax equivalent basis.
(3)  Investments,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  loans  held  for  sale are
     carried at market value. Yields on tax exempt obligations were not computed
     on a tax equivalent basis.
(4)  Includes   federal   funds   sold,   Federal   Home  Loan  Bank  stock  and
     interest-earning deposits.
(5)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
(6)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income  divided by average
     interest-earning assets.
    
                                       31

<PAGE>



                              Rate/Volume Analysis

         Net  interest  income  can also be  analyzed  in terms of the impact of
         changing interest rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
         liabilities   and  changing  volume  or  amount  of  these  assets  and
         liabilities. The following table represents the extent to which changes
         in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning  assets
         and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have  affected the Bank's  interest
         income and interest expense during the periods  indicated.  Information
         is provided in each category  with respect to (i) changes  attributable
         to changes in volume (change in volume  multiplied by prior rate), (ii)
         changes  attributable  to changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by
         prior volume),  and (iii) the net change.  Changes  attributable to the
         combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated  proportionately
         to the change due to volume and the changes due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Six Months Ended June 30,      Years Ended December 31,       Years Ended December 31,
                                      --------------------------    ---------------------------   ------------------------------
                                         1998     vs.     1997         1997     vs.     1996              1996 vs. 1995
                                      --------------------------    ---------------------------   ------------------------------
                                             Increase (Decrease)       Increase (Decrease)            Increase (Decrease)       
                                                 Due to                      Due to                          Due to
                                      --------------------------    ---------------------------   ------------------------------
                                         Volume   Rate     Net       Volume     Rate      Net       Volume      Rate       Net
                                      ---------- ------  -------    --------   ------    ------   ---------   --------  --------
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                   <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>    
Interest income: 
   
  Loans receivable, net............... $ (57)   $ (38)    $ (95)    $  368     $ (73)     $  295    $  694   ^ $(124)    $  570
  Securities held to maturity.........  (273)     (44)     (317)      (459)      (22)       (481)     (960)      283       (677)
  Securities available for sale.......   513      182)      331        991      (211)        780     2,996       108      3,104
  Other interest earning assets.......   250       (4)      246        250        24         274        93       (39)        54
                                        ----     ----      ----      -----      ----       -----     -----      ----      -----
    Total............................. $ 433   ^$(268)    $ 165    ^$1,150     $(282)     $  868  ^ $2,823     $ 228     $3,051
                                        ====     ====      ====      =====      ====       =====     =====      ====      =====
Interest expense:                                                            
  NOW Accounts........................ $  35    $  (2)    $  33     $   60     $  (4)     $   56    $   38     $  (2)    $   36
  Passbook accounts...................    59       15        74         92        30         122        23         6         29
  Money market accounts...............    (6)      --        (6)        (1)       --          (1)      (13)        2        (11)
  Certificates of deposit                339       63       402      1,084        71       1,155     1,031        12      1,043
  Borrowed funds......................  (230)      (8)     (238)      (604)       37        (567)    1,082       (91)        91
                                        ----     ----      ----      -----      ----       -----     -----       ---      -----
    Total............................. $ 197    $  68     $ 265     $  631     $ 134      $  765  ^ $2,161     $ (73)    $2,088
                                        ====     ====      ====      =====      ====       =====     =====      ====      =====

Net change in interest income......... $ 236   ^$(336)    $(100)    $  519    ^$(416)     $  103    $  662     $ 301     $  963
                                        ====     =====     ====      =====      ====       =====    ======      ====      =====
</TABLE>                                                                   

    





                                       32

<PAGE>



Asset and Liability Management

         The Bank, like many other financial  institutions,  is vulnerable to an
increase  in  interest  rates to the extent  that  interest-bearing  liabilities
generally  mature or reprice  more  rapidly than  interest-earning  assets.  The
lending  activities of the Bank have historically  emphasized the origination of
long-term, fixed rate loans secured by single family residences, and the primary
source of funds has been deposits with substantially  shorter maturities.  While
having   interest-bearing   liabilities   that  reprice  more   frequently  than
interest-earning  assets is generally beneficial to net interest income during a
period  of  declining  interest  rates,  such  an  asset/liability  mismatch  is
generally detrimental during periods of rising interest rates.

   
         To reduce the effect of interest  rate changes on net  interest  income
the Bank has  adopted  various  strategies  to enable it to improve  matching of
interest-earning asset maturities to interest-bearing  liability maturities. The
principal  elements  of these  strategies  include:  (1)  purchasing  investment
securities  with  maturities  that  match  specific  deposit   maturities;   (2)
emphasizing  origination of shorter-term  consumer  loans,  which in addition to
offering  more rate  flexibility,  typically  bear  higher  interest  rates than
residential  mortgage  loans ^; (3)  purchasing  mortgage-backed  securities  to
provide monthly cash flows; and (4) originating  adjustable-rate loans. Although
consumer  loans  inherently   generally   possess  a  higher  credit  risk  than
residential  mortgage loans, the Bank believes that its  underwriting  standards
will minimize this risk.

         ^ A principal  part of the Bank's  strategy is to manage  interest rate
risk and reduce the  exposure  of the Bank's net  interest  income to changes in
market  interest rates.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors has established an
Asset/Liability  Committee that is responsible  for evaluating the interest rate
risk inherent in the Bank's  assets and  liabilities,  determining  the level of
risk  that  is  appropriate  given  the  Bank's  business  strategy,   operating
environment,  capital,  liquidity and performance objectives,  and managing this
risk  consistent  with the  guidelines  approved by the Board of Directors.  The
Asset/Liability Committee consists of senior management operating under a policy
adopted by the Board of  Directors  and meets at least  quarterly  to review the
Bank's asset/liability policies and interest rate position.
    

         Exposure to interest rate risk is actively monitored by management. The
Bank's  objective  is to maintain a  consistent  level of  profitability  within
acceptable  risk  tolerances  across a broad range of  potential  interest  rate
environments.  The Bank uses the FDIC  Regulatory  Analysis Model to monitor its
exposure to interest  rate risk,  which  calculates  changes in market  value of
portfolio equity and net income. Reports generated from assumptions provided and
modified by management are reviewed by the Asset/Liability  Management Committee
and reported to the Board of Directors quarterly. The Balance Sheet Shock Report
shows the degree to which  balance  sheet  line  items and the  market  value of
portfolio  equity  are  potentially  affected  by a 200 basis  point  upward and
downward  parallel  shift (shock) in the Treasury  yield curve.  An Income Shock
Report shows the degree to which income  statement line items and net income are
potentially  affected by a 200 basis point upward and downward parallel shift in
the Treasury yield curve. The Bank also receives reports that show the impact on
portfolio  equity of upward and downward  shifts in interest  rates of between 0
and 400 basis points.


                                       33

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1998, an estimate of the
projected  changes in the economic value of equity ("EVE") of instantaneous  and
permanent increases and decreases in market interest rates in the amount of 100,
200,  300,  and 400 basis points  ("bp").  One hundred  basis points  equals one
percent. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


        Change                       Economic Value of Equity                     EVE as % of PV of Assets
                    ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------
       in Rates           $ Amount              $ Change         % Change         EVE Ratio       BP
       --------           --------              --------         --------         ---------       --
                                                                                                Change
                                                                                                ------
<S>     <C>                <C>                  <C>                 <C>           <C>          <C>    
         +400 bp           $10,677              $-11,084            -50.9%         4.6%         -420  bp

         +300               13,509                -8,252            -37.9          5.9          -290

         +200               16,347                -5,414            -24.9          7.0          -180

         +100               19,223                -2,538            -11.7          8.0           -80
           0                21,761                                                 8.8     
         -100               22,947                 1,186              5.5          9.1            30

         -200               22,298                   537              2.5          8.8            --

         -300               21,400                  -361             -1.7          8.3           -50

         -400               20,984                  -777             -3.6          8.1           -70




</TABLE>

         This  table  shows  that the  Bank's  economic  value of  equity  would
decrease with rising interest rates while  decreasing or increasing with falling
interest rates.  However,  computations  of prospective  effects of hypothetical
interest  rate  changes are based on numerous  assumptions,  including  relative
levels of market interest rates,  loan repayments and deposit  runoffs,  and may
not be indicative of actual results. The computations do not reflect any actions
the Bank may  undertake  in  response  to changes  in  interest  rates  although
management  cannot always predict  future  interest rates or their effect on the
Bank.  Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in
the computation of EVE. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar  maturities  or periods to  repricing,  they may react in differing
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally,  certain assets, such
as adjustable rate loans,  have features that restrict changes in interest rates
during the initial term and over the remaining  life of the asset.  Further,  in
the event of a change in interest rates,  prepayment and early withdrawal levels
could  deviate  significantly  from those  assumed in the  table.  Finally,  the
ability of many borrowers to service their  adjustable rate debt may decrease in
the event of an interest rate increase.


                                       34

<PAGE>



Liquidity and Capital Resources

   
         The Bank's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  wholesale  funding
from the Federal Home Loan Bank,  principal and interest  payments on loans, and
securities,  and to a lesser  extent,  proceeds  from  the sale of loans  and/or
securities.  While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities
provide an indication of the timing of the receipt of funds, changes in interest
rates,   economic  conditions,   and  competition  strongly  influence  mortgage
prepayment rates and deposit flows, reducing the predictability of the timing of
sources of funds.

         The primary  investing  activities of the Bank are the  origination  of
one- to four-family residential and, to a lesser extent,  commercial real estate
and  multi-family  mortgage  loans,  and the  purchase  of  mortgage-backed  and
mortgage-related and debt securities.  During the six months ended June 30, 1998
and the fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996,  and 1995,  the Bank's
disbursements for loan originations totaled $10.2 million,  $14.1 million, $29.9
million,  and  $24.7  million,   respectively.   Purchases  of  mortgage-backed,
mortgage-related and debt securities totaled $48.1 million, $42.4 million, $57.2
million,  and $25.9  million  for the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  and the
fiscal years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996,  and 1995,  respectively.  These
activities  were  funded   primarily  by  deposits  and  borrowings,   principal
repayments  and  prepayments  on  loans,  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related
securities,  and debt  securities.  In addition,  sales of loans and  securities
available for sale provided additional liquidity to the Bank. Loan sales totaled
$771,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and $3.6 million,  $750,000, and
$4.4  million  for the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996,  1995,
respectively.  Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities totaled $7.0
million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and $17.5 million, $15.7 million,
and $10.2 million for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996, and 1995
respectively.  The Bank  experienced  a net  increase in total  deposits of $4.7
million,  $23.3  million,  $23.5  million,  and $26.8 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 and the fiscal  years ended  December 31,  1997,  1996,  and
1995,  respectively.  Deposit flows are affected by the level of market interest
rates, as well as the interest rates and products  offered by local  competitors
and the Bank and other factors.

         The Bank  closely  monitors  its  liquidity  position on a daily basis.
Excess  short-term  liquidity is invested in overnight  federal funds sold. On a
longer term basis, the Bank invests in various lending products, mortgage-backed
and mortgage-related and investment  securities.  The Bank may borrow funds from
the Federal Home Loan Bank subject to certain limitations. Based on the level of
qualifying  collateral available to secure advances at June 30, 1998, the Bank's
borrowing limit from the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately $72.8 million,
with unused  borrowing  capacity of $47.4 million at that date. Other sources of
liquidity include borrowings under repurchase  agreements and sales of available
for sale securities.

         The Bank's  most  liquid  assets are cash and cash  equivalents,  which
include interest-bearing deposits and short-term highly liquid investments (such
as federal funds sold) with  original  maturities of less than three months that
are readily  convertible  to known amounts of cash. The level of these assets is
dependent on the Bank's operating, financing and investing activities during any
given period.  At June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  1996, and 1995, cash and
cash equivalents totaled $19.5 million,  $15.4 million,  $6.4 million,  and $5.3
million,  respectively,  which  amounted to 8.0%,  6.7%,  3.0% and 3.0% of total
assets at those dates.
    


                                       35

<PAGE>



   
         Loan commitments  totaled $11.8 million at June 30, 1998,  comprised of
$2.9  million  in  one-  to  four-family  loan  commitments,   $1.1  million  in
construction loan commitments, $7.6 million in home equity loan commitments, and
$192,000 in checking  line of credit loan  commitments.  Management  of the Bank
anticipates  that it will have  sufficient  funds  available to meet its current
loan commitments.  Certificates of deposit which are scheduled to mature in less
than one year  from  June 30,  1998  totaled  $108.6  million.  Based  upon past
experience and the Bank's current pricing strategy,  management  believes that a
significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Bank.

         At June 30,  1998,  the Bank  exceeded  all of its  regulatory  capital
requirements  with a  leverage  capital  level  of  $17.4  million,  or 7.49% of
adjusted assets,  which is above the required level of $9.3 million,  or 4.0% of
adjusted  assets and total  risk-based  capital of $18.2  million,  or 20.24% of
adjusted assets, which is above the required level of $7.2 million, or 8.0%.
    

         The liquidity of a banking institution  reflects its ability to provide
funds to meet loan requests,  to accommodate possible outflows in deposits,  and
to take  advantage  of  interest  rate  market  opportunities.  Funding  of loan
requests,  providing for  liability  outflows,  and  management of interest rate
fluctuations  require  continuous  analysis in order to match the  maturities of
specific  categories of short-term  loans and investments with specific types of
deposits and borrowings.  Savings bank liquidity is normally considered in terms
of the nature and mix of the banking institution's sources and uses of funds.

   
         ^ More than half of the Bank's time  deposits  will  mature  within the
next 18 months.  The Bank expects that most of these  deposits  will be renewed.
The Bank does not  anticipate  a material  negative  impact  resulting  from the
failure of depositors to renew these  deposits  because the Bank has  sufficient
liquidity in the form of cash and cash equivalents, and maturing mortgage backed
and  investment  securities.  The Bank also has the ability to borrow funds on a
short, intermediate and long term basis through Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
    

         Management  is not aware of any known trends,  events or  uncertainties
that will have or are reasonably  likely to have a material effect on the Bank's
liquidity,  capital or  operations  nor is  management  is aware of any  current
recommendation by regulatory authorities,  which if implemented, would have such
an effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     Effective  January 1, 1998, the Bank adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  130,  "Reporting   Comprehensive  Income"
(Statement No. 130.  Statement No. 130  establishes  standards for reporting and
display  of  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a full set of general
purpose financial statements.  Under Statement No. 130,  comprehensive income is
divided  into net income and other  comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive
income includes items previously recorded directly in equity, such as unrealized
gains  or  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale.  Comparative  financial
statements  provided for earlier  periods have been  reclassified to reflect the
application of the provisions of Statement No. 130.

     Statement No. 130 requires total comprehensive income and its components to
be  displayed  on  the  face  of a  financial  statement  for  annual  financial
statements. For the Bank,

                                       36

<PAGE>



comprehensive income is determined by adding unrealized investment holding gains
or losses during the period to net income.

         In February  1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)
issued   Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  132  "Employers
Disclosures  about Pensions and Other  Postretirement  Benefits"  (Statement No.
132).  Statement  132 revises  employers'  disclosures  about  pension and other
postretirement benefits plans. It does not change the measurement or recognition
of those plans. It  standardized  the disclosure  requirements  for pensions and
other  postretirement  benefits to the extent  practicable,  requires additional
information in changes in the benefit  obligations and fair value of plan assets
that  will  facilitate   financial  analysis  and  eliminates  certain  required
disclosure of previous accounting pronouncements.

     Statement No. 132 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after  December
15, 1997.  Earlier  application  is encouraged.  Restatement of disclosures  for
earlier  periods  provided  for  comparative  purposes  is  required  unless the
information is not readily  available.  As Statement No. 132 affects  disclosure
requirements,  it is not expected to have an impact on the financial  statements
of the Bank.

         In June  1998,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities"
(Statement  No. 133).  Statement No. 133  establishes  accounting  and reporting
standards for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts,  (collectively  referred to as derivatives) and for
hedging  activities.  It requires that an entity  recognize all  derivatives  as
either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial  position and measure
those  instruments at fair value.  Statement No. 133 is effective for all fiscal
quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999.  Initial  application of
this Statement  should be as of the beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter,  on
that  date,  hedging  relationships  must be  designated  a new  and  documented
pursuant to the provisions of this Statement.  Earlier application of all of the
provisions of Statement No. 133 is  encouraged,  but it is permitted  only as of
the  beginning  of any  fiscal  quarter  that  begins  after  issuance  of  this
Statement.  This  Statement  should not be applied  retroactively  to  financial
statements of prior periods.  The Bank has not  determined  the impact,  if any,
Statement No. 133 will have on the Bank's financial statement presentation.

Year 2000 Evaluation

         Rapid  and  accurate  data   processing  is  essential  to  the  Bank's
operations.  Many  computer  programs  that can only  distinguish  the final two
digits of the year  entered (a common  programming  practice in prior years) are
expected  to read  entries  for the year  2000 as the  year  1900 or as zero and
incorrectly attempt to compute payment, interest, delinquency and other data. We
have  been  evaluating  both  information   technology  (computer  systems)  and
non-information technology systems (e.g., vault timers, electronic door lock and
heating, ventilation and air conditioning controls). We have examined all of our
non-information  technology  systems and have either received  certifications of
year  2000  compliance  for  systems  controlled  by third  party  providers  or
determined  that the systems  should not be impacted by the year 2000. We expect
to further  test the systems we control and receive  third party  certification,
where  appropriate,  that they will  continue to function.  We do not expect any
material costs to address our non- information  technology  systems and have not
had any  material  costs  to  date.  We have  determined  that  the  information
technology systems we use have substantially more year 2000 risk than the

                                       37

<PAGE>



non-information  technology  systems we use. We have  evaluated our  information
technology systems risk in three areas: (1) our own computers,  (2) computers of
others used by our  borrowers,  and (3)  computers of others who provide us with
data processing.

   
         Our own computers.  We expect to spend approximately $200,000 through ^
December 31, 1998 to upgrade our computer  system.  We expect to capitalize this
cost. This upgrade is expected to eliminate the year 2000 risk in our computers.
We do not  expect to have  material  costs to  address  this  risk area  after ^
December 31, 1998. At June 30, 1998,  none of the estimated  $200,000 had been ^
capitalized.  In addition to this $200,000,  we expect to expense  approximately
$80,000  between July 1, 1998 and December 31, 1998 for  non-compliant  computer
equipment.

         Computers of others used by our  borrowers.  We have  evaluated most of
our  borrowers  and do not  believe  that the year 2000  problem  should,  on an
aggregate  basis,  impact their ability to make payments to the Bank. We believe
that most of our residential borrowers are not dependent on their home computers
for income and that none of our  commercial  borrowers  are so large that a year
2000 problem  would render them unable to collect  revenue or rent and, in turn,
continue to make loan payments to the Bank.  As a result,  we have not contacted
residential  borrowers  concerning  this issue and do not consider this issue in
our  residential  loan  underwriting  process.  We  have  begun  contacting  our
commercial  borrowers with loans of $250,000 or more and considering  this issue
during  commercial  loan  underwriting.  We do not expect any material  costs to
address this risk area.
    

         Computers of others who provide us with data  processing.  This risk is
primarily focused on one third party service bureau that provides  virtually all
of the Bank's data  processing.  This service  bureau is not year 2000 compliant
but has advised us that it expects to be compliant before the year 2000. If this
problem  is not  solved  before  the  year  2000,  we  would  likely  experience
significant  delays,  mistakes or failures.  These delays,  mistakes or failures
could  have a  significant  impact on our  financial  condition  and  results of
operations.

         Contingency  Plan.  We are  monitoring  our service  bureau to evaluate
whether  our data  processing  system  will  fail.  We are being  provided  with
periodic updates on the status of testing and upgrades being made by the service
bureau.  If our service  bureau fails,  we will attempt to locate an alternative
service  bureau that is year 2000  compliant.  If we are  unsuccessful,  we will
enter deposit and loan  transactions  by hand in our general  ledger and compute
loan  payments  and deposit  balances and  interest  with our existing  computer
system.  We can do this  because  of our  relatively  small  number  of loan and
deposit accounts and our internal  bookkeeping  system. Our computer systems are
independently  able to generate labels and mailings for all of our customers and
we  periodically  test this  system and print and store this  material.  If this
labor intensive approach is necessary,  management and our employees will become
much less  efficient.  However,  we believe  that we would be able to operate in
this  manner   indefinitely,   until  our  existing  service  bureau,  or  their
replacement,  is able to again  provide data  processing  services.  If very few
financial  institution  service  bureaus were  operating  in the year 2000,  our
replacement costs, assuming we could negotiate an agreement, could be material.



                                       38

<PAGE>



Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The Bank's financial  statements and related data presented herein have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to inflation. Unlike industrial companies,  virtually all
of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.
As a result,  interest  rates  have a more  significant  impact  on a  financial
institution's  performance  than the  effects  of general  levels of  inflation.
Interest  rates do not  necessarily  move in the same direction or with the same
magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

         Inflation can have a more direct  impact on categories of  non-interest
expenses such as salaries and wages,  supplies and employee benefit costs. These
expenses normally fluctuate more in line with changes in the general price level
and are very closely  monitored by management  for both the effects of inflation
and increases  related to such items as staffing  levels,  usage of supplies and
occupancy costs.

                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

         Upon consummation of the reorganization we will own all of the stock of
the Bank.  We have not  engaged in any  significant  business  to date.  We will
retain up to 50% of the net  proceeds  from the  issuance of common  stock (less
$200,000 for the initial  capitalization of the mutual holding company). We will
use the balance of the net  proceeds to purchase  all of the common stock of the
Bank to be issued at the conclusion of the reorganization.  Part of the proceeds
we  retain  will  be  used  to  fund  the  loan  to  the  ESOP.   Prior  to  the
reorganization,  we will not transact any material  business.  In the future, we
may pursue other business  activities,  including the merger with or acquisition
of  other  financial  institutions  or  other  entities,   borrowing  funds  for
investment in the Bank and diversification of operations. There are, however, no
current plans for such activities.  We may sell or issue a portion of our common
stock, subject to applicable regulatory approvals, provided that the MHC owns at
least a majority of our common  stock as long as the MHC  remains in  existence.
Initially,  we will not  maintain  offices  separate  from  those of the Bank or
employ any  persons  other than their  officers.  Company  officers  will not be
separately compensated for such service.

                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

         The  Bank  provides  retail  banking  services,  with  an  emphasis  on
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of
credit,  commercial,  and  consumer  loans as well as  certificates  of deposit,
passbook accounts and NOW accounts. At June 30, 1998, the Bank had total assets,
deposits  and  equity of $242.7  million,  $198.6  million,  and $17.4  million,
respectively.

         The Bank  attracts  deposits  from the  general  public  and uses these
deposits primarily to originate loans and to purchase  mortgage-backed and other
securities.  The principal sources of funds for the Bank's lending and investing
activities are deposits,  Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances,  the repayment
and maturity of loans and sale, maturity, and call of securities.

                                       39

<PAGE>



The  principal  source of income is  interest on loans and  mortgage-backed  and
investment  securities.  The principal  expense is interest paid on deposits and
FHLB advances.

Market Area

         The Bank's primary  market area for loans and deposits is  northwestern
Bergen  County,  New Jersey and includes the  townships of  Allendale,  Franklin
Lakes, Glen Rock, Ho-Ho-Kus,  Mahwah,  Midland Park, Oakland,  Paramus,  Ramsey,
Ridgewood,  Saddle  River,  Upper Saddle  River,  Waldwick  and  Wyckoff.  These
townships  consist  primarily of single  family homes.  There are  approximately
140,000  residents and 48,000  households within the Bank's primary market area.
This market area could be characterized as affluent.

Lending Activities

         General. The Bank primarily originates one- to four-family  residential
real  estate  loans and,  to a lesser  extent,  commercial  real  estate  loans,
consumer  loans and other loans.  Consumer loans consist of home equity and home
improvement  lines of credit  and  loans,  student  loans and loans  secured  by
savings  accounts.  Commercial  real estate loans consist  primarily of mortgage
loans secured by small commercial  office/retail  space,  retail  businesses and
small and medium sized apartment buildings.


                                       40

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Analysis of Loan Portfolio


                                   At June 30,                                At December 31,                         
                                   -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1998             1997            1996           1995             1994              1993
                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------   --------------   -----------------
                                    $      %        $       %       $       %       $       %        $      %         $        %
                                   ---    ---      ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---      ---    ---       ---      ---
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
Type of Loans:
<S>                            <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>   
  First Mortgage loans:
    1- to 4-family...........  $ 83,990  79.44% $ 86,140  80.70% $ 90,500  82.96% $88,685  91.02% $79,757  90.96%  $89,651   92.70%
  Commercial and Other.......    10,661  10.08    10,313   9.66    10,613   9.73    3,170   3.25    2,732   3.12     2,458     2.54
  Consumer loans:                                                                                                  
    Equity...................    10,583  10.01     9,645   9.04     7,519   6.89    5,185   5.32    4,688   5.35     3,968     4.10
    Lines of credit..........       154   0.15       134   0.13        78   0.07       78   0.08       14   0.01        --       --
    Education................       186   0.18       160   0.15       120   0.12       84   0.09      189   0.21       172     0.18
    Loans to depositors,                                                                                           
      secured by savings.....       152   0.14       350   0.32       256   0.23      235   0.24      304   0.35       466     0.48
                                -------  -----   -------  -----   -------  -----   ------  -----     ---- ------      ----     ----
                                105,726 100.00%  106,742 100.00%  109,086 100.00%  97,437 100.00%  87,684 100.00%   96,715   100.00%
                                ------- ======   ------- ======   ------- ======   ------ ======   ------ ======    ------   ======

Less:                                                                                                               
  Net deferred loan fees.....       349              409              521             638             750              912
  Allowance for loan losses..       750              618              606             593             528              464
                               --------         --------          -------          ------          ------           ------
Total loans receivable, net..  $104,627         $105,715         $107,959         $96,206         $86,406          $95,339
                                =======          =======          =======          ======          ======           ======
Loans held for sale..........  $     --         $    750         $  3,756         $   199         $   504          $    37
                                =======          =======          =======          ======          ======           ======

</TABLE>





                                       41

<PAGE>



                              Loan Maturity Tables

The following table sets forth the maturity of the Bank's loan portfolio at June
30,  1998.  The  table  does not  include  prepayments  or  scheduled  principal
repayments.  For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended  December
31, 1997,  prepayments and scheduled principal repayments on loans totaled $14.7
million and $23.0 million,  respectively.  All loans are shown as maturing based
on contractual maturities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               1- to 4-Family                                     Consumer                 Consumer
                                   First        Commercial      Consumer         Lines of    Consumer      Secured
                                  Mortgage       and Other       Equity           Credit    Education    by Deposit     Total
                                  --------      -----------      ------           ------    ---------    ----------     -----
                                                                         (In thousands)
<S>                               <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>         <C>           <C>     <C>     
Amounts Due:
Within 1 year................     $ 4,874         $   599        $     6            $ 98        $186          $152    $  5,915
  Over 1 to 3 years..........       3,739           5,415            171              56          --            --       9,381
  Over 3 to 5 years..........       3,907             210            670              --          --            --       4,787
  Over 5 to 10 years.........      22,027           3,863          2,029              --          --            --      27,919
  Over 10 to 20 years........      13,877             364          7,707              --          --            --      21,948
  Over 20 years..............      35,566             210             --              --          --            --      35,776
                                   ------          ------         ------             ---         ---           ---     -------
Total amount due.............     $83,990         $10,661        $10,583            $154        $186          $152     105,726
                                   ======          ======         ======             ===         ===           ===

Less:
Allowance for loan losses....                                                                                              750
Net deferred loan fees.......                                                                                              349
                                                                                                                       -------
  Loans receivable, net......                                                                                         $104,627
                                                                                                                       =======



</TABLE>


                                       42

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after
June 30, 1999 which have  pre-determined  interest rates and which have floating
or adjustable interest rates.

                                                      Floating or
                                           Fixed       Adjustable        
                                           Rates         Rates            Total
                                           -----         -----           -------
                                                     (In Thousands)

First mortgage - 1 to 4 family........     $43,305      $35,811         $79,116
Commercial and other..................       9,099          963          10,062
Consumer - equity.....................       6,424        4,153          10,577
Consumer - lines of credit............          --           56              56
Consumer - education..................          --           --              --
Consumer - loans to depositors,
               secured by savings.....          --           --              --
                                           -------       ------          ------
    Total.............................     $58,828      $40,983         $99,811
                                            ======       ======          ======



   
         One- to  four-Family  Lending.  The  Bank's  primary  lending  activity
consists of the  origination of one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans
secured by  property  located  in the Bank's  market  area.  The Bank  generally
originates one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans in amounts up to 80%
of the lesser of the appraised value or selling price of the mortgaged  property
without requiring mortgage insurance. The Bank will originate a mortgage loan in
an amount up to 90% of the lesser of the  appraised  value or selling price of a
mortgaged  property,  however,  mortgage insurance for the borrower is required.
The Bank generally  originates and retains fixed rate and adjustable  rate loans
for retention in its portfolio.  A mortgage loan originated by the Bank, whether
fixed rate or adjustable  rate, can have a term of up to 30 years. The Bank also
originates one- to four-family  conforming  fixed rate loans for terms of 20 and
30 years primarily for sale in the secondary  mortgage  market.  These loans are
sold without recourse to the Bank by the buyer and the Bank receives a servicing
fee.  Servicing fee income has been immaterial  during the past five years.  All
other mortgage  products are generally held in portfolio and are serviced by the
Bank. The Bank offers fixed rate loans with a 15 year amortization  period and a
variety of adjustable rate loans.  The adjustable rate loans typically have a 15
to 30 year  amortization  period.  The Bank offers these loans with a fixed rate
for the first five, seven or ten years with repricing following every year after
that initial fixed period.  Also offered are loans with payment schedules and an
amortization  schedule  of 30 years but with full  payment due in either five or
seven years (balloon  loans).  In addition,  a five year fixed period is offered
with subsequent  repricing once every five years and a maximum  adjustment of 2%
per adjustment  period.  Adjustable rate loans limit the periodic  interest rate
adjustment  and the minimum and maximum  rates that may be charged over the term
of the loan based on the type of loan and various adjustable-rate  mortgage loan
products are offered and are targeted from time-to-time at discounted rates.

         The Bank's one- to four-family  residential  loans (both fixed rate and
adjustable rate) are generally  underwritten in accordance with Federal National
Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA")  guidelines,  regardless of whether they will be
sold in the secondary  market.  However,  the Bank originates some  shorter-term
loans  and  adjustable   rate,  large  dollar  amount  loans  that  exceed  FNMA
guidelines.  At June  30,  1998 we had 84 of these  loans  that  totalled  $24.1
million or 28.6% of our $84.0  million  portfolio of one- to  four-family  first
mortgage  loans.  We recently  increased our lending limit from $500,000 to $1.0
million for such a loan.  While these loans are generally made on the same terms
and conditions as our lower
    

                                       43

<PAGE>



   
aggregate dollar amount mortgage loans,  the relatively  larger dollar amount of
possible  loss on each loan  makes  these  loans  riskier  than our  other  home
mortgage loans. Any exceptions to our  underwriting  policy for such a loan must
be approved by the Board of  Directors.  Because of the  increase in our lending
limit, the aggregate dollar amount of these loans may increase in the future.
    

         Substantially all of the Bank's  residential  mortgages include "due on
sale" clauses,  which are provisions giving the Bank the right to declare a loan
immediately  payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in
the property to a third party.

         Property  appraisals on real estate  securing the Bank's  single-family
residential  loans  are  made  by  state  certified  and  licensed   independent
appraisers  approved by the Board of  Directors.  Appraisals  are  performed  in
accordance  with  applicable  regulations  and policies.  The Bank obtains title
insurance policies on all first mortgage real estate loans originated. Borrowers
generally advance funds with each monthly payment of principal and interest,  to
a loan escrow account from which the Bank makes  disbursements for such items as
real estate taxes and hazard insurance  premiums and mortgage insurance premiums
as they become due.  The Bank  charges a fee equal to a  percentage  of the loan
amount  (commonly  referred to as points) but may waive those  points to attract
first-time borrowers.

   
         Commercial Real Estate and Other Loans. The Bank originates  commercial
real estate  mortgage  loans and, to a much lesser extent,  commercial  business
loans.  The Bank's  commercial  real estate  mortgage loans are permanent  loans
secured by  improved  property  such as office  buildings,  retail  stores,  and
apartment buildings. Essentially all originated commercial real estate loans are
within the Bank's market area and all are within the State of New Jersey.  As of
June 30,  1998,  the  Bank  had 20 loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate,
totalling $10.7 million,  or 10.1% of the Bank's total loan  portfolio,  with an
average principal balance of $533,000.  The largest  commercial real estate loan
had a balance of $2.2 million on June 30, 1998 and was  performing in accordance
with  its  contractual  terms.  Typically,  commercial  real  estate  loans  are
originated  in  amounts  up to 70%  of  the  appraised  value  of the  mortgaged
property.

         The Bank maintains a small number of commercial lines of credit made to
local businesses and professionals. At June 30, 1998, $98,000, or ^ 0.1%, of the
Bank's total loan  portfolio  consisted of commercial  lines of credit.  Many of
these lines of credit are also secured by real property.  Commercial real estate
and business  loans  generally are deemed to entail  significantly  greater risk
than that  which is  involved  with  single  family  real  estate  lending.  The
repayment  of  commercial   loans  typically  is  dependent  on  the  successful
operations  and income  stream of the  commercial  real estate and the borrower.
Such risks can be significantly  affected by economic  conditions.  In addition,
commercial  lending generally requires  substantially  greater oversight efforts
compared to residential real estate lending.

         Consumer  Loans.  As of June 30, 1998 consumer  loans amounted to $11.1
million or ^ 10.5% of the Bank's total loan  portfolio and consist  primarily of
home equity and home improvement  loans. To a lesser extent, the Bank originates
lines of credit,  student  loans,  loans  secured by savings  accounts and other
consumer  loans.  Consumer  loans are  originated  in the Bank's market area and
generally have  maturities of up to 15 years.  As of June 30, 1998, the Bank had
67 overdraft  accounts with an available line of $248,100.  For savings  account
loans,  the Bank will lend up to 90% of the account  balance.  Student loans are
originated and serviced through Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae),
affording  the Bank  the  ability  to offer  all of the  student  loan  programs
available to students without the burden of servicing them.
    


                                       44

<PAGE>



         Consumer  loans  have a  shorter  term  and  generally  provide  higher
interest rates than  residential  loans. The consumer loan market can be helpful
in improving the spread between average loan yield and costs of funds and at the
same time improve the  matching of the rate  sensitive  assets and  liabilities.
Management  is  considering   adding  new  consumer  loan  products,   including
automobile loans and additional personal loan options.

         Consumer loans entail greater risks than one-to-four-family residential
mortgage  loans,  particularly  consumer  loans  secured by rapidly  depreciable
assets such as  automobiles  or loans that are  unsecured.  In such  cases,  any
repossessed  collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate  source
of  repayment  of  the  outstanding  loan  balance,  since  there  is a  greater
likelihood  of  damage,  loss  or  depreciation  of the  underlying  collateral.
Further,  consumer loan  collections are dependent on the borrower's  continuing
financial  stability,  and therefore are more likely to be adversely affected by
job loss,  divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.  Even for  consumer  loans
secured by real estate (most of our  consumer  loan  portfolio)  the risk to the
Bank is greater than that inherent in the  single-family  loan portfolio in that
the security for consumer  loans is generally not the first lien on the property
and  ultimate  collection  of amounts due may be  dependent on whether any value
remains  after  collection  by a holder  with a higher  priority  than the Bank.
Finally,  the application of various Federal and state laws,  including  Federal
and state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans in the event of a default.  At June 30, 1998, there were
no consumer loans 90 days or more delinquent.  See also "- Non-performing  Loans
and Problem Assets - Collection Procedures."

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  loans
include a determination  of the applicant's  credit history and an assessment of
the  applicant's  ability  to meet  existing  obligations  and  payments  on the
proposed loan. The stability of the applicant's monthly income may be determined
by   verification  of  gross  monthly  income  from  primary   employment,   and
additionally  from any  verifiable  secondary  income.  Creditworthiness  of the
applicant is of primary  consideration;  however,  the underwriting process also
includes a comparison of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed
loan amount. For home improvement and home equity loans and lines of credit, the
Bank lends a maximum of 80% of the value of the property.  See "- Non-performing
Loans and  Problem  Assets"  for  information  regarding  the  Bank's  loan loss
experience and reserve policy.

   
         Loans to One Borrower.  Under New Jersey and federal law, savings banks
have, subject to certain exemptions, lending limits to one borrower in an amount
equal to 15% of the  institution's  capital  accounts.  As of June 30, 1998, the
Bank's largest aggregation of loans to one borrower was $2.3 million, consisting
of loans secured by commercial real estate,  in the Ridgewood,  New Jersey area,
which was within the Bank's legal  lending limit to one borrower of $2.7 million
at such date.  At June 30,  1998,  the loans were  current.  The increase in the
capital of the Bank from this offering will increase its lending limit. ^
    

         Loan Solicitation and Processing. The Bank's primary source of mortgage
loan  applications is referrals from existing or past  customers.  The Bank also
originates loans solicited by independent  mortgage brokers. The Bank advertises
in local  newspapers and on the internet  through "Loan Search",  a free service
for New Jersey consumers seeking mortgage loans.

         Upon receipt of any loan  application  from a prospective  borrower,  a
credit  report and  verifications  are ordered to confirm  specific  information
relating to the loan  applicant's  employment,  income and credit  standing.  An
appraisal of the real estate  intended to secure the proposed loan is undertaken
by an independent fee appraiser.  In connection with the loan approval  process,
the Bank's officers analyze the loan applications and the property involved. All
residential, home equity, multi-

                                       45

<PAGE>



family,  construction  and  commercial  real estate  loans are  processed at the
Bank's main office by the Bank's loan committee which consists of two designated
officers  together with one outside  director.  The loan committee  approves all
loans,  other than loans over $500,000 and commercial loans over $50,000,  which
require approval of the Board of Directors.

         Loan applicants are promptly  notified of the decision of the Bank by a
letter  setting forth the terms and  conditions  of the  decision.  If approved,
these terms and conditions include the amount of the loan,  interest rate basis,
amortization  term,  a brief  description  of real estate to be mortgaged to the
Bank,  tax escrow and the notice of  requirement  of  insurance  coverage  to be
maintained to protect the Bank's interest.  The Bank requires title insurance on
first mortgage loans and fire and casualty insurance on all properties  securing
loans, which insurance must be maintained during the entire term of the loan.

         Loan  Purchases and Sales.  The Bank sells most  conforming  fixed rate
mortgage  loans it  originates  for 30 year and 20 year  terms in the  secondary
mortgage market to FNMA. In 1995, the Bank sold without recourse $4.3 million in
adjustable rate mortgages to a private  institutional  investor at a premium and
may,  from  time-to-time,  sell such loans or other  loans to  investors  in the
future.  The Bank  originates and holds home equity and home  improvement  loans
until  maturity.  In 1996, the Bank entered into an agreement with Sallie Mae to
sell all qualifying  student loans held by the Bank. The Bank originates student
loans through Sallie Mae and currently sells these loans prior to repayment. The
Bank has not purchased  loans in the secondary  market but may consider doing so
in the future.

         The following  table shows the balance of loans sold during the periods
presented. All of these sales were made into the secondary market.


    Six Months ended
        June 30,                            Years ended December 31,
- ------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
          1998                    1997                1996              1995
- ------------------------   ------------------   -----------------   -----------
                                    (In thousands)

          $750                   $3,592                $736            $4,337
           ===                    =====                 ===             =====


         Loan Commitments.  The Bank generally grants  commitments to fund fixed
and  adjustable-rate  single-family  mortgage  loans for periods of 60 days at a
specified term and interest rate. The total amount of the Bank's  commitments to
extend  credit as of June 30, 1998,  December  31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was $6.2
million, $2.2 million, $937,000 and $3.9 million, respectively.

         Loan  Origination  and Other Fees.  In  addition to interest  earned on
loans, the Bank receives loan origination and commitment fees for originating or
purchasing  loans.  In accordance  with GAAP, all loan  origination  fees net of
certain loan origination costs over the related life of the loan are amortized.

         The points  (percentage based fee the Bank charges to originate a loan)
the Bank  generally  charges  range up to 3% of the loan  amount on  residential
mortgages, construction loans and commercial real estate loans. The total amount
of deferred loan fees and net discounts on loans  originated and purchased as of
June 30, 1998 was $349,000.

         The Bank also  receives  other fees and  charges  relating  to existing
loans, which include prepayment penalties on commercial loans, late charges, and
fees collected in connection with a change

                                       46

<PAGE>



in  borrower  or other  loan  modifications.  These  fees and  charges  have not
constituted a material source of income.

Non-performing Loans and Problem Assets.

         Collection  Procedures.  The Bank's collection  procedures provide that
when a loan is 15 to 20 days delinquent,  the borrower is notified.  If the loan
becomes 30 days or more  delinquent,  the borrower is sent a written  delinquent
notice requiring payment. If the delinquency  continues,  subsequent efforts are
made to contact the  delinquent  borrower.  In certain  instances,  the Bank may
modify the loan or grant a limited  moratorium  on loan  payments  to enable the
borrower to reorganize his financial  affairs and the Bank attempts to work with
the borrower to establish a repayment  schedule to cure the  delinquency.  As to
mortgage  loans,  if the borrower is unable to cure the  delinquency  or reach a
payment  agreement  with  the Bank  within  90 days,  the  Bank  will  institute
foreclosure  actions.  If a  foreclosure  action  is  taken  and the loan is not
reinstated, paid in full or refinanced, the property is sold at judicial sale at
which the Bank may be the buyer if there are no  adequate  offers to satisfy the
debt.  Any property  acquired as the result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure  is classified as real estate owned ("REO") until such time as it is
sold or otherwise disposed of by the Bank. When REO is acquired,  it is recorded
at the lower of the unpaid  principal  balance of the  related  loan or its fair
market value less estimated selling costs. The initial writedown of the property
is charged to the allowance for loan losses.

         As to consumer and unsecured  commercial  loans, the main thrust of the
Bank's  collection  efforts  is through  telephone  contact  and a  sequence  of
collection  letters.  If the Bank is unable to resolve the delinquency within 90
days,  the  delinquent  loans are  referred  to the  Bank's  local  counsel  for
collection.  Adjustors  are  required to  evaluate  each  assigned  account on a
case-by-case  basis,   within  the  parameters  of  the  Bank's  policies.   All
collections are done in accordance with the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.

   
         Loans are reviewed on a regular  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status when they are determined to be impaired,  which,  generally, is when they
are more than 90 days delinquent. Loans may be placed on a non-accrual status at
any time if, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional interest
is  doubtful.  Interest  accrued  and  unpaid  at the time a loan is  placed  on
non-accrual status is charged against interest income.  Subsequent  payments are
either  applied to the  outstanding  principal  balance or  recorded as interest
income,  depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.
At June 30, 1998,  the Bank had $6,000 of loans that were held on a  non-accrual
basis and held no REO.
    

                                       47

<PAGE>



     Non-performing  Assets.  The following  table sets forth  information  with
respect to the Bank's  non-performing  assets for the periods indicated.  During
the periods indicated the Bank had no restructured loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             At June 30,                            At December 31,
                                                          --------------  ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998            1997          1996        1995        1994    1993
                                                          --------------  ---------------  -----------  --------   --------  -------
                                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>    
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
  First mortgage loans:
    1- to 4-family.....................................    $      6       $      --     $    313   $    397    $    650     $ 1,668
    Commercial and other...............................          --              --           --         --          --          --
  Consumer loans:
   
    Equity.............................................          --              --           --         --          58         115
    Lines of ^ credit..................................          --              --           --         --          --          --
    Education..........................................          --              --           --          3           8          --
    
    Loans to depositors,
   
      secured by savings...............................          --              --           --         --          --          --
                                                           --------        --------     --------   --------    --------    --------
  Total................................................   $       6       $      --   $      313  $     400   $     716     $ 1,783
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========      ======
Loans past due 90+ days and
  still accruing.......................................   $       2       $      --   $       --  $      --   $      --  ^ $     --
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
^ Real estate owned....................................   $      --       $      --   $       --  $      --   $      --    $    138
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
Total non-performing assets............................   $     ^ 8       $      --   $      313  $     400   $     716    $  1,921
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
Total non-accrual loans to net loans...................        0.01%             --%        0.28%      0.41%       0.82%       1.87%
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
Total non-accrual loans to total assets................          --%             --%        0.14%      0.22%       0.50%       1.37%
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
Total non-performing assets to total assets............          --%             --%        0.14%      0.22%       0.50%       1.48%
                                                           ========        ========    =========   ========    ========     =======
    

</TABLE>





                                       48

<PAGE>



         During the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the years ended  December
31,  1997,  1996,  and  1995,   approximately   $0,  $0,  $13,000  and  $22,000,
respectively  of interest  would have been recorded on loans  accounted for on a
non-accrual  basis if such loans had been current according to the original loan
agreements for the entire period.  These amounts were not included in the Bank's
interest  income for the respective  periods.  The amount of interest  income on
loans  accounted for on a  non-accrual  basis that was included in income during
the same periods was insignificant during the six months ended June 30, 1998 and
the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996, and 1995,  respectively.  At June 30,
1998, the Bank had no loans classified as troubled debt restructuring.

         Classified   Assets.   Management,   in  compliance   with   regulatory
guidelines,  has instituted an internal loan review  program,  whereby loans are
classified as special  mention,  substandard,  doubtful or loss.  When a loan is
classified  as  substandard  or doubtful,  management is required to establish a
valuation  reserve  for loan losses in an amount  that is deemed  prudent.  When
management  classifies  a loan as a loss asset,  a reserve  equal to 100% of the
loan  balance is required to be  established  or the loan is to be  charged-off.
This  allowance  for loan losses is composed of an allowance  for both  inherent
risk associated with lending activities and particular problem assets.

         An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by
the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral  pledged,  if
any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility
that the insured  institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not
corrected.  Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in
those classified substandard,  with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
present  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  highly  questionable  and
improbable,  on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions,  and values.
Assets classified as loss are those considered  uncollectible and of such little
value that their  continuance  as assets  without  the  establishment  of a loss
reserve is not  warranted.  Assets  which do not  currently  expose the  insured
institution to a sufficient  degree of risk to warrant  classification in one of
the  aforementioned  categories  but possess  credit  deficiencies  or potential
weaknesses  are required to be  designated  special  mention by  management.  In
addition,  each  loan  that  exceeds  $500,000  and  each  group of loans to one
borrower that exceeds  $500,000 is monitored more closely due to the potentially
greater losses from such loans.

         Management's  evaluation  of  the  classification  of  assets  and  the
adequacy  of the  reserve  for loan losses is reviewed by the Board on a regular
basis and by the regulatory agencies as part of their examination process.

   
Internal Classification of Assets
    
                                                     At
                                                  June 30,
                                                    1998
                                              --------------
                                              (In thousands)

Special mention.............................        $765
Substandard.................................          82
Doubtful ...................................          --
Loss .......................................          --
                                                    ----

     Total..................................        $847
                                                     ===



                                       49

<PAGE>



         Allowance  for Loan  Losses  and REO.  At least  quarterly,  the Bank's
management  evaluates the need to establish reserves against losses on loans and
other assets based on estimated  losses on specific loans and on any real estate
held for sale or investment  when a finding is made that a loss is estimable and
probable.  Such  evaluation  includes  a review  of all  loans  for  which  full
collectibility may not be reasonably assured and considers, among other matters,
the estimated market value of the underlying  collateral of problem loans, prior
loss  experience,  economic  conditions  and  overall  portfolio  quality.  Also
considered are trends in the loan portfolio,  expected  future loss  experience,
and industry reserve levels.  Provisions for losses are charged against earnings
in the period they are established. The Bank had $750,000 in allowances for loan
losses at June 30, 1998. The Bank held no REO at that date.

         While the Bank believes it has established  its existing  allowance for
loan losses in accordance with GAAP,  there can be no assurance that regulators,
in  reviewing  the  Bank's  loan  portfolio,   will  not  request  the  Bank  to
significantly  increase its allowance for loan losses,  or that general economic
conditions,  a deteriorating real estate market, or other factors will not cause
the Bank to  significantly  increase its allowance  for loans losses,  therefore
negatively affecting the Bank's financial condition and earnings.

         In  making  loans,  the Bank  recognizes  that  credit  losses  will be
experienced  and that the risk of loss will vary with,  among other things,  the
type of loan being made, the  creditworthiness  of the borrower over the term of
the loan and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the security for the
loan.

         It is the Bank's  policy to review its loan  portfolio,  in  accordance
with  regulatory  classification  procedures,  on at  least a  quarterly  basis.
Additionally,  the Bank maintains a program of reviewing loan applications prior
to making the loan and immediately after loans are made in an effort to maintain
loan quality.

                                       50

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank's
allowance for loan losses at or for the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       At or for six months ended                                                   
                                                June 30                         At or for years ended December 31,
                                       -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1998        1997          1997          1996       1995       1994        1993
                                       -----------------------  -------------  ------------- --------  ---------- ------------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                       <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>       
Balance at beginning of period........    $    618    $    606      $    606      $    593    $   528   $    464   $      372
 Provision for loan losses............         132           6            12            12         60         60          112
Charge-offs...........................          --          --            --             2         --         --           23
Recoveries............................          --          --            --             3          5          4            3
                                           -------     -------       -------       -------     ------    -------    ---------
Balance at end of period..............    $    750    $    612      $    618      $    606    $   593   $    528   $      464
                                           =======     =======       =======       =======     ======    =======     ========

Total loans receivable(1).............    $104,627    $111,162      $106,465      $111,715    $96,405   $ 86,910   $   95,376
                                           =======     =======       =======       =======     ======    =======     ========
Average loans outstanding(1)..........    $105,493    $110,586      $109,954      $105,170    $94,040   $ 87,369   $  107,403
                                           =======     =======       =======       =======     ======    =======     ========

Allowance for loan losses as a
  percent of total loans..............        0.72%       0.55%         0.58%         0.54%      0.62%      0.61%        0.49%
                                           =======     =======       =======       =======     ======    =======     ========
Net loans charged off as a
  percent of average loans outstanding          --%         --%           --%           --%        --%        --%        0.02%
                                           =======     =======       =======       =======     ======    =======     ========

</TABLE>

(1) includes loans held for sale





                                       51

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  exhibits a  breakdown  by loan  category  of the
allowance for loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            At June 30,             
                          ------------------------------------------
                                   1998                 1997        
                          ----------------------  ------------------
                                    Percent of           Percent of 
                                    Loans in             Loans in   
                                    Each                 Each       
                                    Category to          Category to
                           Amount   Total Loans   Amount Total Loans        
                           ------   -----------   ------ -----------        

<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>      
First mortgage -                                                    
  1- to 4-family..........  $596       79.44%     $509      81.76%  
Commercial and other......    75       10.08        53       9.33   
 Consumer - equity........    75       10.01        46       8.19   
Consumer - lines of credit     1        0.15         2       0.34   
Consumer - education......     1        0.18         1       0.13   
Consumer - loans                                                    
  to depositors,                                                    
  secured by savings......     2        0.14         1       0.25   


Unallocated ..............    --          --        --         --   
                             ---      ------       ---     ------   
     Total allowance                                                
       for loan losses....  $750      100.00%     $612     100.00%  
                             ===      ======       ===     ======   

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         At December 31,
                           ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1997                   1996                1995                1994                1993
                           --------------------  -------------------- ------------------- ------------------  -------------------
                                    Percent of           Percent of           Percent of          Percent of          Percent of
                                    Loans in             Loans in             Loans in            Loans in            Loans in
                                    Each                 Each                 Each                Each                Each
                                    Category to          Category to          Category to         Category to         Category to
                           Amount   Total Loans  Amount Total Loans  Amount  Total Loans  Amount Total Loans  Amount Total Loans  
                           ------   -----------  ------ -----------  ------  -----------  ------ -----------  ------ -----------
                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                         <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>   
First mortgage -                                                                                           
  1- to 4-family..........   $499     80.70%     $512    82.96%     $542      91.02%      $478     90.96%      $434     92.70%
Commercial and other......     60      9.66        54     9.73        18       3.25         15      3.12          8      2.54
 Consumer - equity........     56      9.04        38     6.89        30       5.32         32      5.35         20      4.10
Consumer - lines of credit      1      0.13        --     0.07        --       0.08         --      0.01         --        --
Consumer - education......      1      0.15         1     0.12         2       0.09          1      0.21          1      0.18
Consumer - loans                                                                                           
  to depositors,                                                                                           
  secured by savings......      1      0.32         1     0.23         1       0.24          2      0.35          1      0.48


Unallocated ..............     --        --        --       --        --         --         --        --         --        --
                              ---    ------     -----  -------       ---     ------        ---    ------        ---    ------
     Total allowance                                                                                       
       for loan losses....   $618    100.00%     $606   100.00%     $593     100.00%      $528    100.00%      $464    100.00%
                              ===    ======       ===   ======       ===     ======        ===    ======        ===    ======

</TABLE>


                                       52

<PAGE>



Investment Activities

         General.  New  Jersey-chartered  savings  banks have the  authority  to
invest in various  types of liquid  assets,  including  United  States  Treasury
obligations,  securities of various Federal  agencies,  certain  certificates of
deposits  of  insured  banks and  savings  institutions,  municipal  securities,
corporate debt securities and loans to other banking institutions.

         The Bank  maintains  liquid  assets  which may be invested in specified
short-term   securities  and  certain  other  investments.   See  "Regulation  -
Regulation  of the Bank -  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  System"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -
Liquidity and Capital Resources". Liquidity levels may be increased or decreased
depending  upon the  yields on  investment  alternatives  and upon  management's
judgment as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then  available in relation to
other  opportunities  and its  expectation  of future yield  levels,  as well as
management's projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in the
Bank's loan origination and other  activities.  The Bank maintains an investment
securities  portfolio and a mortgage-backed  securities portfolio as part of its
investment  portfolio.  At June 30, 1998, the Bank had an investment  securities
portfolio  of  $14.2  million  (5.9%  of  total  assets)  and a  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio  of $98.5  million  (40.6%  of total  assets),  consisting
primarily  of  U.S.  Government  Treasury  Securities,  U.S.  government  agency
obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions. At June 30, 1998,
the market value of the  investment  securities  portfolio was $14.2 million and
the market value of the mortgage-backed  securities portfolio was $98.6 million.
See Notes 2 and 3 of the financial statements.

         Investment  Policies.  The  investment  policy  of the  Bank,  which is
established  by the Board of  Directors,  is  designed  to foster  earnings  and
liquidity within prudent interest rate risk guidelines,  while complementing the
Bank's lending  activities.  The policy provides for available for sale, held to
maturity, and trading classifications.  However, the Bank does not currently use
a trading  classification  and does not anticipate  doing so in the future.  The
policy permits  investments in high credit quality  instruments with diversified
cash  flows  while  permitting  the Bank to  maximize  total  return  within the
guidelines  set forth in the  Bank's  interest  rate risk,  funds and  liquidity
management policy.  Permitted  investments  include but are not limited to U. S.
government  obligations,   government  agency  or  government-sponsored   agency
obligations, state, county and municipal obligations, mortgage backed securities
and   collateralized   mortgage   obligations   guaranteed   by   government  or
government-sponsored  agencies,  investment grade corporate debt securities, and
commercial  paper. The Bank also invests in Federal Home Loan Bank overnight and
term deposits,  certificates of deposit of insured banks, and federal funds, but
these instruments are not considered part of the investment portfolio.

         The policy also includes several  specific  guidelines and restrictions
to insure  adherence  with  safe and  sound  activities.  The  policy  prohibits
investments in zero coupon securities with maturities over five years, high risk
mortgage  derivative  products  (as  defined  by  federal  banking  regulators),
transactions  with forward  settlement  dates in excess of 90 days, dual indexed
notes, and inverse floaters.  In addition,  the policy limits the maximum amount
of any single  transaction.  The Bank does not participate in hedging  programs,
interest rate swaps, or other activities  involving the use of off-balance sheet
derivative  financial  instruments.   Further,  the  Bank  does  not  invest  in
securities which are not rated investment grade.

         The Board has charged the  President,  Executive  Vice  President,  and
Chief Financial Officer to implement the policy.  The policy statement  requires
authorization by at least two of these three officers for approval of securities
transactions.  All transactions are reported to the Board of Directors  monthly,
with the  entire  portfolio  reported  quarterly,  including  market  values and
unrealized gains (losses).


                                       53

<PAGE>



         Investment  Securities.  The Bank  maintains a portfolio of  investment
securities  held to maturity.  The Bank also maintains a portfolio of investment
securities  available  for sale to enhance  total return on  investments.  These
assets are accounted at fair market value.  During the six months ended June 30,
1998 and the year ended  December  31, 1997 the Bank sold $7.0 million and $17.5
million of  securities,  respectively.  As of June 30, 1998, the market value of
investment securities available for sale was $11.7 million, with a cost basis of
$11.6 million.

         Mortgage-backed   Securities.   The  Bank  invests  in  mortgage-backed
securities to provide earnings,  liquidity,  cash flows, and  diversification to
the  Banks'  overall  balance  sheet.  These   mortgage-backed   securities  are
classified as either  available for sale or held to maturity.  These  securities
are participation  certificates issued and guaranteed by the Government National
Mortgage Association ("GNMA") the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA")
and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association ("FHLMC") and secured by interest
in  pools  of  mortgages.   Mortgage-backed  securities  typically  represent  a
participation  interest in a pool of  single-family  or multi-family  mortgages,
although the Bank focuses its investments on mortgage-backed  securities secured
by single-family mortgages.

         The Bank also invests in mortgage-related  securities,  primarily CMOs,
issued or sponsored by GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC, as well as private issuers. CMOs are a
type of debt security  that  aggregates  pools of mortgages and  mortgage-backed
securities  and  creates  different  classes  of  CMO  securities  with  varying
maturities and amortization  schedules as well as a residual  interest with each
class having different risk characteristics.  The cash flows from the underlying
collateral are usually divided into "tranches" or classes whereby  tranches have
descending priorities with respect to the distribution of principal and interest
repayment of the underlying  mortgages and mortgage backed securities as opposed
to pass through mortgage backed  securities where cash flows are distributed pro
rata to all security holders. Unlike mortgage  backed-securities from which cash
flow is  received  and  prepayment  risk is  shared  pro rata by all  securities
holders, cash flows from the mortgages and mortgage backed securities underlying
CMOs are paid in accordance with a predetermined  priority to investors  holding
various  tranches of such  securities or  obligations.  A particular  tranche or
class  may  carry  prepayment  risk  which  may be  different  from  that of the
underlying collateral and other tranches.  CMOs attempt to moderate reinvestment
risk  associated with  conventional  mortgage-backed  securities  resulting from
unexpected  prepayment activity.  Management believes these securities represent
attractive alternatives relative to other investments due to the wide variety of
maturity, repayment and interest rate options available.

         Other   Securities.   Other  securities  used  by  the  Bank,  but  not
necessarily included in the investment portfolio,  consist of equity securities,
interest-bearing  deposits  and federal  funds  sold.  Equity  securities  owned
consist of 400 shares of Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  common  stock
(included in the investment  securities  portfolio) and 19,486 shares of Federal
Home  Loan  Bank of New  York  (FHLB  NY)  common  stock.  As an  approved  FNMA
Seller-Servicer  and as a member of the FHLB NY,  ownership of common  shares is
required.  The remaining  securities provide  diversification and complement the
Bank's overall investment strategy.


                                       54

<PAGE>



Investment Portfolio

   
         The  following  table  sets  forth the  carrying  value of the Bank's ^
investment securities portfolio, and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the
dates  indicated.  At June 30,  1998,  the fair value of the  Bank's  investment
securities portfolio and mortgage-backed securities portfolio were $14.2 million
and $98.6 million, respectively.
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         At June 30,                            At December 31,
                                                      -----------------     ----------------------------------------------------
                                                            1998                 1997                1996                 1995
                                                      -----------------     ------------          ----------          ----------
                                                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>     
Investment Securities Held to Maturity:                                                         
 U.S. Government Securities...........................   $  1,575             $  1,771             $ 2,328              $   761
 U.S. Agency Securities...............................        920                7,895              10,393               23,081
                                                          -------              -------              ------               ------
   Total Investment Securities Held to Maturity.......      2,495                9,666              12,721               23,842
Investment Securities Available for Sale:
  U.S. Government Securities..........................        499                  498                 493                  496
  U.S. Agency Securities..............................      6,501               23,193              40,103               16,909
  Municipal Securities................................      4,704                3,241               2,599                   --
  Equity Securities(1)................................         26                   22                  16                   12
                                                          -------              -------              ------               ------ 
    Total Investment Securities Available For Sale....     11,730               26,954              43,211               17,417
 Mortgage-backed Securities Held to Maturity..........     12,794               14,356              16,611               19,179
 Mortgage-backed Securities Available For Sale........     85,679               50,099              19,359               13,041
                                                          -------              -------              ------               ------
   Total Investment and Mortgage-backed
   Securities.........................................   $112,698             $101,075             $91,902              $73,479
                                                          =======              =======              ======               ======


</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)  Equity  securities  consist  of 400  shares of  Federal  National  Mortgage
     Association common stock (requirement of being a Seller-Servicer).

                                       55

<PAGE>



         Investment Portfolio Maturities. The following table sets forth certain
information   regarding  the  carrying  values,   weighted  average  yields  and
maturities of the Bank's investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at
June 30, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              One Year or Less  One to Five Years Five to Ten Years  More than Ten Years Total Investment Securities
                              ----------------  ----------------- -----------------  ------------------- --------------------------
                              Carrying Average  Carrying  Average Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average   Market
                               Value    Yield    Value     Yield   Value     Yield     Value    Yield      Value    Yield    Value
                              ------- --------  ------   -------- -------   -------  --------  --------- --------  -------   ------
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>     
   
Investment Securities:
  U.S. Government
    Securities.............  $   500    5.13%   $   167    9.38%  $   746   ^ 7.30%  $   662   ^ 5.11%  $  2,075   ^ 6.25%  $  2,075
  U. S. Agency Securities..      920    5.19      4,001    6.51        --       --     2,500     7.07      7,421   ^ 6.54      7,421
  Municipal Securities.....       --      --         --      --        --       --     4,704     5.25      4,704     5.25      4,704
  Equity Securities(1).....       26    4.56         --      --        --       --        --       --         26     4.56         26
                              ------    ----     ------   -----   -------    -----   -------    -----    -------    -----   --------
    Total Investment
      Securities...........    1,446    5.16      4,168    6.62       746   ^ 7.30     7,866   ^ 5.82     14,226   ^ 6.06     14,226
Mortgage-backed Securities.       --      --     10,206    6.82    25,581     7.72    62,686     8.39     98,473     8.06     98,632
                              ------   -----     ------    ----    ------   ------    ------     ----    -------     ----    -------
    Total Investments......  $ 1,446    5.16%   $14,374    6.77%  $26,327   ^ 7.71%  $70,552   ^ 8.10%  $112,699   ^ 7.81%  $112,858
                              ======    ====     ======    ====    ======   ======    ======   ======    =======   ======    =======
    
</TABLE>

- -------------------
(1)  Equity  securities  consist  of 400  shares of  Federal  National  Mortgage
     Association common stock (requirement of being a Seller-Servicer).

                                       56

<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits are the major source of the Bank's funds for lending
and other investment  purposes.  Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to
compensate for reductions in the  availability  of funds from other sources.  In
addition  to  deposits  and  borrowings,  the Bank  derives  funds from loan and
mortgage-backed  securities principal repayments,  and proceeds from the sale of
mortgage-backed  securities and investment securities.  Loan and mortgage-backed
securities  payments  are a relatively  stable  source of funds,  while  deposit
inflows are significantly  influenced by general interest rates and money market
conditions.  They also may be used on a longer-term basis for interest rate risk
management and general business purposes.

         Deposits.  The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts,  although a
majority  of  deposits  are in  fixed-term,  market-rate  certificate  accounts.
Deposit account terms vary, primarily as to the required minimum balance amount,
the amount of time that the funds  must  remain on  deposit  and the  applicable
interest rate.

         The Bank's current  deposit  products  include  certificates of deposit
accounts  ranging  in  terms  from 91 days to five  years  as well as  passbook,
statement,  NOW, and money  market  accounts.  Included in these are  individual
retirement  accounts  (IRAs).  The Bank does not negotiate its interest rates on
any of its certificates of deposit.

   
         Deposits are obtained  primarily from residents in northwestern  Bergen
County, New Jersey.  The Bank attracts deposit accounts by offering  outstanding
service, competitive interest rates, and convenient locations and service hours.
The Bank uses  traditional  methods of  advertising to attract new customers and
deposits,  including radio,^ direct mail and print media  advertising.  The Bank
does not utilize the services of deposit brokers and management believes that an
insignificant  number  of  deposit  accounts  are held by  non-residents  of New
Jersey.
    

         The Bank pays  interest on its deposits  which are  competitive  in its
market.  Interest rates on deposits are set weekly by senior  management,  based
upon a number of factors, including: (1) the previous week's deposit flow; (2) a
current survey of a selected group of competitors'  rates for similar  products;
(3)  external  data  which  may  influence   interest   rates;   (4)  investment
opportunities and loan demand; and (5) scheduled maturities.

         Because  of the large  percentage  of  certificates  of  deposit in the
deposit  portfolio  (75.8% at June 30,  1998),  the  Bank's  liquidity  could be
reduced if a significant  amount of certificates  of deposit,  maturing within a
short period of time, were not renewed. Most certificates of deposit remain with
the Bank  after  they  mature  and the Bank  believes  that this will  continue.
However,  the need to retain these time deposits  could result in an increase in
the Bank's cost of funds.


                                       57

<PAGE>



Deposit Portfolio

         Deposits in the Bank as of June 30, 1998,  were  represented by various
types of savings programs described below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Balances            Percentage
                                                       Interest             as of              of Total
Category                              Term              Rate(1)           June 30, 1998          Deposits
- --------                                                -------           -------------          --------
                                                                         (In thousands)

   
<S>                                  <C>               <C>                  <C>                 <C>   
Traditional(2)                        None                3.21%              $ 29,126            14.67%
NOW Accounts(3)                       None              ^ 2.29                 15,165             7.64
Money Market Accounts                 None                2.98                  3,807             1.92

Certificates of Deposit:
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              3 months            4.41                  5,807             2.92
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              6 months            5.07                 18,412             9.27
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              7 months            5.75                     17             0.01
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              8 months            5.56                    220             0.11
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              9 months            5.51                  6,004             3.02
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              12 months           5.28                 21,506            10.83
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              13 months           5.79                  1,831             0.92
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              18 months           5.81                 32,914            16.57
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              24 months           5.84                 26,655            13.42
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              30 months           5.89                 13,365             6.73
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              36 months           5.69                    153             0.08
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              60 months           5.67                  6,320             3.18
  Fixed Term, Fixed Rate              120 months          6.44                  2,473             1.25
  Jumbo Certificates(4)                                                        14,827             7.46
                                                                              -------         --------
     Total Certificates of Deposit                                            150,504            75.77
                                                                              -------           ------
                                      Total                                  $198,602           100.00%
                                                                              =======           ======
    
</TABLE>


- --------------

(1)  Weighted average interest rates as of June 30, 1998.

(2)  Consists of passbook  accounts,  statement  savings accounts and childrens'
     accounts (the Moola Moola program).

(3)  Weighted  average  interest rate based upon  interest  bearing NOW accounts
     only.

(4)  Interest rate and term for jumbo certificates  (certificates with a balance
     of  $100,000  or more) may vary  depending  on the term of  certificate  of
     deposits offered.


                                       58

<PAGE>



Time Deposits by Rate

         The following table sets forth the time deposits in the Bank classified
by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

                            At June 30,           At December 31,
                          -------------   ----------------------------------
                               1998         1997        1996         1995
                          -------------   ---------   ---------    ---------
                                (In thousands)

Interest Rate
  2.01-4.00%........       $      1       $      1    $     --      $     --
  4.01-6.00%........        125,575        126,204     122,799        83,651
  6.01-8.00%........         24,928         24,596      11,975        30,493
                            -------        -------     -------       -------
  Total.............       $150,504       $150,801    $134,774      $114,144
                            =======        =======     =======       =======




Time Deposits Maturity Schedule

         The  following  table  sets forth the  amount  and  maturities  of time
deposits at June 30, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Amount Due
   
                   Six months ended   Year ended    Year ended      After
                     December 31,     December 31,  December 31, ^ December 31,
    
                         1998            1999          2000         ^ 2000        Total
                   ----------------  -------------   --------      ----------   ---------  
   
Interest Rate                                                       
- -------------                                                        
    
                                              (In thousands)

<S>                 <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>      
  2.01-4.00%.....    $      -         $      -       $      1      $     -       $      1
  4.01-6.00%.....      47,218           70,108          6,483        1,766        125,575
  6.01-8.00%.....          14           15,520          6,283        3,111         24,928
                       ------           ------         ------        -----        -------
  Total..........    $ 47,232         $ 85,628       $ 12,767      $ 4,877       $150,504
                       ======           ======         ======        =====        =======


</TABLE>

                                       59

<PAGE>



Jumbo Certificates of Deposit

         The  following  table  shows the amount of the Bank's  certificates  of
deposit of  $100,000  or more by time  remaining  until  maturity as of June 30,
1998.

                                                                   Certificates
   
Maturity Period                                                    of ^ Deposit
- ---------------                                                    ------------
    
                                                                 (In thousands)
Within three months...................................               $ 3,018
Three through six months..............................                 2,039
Six through twelve months.............................                 6,320
Over twelve months....................................                 3,450
                                                                      ------
                                                                     $14,827




     Savings  Deposit  Activity.  The  following  table sets  forth the  savings
activities of the Bank for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Six Months Ended
                                        June 30,                           Years Ended December 31,
                             -------------------------       ----------------------------------------------
                               1998            1997           1997               1996               1995
                               ----            ----           ----               ----               ----
                                                         (In thousands)
   
<S>                         <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>    
Net increase (decrease)
  before interest credited.  $ (61)          $11,145         $14,402           ^ $15,930           $20,306
Interest credited..........   4,774            4,262           8,936               7,603             6,518
                              -----           ------          ------              ------            ------
Net increase in savings    
  deposits.................  $4,713          $15,407         $23,338           ^ $23,533           $26,824
                              =====           ======          ======              ======            ======
</TABLE>




         Borrowings.  Deposits are the primary  source of funds ^ for the Bank's
lending and investment  activities and for its general  business  purposes.  The
Bank,  as the need arises,  relies upon  advances from the FHLB NY to supplement
its  supply of  lendable  funds  and to meet  deposit  withdrawal  requirements.
Advances from the FHLB NY are typically  secured by the Bank's stock in the FHLB
and a portion of the  Bank's  residential  mortgage  loans and may be secured by
other assets  (principally  securities which are obligations of or guaranteed by
the U.S.  Government).  The Bank funds loan demand and investment  opportunities
out of  current  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  repayments,  investment
maturities  and new  deposits.  However,  the Bank has utilized FHLB advances to
supplement  these  sources  and as a match  against  certain  assets in order to
better manage interest rate risk.
    


                                       60

<PAGE>



         The following  table sets forth  information  concerning  FHLB advances
during the periods indicated (includes both short- and long-term advances).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At or For the
                                                   Six Months Ended                            At or For the Years
                                                       June 30,                                Ended December 31,
                                           ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
                                               1998              1997              1997            1996             1995
                                              ------            ------            ------          -----            -------
                                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>    
FHLB advances:
Average balance outstanding...........       $18,009           $25,995           $22,012          $32,210           $13,833

Maximum amount outstanding
    at any month-end during             
    the period........................        25,436            28,400            28,400           38,972            17,829

Balance outstanding at
  end of period.......................        25,432            19,181            16,282           28,400            16,012

Weighted average interest
    rate during the period............         5.77%             5.83%             5.93%            5.81%             6.37%
Weighted average
    interest rate at
    the end of the period.............         5.63%             5.89%             6.00%            5.86%             6.11%

</TABLE>

Subsidiary Activity

         The Bank is permitted to invest its assets in the capital  stock of, or
originate secured or unsecured loans to, subsidiary corporations.  The Bank does
not have any subsidiaries.

Personnel

         As of June  30,  1998,  the  Bank  had 28  full-time  employees  and 13
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining  unit.  The Bank believes its  relationship  with its employees to be
satisfactory.

Competition

         The Bank faces strong competition in its attraction of deposits,  which
are its primary  source of funds for  lending,  and in the  origination  of real
estate  and  consumer  loans.  The Bank's  competition  for  deposits  and loans
historically  has come from other  savings  institutions  and  commercial  banks
located in the Bank's market area. The Bank also competes with mortgage  banking
companies for real estate loans, and commercial  banks and savings  institutions
for consumer  loans;  and faces  competition  for investor funds from short-term
money market  securities  and corporate and  government  securities.  The Bank's
primary market area is northwestern Bergen County, New Jersey.

         The Bank competes for loans by charging  competitive interest rates and
loan fees,  and  emphasizing  outstanding  service for its  customers.  The Bank
offers consumer banking services such as passbook and NOW accounts, certificates
of deposit, retirement accounts, consumer and mortgage loans

                                       61

<PAGE>



and provides  drive-up  facilities,  automated  teller  machines  and  overdraft
protection.  The emphasis on outstanding service  differentiates the Bank in its
competition  for  deposits.  The Bank offers  overall  market rates on deposits.
Although the bank is ranked first in deposit  share in its primary  market area,
many of the  competitors  of the Bank offer a much broader array of services and
products.

Properties and Equipment

         The Bank's  executive  offices are located at 531 North Maple Avenue in
Ridgewood,  New Jersey.  The Bank conducts its business  through three  offices,
which are located in Ridgewood and Mahwah,  New Jersey. The following table sets
forth the  location  of each of the  Bank's  offices,  the year the  office  was
acquired and the net book value of each office.

                                                                Net Book
                                Year Facility                  Value as of
                                  Opened or      Leased or       June 30,
Office Location                   Acquired         Owned           1998
- ---------------                   ---------       -------         -----

Broad Street Office
  55 North Broad Street
  Ridgewood, NJ 07450               1964          Leased        $292,000

Mahwah Office
  6 East Ramapo Avenue
  Mahwah, NJ 07430                  1995          Leased         246,000

Maple Avenue Office
  531 North Maple Avenue
  Ridgewood, NJ 07450               1995           Owned       1,101,000
                                                               ---------

TOTAL                                                         $1,639,000



   
         The Broad  Street  office  lease is dated  April 6, 1975 with a term of
thirty years. The Mahwah office lease has a term of twelve years. Each lease has
a renewal  option.  The Bank has a limited  service  branch open several hours a
week that is located in a nursing home in Allendale, New Jersey.
    

         As of June 30, 1998, the net book value of land, buildings,  furniture,
and equipment owned by the Bank, less  accumulated  depreciation,  totalled $2.2
million.

Legal Proceedings

         The Bank,  from time to time, is a party to routine  litigation,  which
arises in the  normal  course of  business,  such as  claims to  enforce  liens,
condemnation  proceedings  on  properties  in  which  the  Bank  holds  security
interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and
other  issues  incident  to the  business  of the Bank.  There were no  lawsuits
pending or known to be contemplated against the Bank at June 30, 1998 that would
have a material effect on our operations or income.


                                       62

<PAGE>




                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to
us.  The  description  is not  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to applicable laws and regulations.

Regulation of the Bank

         General.  As a New Jersey chartered savings bank insured by the Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund (the  "SAIF"),  the Bank is  subject  to  extensive
regulation and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance
(the  "Department"),  the FDIC, which insures its deposits to the maximum extent
permitted  by law,  and to a much less or extent,  by the Federal  Reserve.  The
federal and state laws and  regulations  which are applicable to banks regulate,
among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, the reserves
required  to be  kept  against  deposits,  the  timing  of the  availability  of
deposited  funds and the nature and amount of and  collateral for certain loans.
The laws and regulations  governing the Bank generally have been  promulgated to
protect  depositors  and not for the  purpose of  protecting  stockholders.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change in such  regulation,  whether by the  Department,  the FDIC or the United
States  Congress could have a material  adverse impact on the Company,  the Bank
and their operations.

         New  Jersey  Savings  Bank  Law.  The New  Jersey  Banking  Act of 1948
("Banking  Code")  contains  detailed  provisions  governing  the  organization,
location of offices,  rights and  responsibilities of directors,  officers,  and
employees,  as well as corporate powers,  savings and investment  operations and
other aspects of the Bank and its affairs.  The Banking Code delegates extensive
rule-making  power and  administrative  discretion to the Department so that the
supervision and regulation of state chartered  savings banks may be flexible and
readily responsive to changes in economic  conditions and in savings and lending
practices.

         One of the  purposes of the Banking  Code is to provide  savings  banks
with the  opportunity  to be fully  competitive  with each  other and with other
financial  institutions existing under other state, federal and foreign laws. To
this end, the Banking Code  provides  state-chartered  savings banks with all of
the  powers  enjoyed  by  federal  savings  and loan  associations,  subject  to
regulation by the Department.  Federal law,  however,  prohibits state chartered
institutions  from  making new  investments,  loans,  or  becoming  involved  in
activities  as principal  and equity  investments  which are not  permitted  for
national banks unless (1) the FDIC  determines  the activity or investment  does
not pose a significant  risk of loss to the appropriate  deposit  insurance fund
and (2) the  savings  bank  meets  the  fully  phased-in  capital  requirements.
Accordingly,  the ability of the Banking  Code to provide  additional  operating
authority to the Bank is limited by federal law.

         The Department  generally  examines the Bank not less  frequently  than
every two years.  The Department  may order any savings bank to discontinue  any
violation  of law or unsafe or  unsound  business  practice  and may  direct any
director,  officer,  attorney  or  employee  of a  savings  bank  engaged  in an
objectionable  activity,  after the  Department  has ordered the  activity to be
terminated,  to show cause at a hearing  before the  Department  why such person
should not be removed.


                                       63

<PAGE>



         Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  The deposit  accounts held by the Bank
are insured by the SAIF to a maximum of  $100,000  for each  insured  member (as
defined by law and  regulation).  Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the
FDIC  upon a finding  that the  institution  has  engaged  in unsafe or  unsound
practices,  is in an unsafe or unsound  condition to continue  operations or has
violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the
FDIC or the institution's primary regulator.

         As a member of the SAIF, the Bank paid an insurance premium to the FDIC
equal to a minimum  of 0.23% of its  total  deposits.  The FDIC  also  maintains
another insurance fund, the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), which primarily insures
commercial  bank deposits.  In 1996, the annual  insurance  premium for most BIF
members  was lowered to $2,000.  The lower  insurance  premiums  for BIF members
placed SAIF members at a competitive disadvantage to BIF members.

         Effective  September  30,  1996,  federal  law was revised to mandate a
one-time  special  assessment on SAIF members such as the Bank of  approximately
0.657% of  deposits  held on March 31,  1995.  Beginning  January 1,  1997,  the
deposit  insurance  assessment  for most SAIF  members  was reduced to 0.064% of
deposits on an annual  basis  through the end of 1999.  During this same period,
BIF  members  will be assessed  approximately  0.013% of  deposits.  After 1999,
assessments  for BIF and SAIF members  should be the same.  It is expected  that
these continuing assessments for both SAIF and BIF members will be used to repay
outstanding  Financing  Corporation  bond  obligations.  As a  result  of  these
changes,  beginning January 1, 1997, the rate of deposit insurance  assessed the
Bank declined by approximately 70%.

         Regulatory Capital  Requirements.  Under FDIC regulations,  the Bank is
required  to  maintain  minimum  leverage  capital (a ratio of Tier 1 capital to
total risk-weighted assets) of 4%. For institutions other than those most highly
rated by the FDIC,  additional  capital  of at least 100 to 200 basis  points is
required.   Tier  1  capital  is  the  sum  of  common   stockholders'   equity,
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  (including any related  surplus) and
minority  investments in certain  subsidiaries,  less certain intangible assets,
deferred  tax  assets,  certain  identified  losses and certain  investments  in
securities  subsidiaries.  As a SAIF-insured,  state-chartered savings bank, the
Bank must  currently  also  deduct  from Tier 1 capital  an amount  equal to its
investments  in, and  extensions of credit to,  subsidiaries  engaged in certain
activities not permissible for national banks.

         In addition to the leverage  ratio,  the Bank must  maintain a ratio of
qualifying  total capital to risk- weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at
least four percentage  points must be Tier 1 capital.  Qualifying  total capital
consists  of Tier 1 capital  plus Tier 2 or  supplementary  capital  items which
include  allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted
assets,  cumulative  preferred stock and preferred stock with a maturity of over
20 years and certain other capital instruments.  The includable amount of Tier 2
capital cannot exceed the institution's Tier 1 capital. Qualifying total capital
is  further  reduced  by the amount of the  bank's  investments  in banking  and
finance  subsidiaries that are not consolidated for regulatory capital purposes,
reciprocal  cross-holdings  of  capital  securities  issued  by other  banks and
certain other deductions. Under the FDIC's risk-weighted system, all of a bank's
balance sheet assets and the credit  equivalent  amounts of certain  off-balance
sheet items are assigned to risk weight categories.  The aggregate dollar amount
of each category is multiplied by the risk weight assigned to that category. The
sum of these weighted values equals the bank's risk-weighted assets.

         Pursuant to New Jersey banking law the minimum  leverage  capital for a
depository  institution  is a ratio of Tier 1  capital  to  total  risk-weighted
assets of four percent. However, the Department may require a higher ratio for a
particular depository institution.

                                       64

<PAGE>




         New Jersey banking law requires that a depository  institution maintain
qualifying  capital of at least eight  percent of its risk weighted  assets.  At
least four  percent of this  qualifying  capital  shall be in the form of Tier 1
capital.  For purposes of New Jersey banking law, risk weighted  assets,  Tier 1
capital,  and  total  assets  are  defined  in the  same  manner  as in the FDIC
regulations.

     The  Bank  was in  compliance  in both  the  FDIC  and New  Jersey  capital
requirements   at  June  30,  1998.  See   "Historical  and  Pro  Forma  Capital
Compliance."

         Regulatory  Capital   Distributions.   Following  the   reorganization,
earnings of the Bank  appropriated to bad debt reserves and deducted for federal
income tax purposes will not be available for payment of cash dividends or other
distributions  to stockholders  without payment of taxes at the then current tax
rate by the Bank on the amount of earnings  removed  from the  reserves for such
distributions.

         Dividends  payable by the Bank to the Company and dividends  payable by
the Company to stockholders  will be subject to various  additional  limitations
imposed by federal and state laws,  regulations and policies  adopted by federal
and state  regulatory  agencies.  The Bank will be  required  by federal  law to
obtain FDIC  approval for the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends
declared  by the Bank in any year exceed the total of the Bank's net profits (as
defined)  for that  year and the  retained  net  profits  (as  defined)  for the
preceding two years,  less any required  transfers to surplus.  Under New Jersey
law, the Bank may not pay dividends unless, following payment, the capital stock
of the Bank would be unimpaired and (a) the Bank will have a surplus of not less
than 50% of its capital  stock,  or, if not,  (b) the payment of such  dividends
will not reduce the surplus of the Bank.

         Under applicable regulations,  the Bank would be prohibited from making
any capital  distributions  if,  after making the  distribution,  the Bank would
have:  (i) a total  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 8.0%;  (ii) a Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio of less than 4.0%;  or (iii) a leverage  ratio of less
than 4.0%, unless a higher ratio is required by the Department.

     The Bank was in  compliance  with  both  the  FDIC and New  Jersey  capital
distribution  requirements  at June 30,  1998.  See  "Historical  and Pro  Forma
Capital Compliance."

         Qualified  Thrift Lender Test.  The Bank must  maintain an  appropriate
level of certain  investments  ("Qualified  Thrift  Investments")  and otherwise
qualify as a "Qualified  Thrift Lender"  ("QTL"),  in order to continue to enjoy
full borrowing privileges from the FHLB NY. The required percentage of Qualified
Thrift  Investments is 65% of portfolio assets.  In addition,  savings banks may
include  shares  of stock of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Banks,  FNMA and FHLMC as
qualifying  QTL  assets.  Compliance  with the QTL test is measured on a monthly
basis  in nine  out of every 12  months.  As of June 30,  1998,  the Bank was in
compliance with its QTL requirement.

         Transactions With Affiliates.  Generally,  restrictions on transactions
with affiliates require that transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be
on terms  as  favorable  to the Bank as  transactions  with  non-affiliates.  In
addition,  certain of these  transactions  are restricted to a percentage of the
Bank's  capital.  Collateral  in  specified  amounts must usually be provided by
affiliates  in order to receive  loans  from the Bank.  Within  certain  limits,
affiliates   are   permitted   to  receive  more   favorable   loan  terms  than
non-affiliates.


                                       65

<PAGE>



         Federal  Home  Loan Bank  System.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB NY,
which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank
for its members within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from funds
deposited  by its members and  proceeds  derived  from the sale of  consolidated
obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in
accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of
the FHLB. The FHLB imposes various  limitations on advances such as limiting the
amount of certain types of real estate  related  collateral to 30% of a member's
capital and limiting total advances to a member.

         As a member, we are required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB
NY in an  amount  equal  to at  least  1% of its  aggregate  unpaid  residential
mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar  obligations at the beginning
of each year.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  associations  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
in low and moderate income housing projects.

         Federal  Reserve System.  The Federal  Reserve  requires all depository
institutions  to maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves at  specified  levels
against  their  transaction  accounts  (primarily  checking,  NOW and  Super NOW
checking  accounts) and non-personal  time deposits.  At June 30, 1998, the Bank
met its reserve requirements.

Regulation of the Company

         General.  As a bank holding  company,  we will be subject to regulation
and  supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System and by
the Department. This regulation is generally intended to ensure that the Company
limits its activities to those allowed by law and that it operates in a safe and
sound manner without endangering the financial health of its subsidiary bank.

         Federal  Law and Other  Limitations.  A bank  holding  company  may not
acquire  direct or indirect  ownership  or control of more than 5% of the voting
shares of any bank,  or increase its  ownership or control of any bank,  without
prior approval of the Federal  Reserve.  In  determining  whether to authorize a
bank holding  company (or a company that will become a bank holding  company) to
acquire  control of a bank,  the Federal  Reserve takes into  consideration  the
financial and managerial resources of the bank holding company, as well as those
of the bank to be acquired,  and considers  whether the acquisition is likely to
have  anti-competitive  effects or other adverse effects. A bank holding company
may not acquire any bank located outside of the state in which the operations of
the  existing  bank  subsidiaries  of the bank holding  company are  principally
conducted  unless  specifically  authorized by applicable  state law. No federal
approval is required,  however,  for a bank holding  company  already  owning or
controlling  50% or more of the voting  shares of a bank to  acquire  additional
shares of that bank.

         Federal  law  also  prohibits  a bank  holding  company,  with  certain
exceptions, from acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that
is not a bank and from  engaging in any business  other than banking or managing
or controlling banks. The Federal Reserve is authorized to approve the ownership
of shares by a bank holding company in any company,  the activities of which the
Federal  Reserve  has  determined  to be so  closely  related  to  banking or to
managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In making such
determinations, the Federal Reserve is required to weigh

                                       66

<PAGE>



expected  benefits  to  the  public,  such  as  greater  convenience,  increased
competition or gains in efficiency,  against the possible adverse effects,  such
as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition,  conflicts
of interest or unsound banking practices.

         The Federal Reserve has determined that certain  activities are closely
related to  banking.  These  activities  include  those of  operating a mortgage
company,  a finance company, a credit card company, a factoring company, a trust
company or a savings association; performing certain data processing operations;
providing  limited  securities  brokerage  services;  acting as an investment or
financial advisor; leasing personal property on a full-payout (and, to a limited
extent, less than full-payout),  non-operating basis; providing tax planning and
preparation  services;  operating a collection  agency;  and  providing  certain
courier  services.  The Federal  Reserve also has determined  that certain other
activities,  including real estate brokerage and syndication,  land development,
property  management  and  underwriting  of life insurance not related to credit
transactions, are not proper activities for banks.

     Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.  The Federal Reserve has adopted capital
adequacy  guidelines  pursuant to which it assesses  the  adequacy of capital in
examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing  applications.
The Federal Reserve capital adequacy  guidelines are similar to those imposed on
the  Bank  by the  FDIC.  See  "Regulation  of the  Bank  -  Regulatory  Capital
Requirements."

         Commitments  to  Affiliated  Depository  Institutions.   Under  Federal
Reserve  policy,  the Company  will be expected to act as a source of  financial
strength  to  the  Bank  and  to  commit   resources  to  support  the  Bank  in
circumstances when it might not do so absent such policy. The enforceability and
precise  scope of this policy is unclear.  However,  should the Bank require the
support of additional capital resources, it is expected that the Company will be
required to respond with any such resources available to it.

         Restrictions   Applicable  to  New   Jersey-Chartered   Mutual  Holding
Companies. The Department is authorized to approve the reorganization of a state
chartered  savings bank to a mutual  savings bank holding  company.  The general
powers of a mutual  savings bank holding  company are similar to the  authorized
powers  of  New  Jersey  corporations,  subject  to  the  interpretation  of the
Department.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         Savings  institutions  are subject to the  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  in the same general  manner as
other  corporations.  Prior to  certain  changes  to the  Code in  1996,  thrift
institutions  enjoyed a tax  advantage  over banks with  respect to  determining
additions to its bad debt reserves. All thrift institutions, prior to 1996, were
generally  allowed a deduction  for  additions  to a reserve  for bad debts.  In
contrast,  only "small banks" (the average  adjusted bases of all assets of such
institution  equals $500 million or less) were allowed a similar  deduction  for
additions to their bad debt reserves.  In addition,  while small banks were only
allowed to use the experience  method in determining  their annual addition to a
bad debt reserve, all thrift institutions generally enjoyed a choice between (i)
the  percentage of taxable income method and, (ii) the  experience  method,  for
determining  the  annual  addition  to their bad debt  reserve.  This  choice of
methods provided a distinct  advantage to thrift  institutions  that continually
experienced little or no losses from bad debts,

                                       67

<PAGE>



over  small  banks  in a  similar  situation,  because  thrift  institutions  in
comparison  to small banks were  generally  allowed a greater tax  deduction  by
using the  percentage  of taxable  income  method  (rather  than the  experience
method) to determine their deductible addition to their bad debt reserves.

         The Code was revised in August 1996 to equalize  the taxation of thrift
institutions  and banks,  effective for taxable years  beginning after 1995. All
thrift institutions are now subject to the same provisions as banks with respect
to deductions  for bad debt.  Now only thrift  institutions  that are treated as
small  banks  under the Code may  continue  to account  for bad debts  under the
reserve method; however such institutions may only use the experience method for
determining  additions to their bad debt reserve.  Thrift  institutions that are
not treated as small  banks may no longer use the reserve  method to account for
their bad debts but must now use the specific charge-off method.

         The  revisions  to the  Code in 1996  also  provided  that  all  thrift
institutions  must generally  recapture any  "applicable  excess  reserves" into
their taxable income,  over a six year period beginning in 1996;  however,  such
recapture  may be  delayed  up to two  years  if a  thrift  institution  meets a
residential-lending  test. Generally,  a thrift institution's  applicable excess
reserves equals the excess of (i) the balance of its bad debt reserves as of the
close of its  taxable  year  beginning  before  January 1,  1996,  over (ii) the
balance of such  reserves  as of the close of its last  taxable  year  beginning
before  January 1, 1988  ("pre-  1988  reserves").  The Bank will be required to
recapture $1.2 million of applicable excess reserve.

         In addition,  all thrift  institutions  must  continue to keep track of
their pre-1988  reserves because this amount remains subject to recapture in the
future under the Code. A thrift institution such as the Bank, would generally be
required to recapture into its taxable income its pre-1988  reserves in the case
of certain excess  distributions to, and redemptions of the Bank's shareholders.
For  taxable  years after  1995,  the Bank will  continue to account for its bad
debts under the reserve  method.  The  balance of the Bank's  pre-1988  reserves
equaled $3.1 million.

   
         The Company may  generally  exclude  from its income 100% of  dividends
received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.
A 70% dividends  received deduction ^ applies with respect to dividends received
from corporations that are not members of such affiliated group.
    

         The Bank's  federal income tax returns for the last five tax years have
not been audited by the IRS.

State Taxation

   
         The Bank files New Jersey income tax returns. ^ Generally, the income ^
of savings  institutions ^ in New Jersey,  which is calculated  based on federal
taxable income,  subject to certain  adjustments,  is subject to New Jersey tax.
The Bank is not currently  under audit with respect to its New Jersey income tax
returns and the^ Bank's  state tax  returns  have not been  audited for the past
five years.

         The Company will be required to file a New Jersey income tax return and
will  generally be subject to a state  income tax rate that is currently  higher
than income tax rates for savings  institutions in New Jersey.  However,  if the
Company meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a
New Jersey  Investment  Company,  which would allow the Company to be taxed at a
rate that is currently  lower than income tax rates for savings  institutions in
New Jersey.
    


                                       68

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

         Our board of  directors is composed of nine members each of whom serves
for a term of three years, with approximately one-third of the directors elected
each year.  Our proposed  certificate of  incorporation  and bylaws require that
directors be divided into three classes,  as nearly equal in number as possible.
Our  officers  are  elected  annually  by our  board  and  serve at the  board's
discretion.  These same provisions apply to the Bank and mutual holding company,
which will have the same directors and executive officers that we have.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the reorganization.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Age at                                                                   Current
                          December 31,                                            Director             Term
        Directors             1997                       Position                   Since           Expires(1)
- --------------------   -------------------   --------------------------------   -------------       ----------
<S>                            <C>          <C>                                    <C>                <C> 
Susan E. Naruk                 44            Director, President and                1991               2000
                                             Chief Executive Officer
Nelson Fiordalisi              50            Director, Executive Vice               1987               1999
                                             President and Chief
                                             Operating Officer
Michael W. Azzara              50            Director                               1989               2000
Jerome Goodman                 61            Director                               1989               2000
Bernard J. Hoogland            54            Director                               1992               1999
John Kandravy                  62            Director                               1995               1999
Robert S. Monteith             73            Director                               1981               2001
John J. Repetto                73             Director                              1975               2001
Paul W. Thornwall              57            Director                               1995               2001
John Scognamiglio              42            Senior Vice President and               N/A                N/A
                                             Chief Financial Officer
Jean M. Miller                 51            Senior Vice President and               N/A                N/A
                                             Chief Lending Officer


</TABLE>

- -------------------
(1)      The  terms for  directors  of the  Company  and the MHC are the same as
         those of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey.


         The  business  experience  for  the  past  five  years  of  each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:

     Michael W. Azzara has been a member of the Board since 1989.  Mr. Azzara is
the President of The Valley Hospital and the Valley Health System, Inc., both in
Ridgewood,  New  Jersey.  He is also a  member  of the  board  of  directors  of
Princeton Insurance Co. and Health Care Insurance Co.


                                       69

<PAGE>



         Nelson  Fiordalisi  has  been a  member  of the  Board  since  1987 and
employed by the Bank since 1986. Mr.  Fiordalisi is the Executive Vice President
and Chief  Operating  Officer of the Bank. He is a trustee,  past  president and
co-founder of the  Ho-Ho-Kus  Education  Foundation,  a member of the Ho- Ho-Kus
300th  Anniversary  Committee,  the  Ho-Ho-Kus  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the
Financial Managers Society.

     Jerome  Goodman has been a member of the Board since 1989. Mr. Goodman is a
Certified  Public  Accountant and a Partner of Flackman,  Goodman & Potter PA in
Ridgewood, New Jersey.

     Bernard J. Hoogland has been a member of the Board since 1992. Mr. Hoogland
is the Vice President of Ridgewood Associates, a securities firm in Paramus, New
Jersey.

     John Kandravy has been a member of the Board since 1995. Mr. Kandravy is an
attorney and a Partner of Shanley & Fisher,  P.C. in Morristown,  New Jersey. He
is a trustee  and a Vice  Chairman of The Valley  Hospital,  a trustee of Valley
Health  System,  Inc.,  and The Forum  School,  trustee and the President of The
Forum School  Foundation,  and a trustee of Children's Aid and Family  Services,
Inc.

     Robert S. Monteith has been a member of the Board of Directors  since 1981.
Mr.  Monteith  is the past  President  of the Bank and is now  retired.  He is a
member  of  the  board  of  associates  of  Sacred  Heart  Hospital,  Allentown,
Pennsylvania.

         Susan E. Naruk has been a member of the Board of Directors  since 1991.
Ms. Naruk has been the President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank since
1991. Previously, she was a senior vice president with Warwick Savings Bank. Ms.
Naruk  began her banking  career as a lending  officer in the  national  banking
group of  Citibank,  N.A.  and  served as a vice  president  and team  leader in
corporate banking for Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. She is a member of the board of
directors of the YWCA of Bergen  County,  a trustee and the First Vice President
of the Western  Bergen Mental Health Care, a trustee of the Bankers  Cooperative
Group  and a member  of the  board of  governors  of the New  Jersey  League  of
Community  and Savings  Bankers.  She is a past  President  of the  Northern New
Jersey Savings League.

     John J. Repetto has been a member of the Board of Directors since 1975. Mr.
Repetto is the Real Estate  Manager for Marron  Enterprises  in  Ho-Ho-Kus,  New
Jersey.

     Paul W.  Thornwall has been a member of the Board of Directors  since 1995.
Mr.  Thornwall is an attorney and owner of the  Thornwall Law Firm in Glen Rock,
New Jersey. He is the past president of the Ridgewood Rotary Club.

     John  Scognamiglio  is a Senior  Vice  President  and the  Chief  Financial
Officer of the Bank, where he has been employed since 1992. Mr.  Scognamiglio is
a member of St. Mary's Parish Council and the Financial Managers Society.

     Jean M. Miller is a Senior Vice President and the Chief Lending  Officer of
the Bank,  where she has been employed since 1992. Ms. Miller is a member of the
International Credit Council and the Ridgewood Chamber of Commerce.



                                       70

<PAGE>



Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

         The board of directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
board and through  activities of its committees.  During the year ended December
31, 1997, the board of directors held 12 regular meetings.  No director attended
fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on
which such director served during the year ended December 31, 1997. The Bank has
standing Nominating,  Audit and Personnel (Compensation)  Committees, as well as
other standing committees such as the Strategic Planning,  Year 2000 Compliance,
Executive, and Asset Liability Committees.

         The  Nominating  Committee of the Bank consists of Directors  Monteith,
Naruk,  Repetto and Thornwall.  The Committee  presents its  recommendations  of
nominees for Directors to the full Board for nomination.  The Committee met once
during the year ended December 31, 1997.

         The Audit Committee of the Bank consists of Directors Goodman, Monteith
and Thornwall.  The Audit Committee meets at least  semi-annually and meets with
the Bank's independent certified public accountants to review the results of the
annual  audit and other  related  matters.  The Audit  Committee  met four times
during the year ended December 31, 1997

         The  Personnel   (Compensation)  Committee  of  the  Bank  consists  of
Directors Azzara,  Hoogland,  Naruk and Thornwall.  The Committee meets at least
annually  to  review  the  performance  and  remuneration  of the  officers  and
employees  of the Bank.  The  Committee  met three  times  during the year ended
December 31, 1997.

Director Compensation

   
         During 1997 each  non-management  director was paid a fee of $1,250 for
each Board meeting  attended and each Director  Emeritus was paid $500 per Board
meeting attended.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors,  the position of
Director  Emeritus is filled by former  directors who have retired and no longer
serve  as a  director  because  they are no  longer  willing  or able to  attend
meetings on the basis  expected by the members of the Board of  Directors of the
Bank. A Director  Emeritus is not engaged to work on specific projects but, more
generally,  to provide advice due to their  extensive  experience.  In 1998, the
non-management  director  fees were  increased to $1,350 for each Board  meeting
attended.   The  fees  for  a  Director   Emeritus  were  not  increased.   Each
non-management  director  member of the Loan Review  Committee  and the Property
Inspection  Committee was paid $50 per respective  Committee  meeting  attended.
Directors are not paid a fee for attending any other committee meetings nor will
they be paid a fee for attending the Company Board meetings. The total fees paid
to the  directors  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997  were  approximately
$182,000 consisting of $141,000 in Board fees, $33,000 in Life/Health  Insurance
(including  $6,000  for  former  President  Schletzer)  and  $8,000  to the Loan
Committee.
    

         Directors  Consultant  and  Retirement  Plan ("DRP").  The DRP provides
retirement  benefits  to  directors  following   retirement  after  age  60  and
completion  of at least 10 years of  service.  If a director  agrees to become a
consulting  director  to our board  upon  retirement,  he or she will  receive a
monthly  payment  equal to between 50% and 80% of the Board fee in effect at the
date of retirement  for a period of 120 months;  such level of benefits is based
upon years of prior  service as of the  retirement  date  (i.e.,  50% with 10-15
years,  60% with up to 20 years,  70% with up to 25 years and 80% with more than
25

                                       71

<PAGE>



years  of  service).  Benefits  under  our  DRP  will  begin  upon a  director's
retirement.  In the event there is a change in control,  all  directors  will be
presumed  to have not  less  than 10 years of  service  and each  director  will
receive  a lump sum  payment  equal to the  present  value  of  future  benefits
payable.

Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash compensation awarded to or earned by our chief executive officer, chief
operating officer and chief financial officer for the three years ended December
31, 1997.
                                        Annual Compensation
                              ---------------------------------------
                                                      Other Annual  All other
                                                      Compensation Compensation
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary    Bonus       (1)         (2)
- ---------------------------   ----   ------    -----      -----    ------------

Susan E. Naruk, President     1997  $155,000  $25,000     $ --       $3,661
and Chief Executive Officer   1996   125,000   20,000       --        2,946
                              1995   115,000   16,000       --        2,626

Nelson Fiordalisi, Executive  1997   108,450   15,000       --        2,501
Vice President and Chief      1996    93,000   12,000       --        2,116
Operating Officer             1995    90,000   11,000       --        2,028

John Scognamiglio, Senior     1997    88,000   13,000       --        2,029
Vice President and Chief      1996    82,700   11,000       --        1,883
Financial Officer             1995    80,000    9,100       --        1,784



- --------------------
(1)      The Bank  provides  an  automobile  and  group  term  life for  certain
         officers.  The value of these  benefits  do not  exceed  the  lesser of
         $50,000 or 10% of total salary and bonus.
(2)      Consists of company contributions and matching  contributions under the
         401(k) plan.  Additionally,  the individual  participates  in a defined
         benefit  pension  plan  whereby a  benefit  of up to  33-1/3%  of final
         average earnings is payable at age 65 with 10 or more years of service.
         Also,   each   individual   participates   in  the   SERP   Plan.   See
         "--Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan".

         Employment  Agreements.  We have entered into an  employment  agreement
with our  President,  Ms.  Susan E. Naruk.  Ms.  Naruk's  base salary  under the
employment  agreement is $157,500.  The employment agreement has a term of three
years.  The  agreement  is  terminable  by us for "just cause" as defined in the
agreement.  If we  terminate  Ms. Naruk  without  just cause,  Ms. Naruk will be
entitled to a continuation  of her salary from the date of  termination  through
the  remaining  term of the  agreement.  The  employment  agreement  contains  a
provision  stating  that  in the  event  of the  termination  of  employment  in
connection  with any change in control of us, Ms.  Naruk will be paid a lump sum
amount  equal  to  2.999  times  her  five  year  average  annual  taxable  cash
compensation.  If a payment had been made under the agreement as of December 31,
1997,  the payment  would have equaled  approximately  $418,000.  The  aggregate
payment  that  would  have been made to Ms.  Naruk  would be an  expense  to us,
thereby  reducing our net income and our capital by that amount.  The  agreement
may be renewed

                                       72

<PAGE>



annually  by our  board  of  directors  upon  a  determination  of  satisfactory
performance  within the board's  sole  discretion.  If Ms.  Naruk  shall  become
disabled during the term of the agreement, she shall continue to receive payment
of 100% of the base  salary for a period of 6 months and 50% of such base salary
for an  additional  six  months.  Such  payments  shall be  reduced by any other
benefit  payments  made  under  other  disability  programs  in  effect  for our
employees.  Similar  agreements  have  been  implemented  for our  other  senior
officers including Mr. Nelson Fiordalisi,  Executive Vice President and Mr. John
Scognamiglio,  Senior Vice  President.  Payment to each such  individual  upon a
change in control is limited to 200% of the average annual compensation over the
prior 36 month taxable  compensation period. As of December 31, 1997, payment to
Mr.  Fiordalisi and to Mr.  Scognamiglio  would have been $221,000 and $188,000,
respectively, had there been a change in control as of that date.

         Supplemental   Executive   Retirement   Plan.  We  have  implemented  a
supplemental  executive  retirement  plan ("SERP") for the benefit of our senior
officers, including Susan E. Naruk, Nelson Fiordalisi and John Scognamiglio. The
SERP provides that the participant may receive  additional  retirement income in
addition to benefits  payable  under the Bank's  defined  benefit  pension plan.
Benefits  under the SERP are  calculated as 60% of final  average  earnings upon
retirement  at age 65,  reduced by  benefits  payable  under the Bank's  defined
benefit pension plan and Social Security benefits. Benefits payable prior to age
65 will be reduced by 1% per month of early  retirement.  Upon a termination  of
employment  following a change in control,  the participant  will be presumed to
have attained not less than the minimum retirement age under the SERP.  Payments
under the SERP will be  accrued  for  financial  reporting  purposes  during the
period of employment of the participant. At June 30, 1998, approximately $12,000
has been accrued and recognized as an expense.  The SERP shall be unfunded.  All
benefits payable under the SERP will be paid from our current assets.  There are
no tax consequences to either the participant or us related to the SERP prior to
payment of benefits.  Upon receipt of payment of benefits,  the participant will
recognize taxable ordinary income in the amount of such payments received and we
will be entitled  to  recognize a  tax-deductible  compensation  expense at that
time.

          Employee Stock Ownership  Plan. We have  established an employee stock
ownership plan, the ESOP, for the exclusive  benefit of participating  employees
of  ours,  to  be  implemented  upon  the  completion  of  the   reorganization.
Participating  employees are  employees  who have  completed one year of service
with us or our subsidiary and have attained the age of 21. An application  for a
letter  of  determination  as to the  tax-qualified  status  of the ESOP will be
submitted to the IRS.  Although no assurances  can be given,  we expect that the
ESOP will receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.

   
         The ESOP is to be funded by contributions  made by us in cash or common
stock.  Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. In
accordance  with the plan, the ESOP may borrow funds with which to acquire up to
8% of the common stock to be issued in the offering.  The ESOP intends to borrow
funds from the Company. The loan is expected to be for a term of ten years at an
annual  interest  rate equal to the prime rate as  published  in The Wall Street
Journal. Presently it is anticipated that the ESOP will purchase up to 8% of the
common stock to be issued in the offering (i.e., ^ 112,800 shares,  based on the
midpoint  of the  offering  range).  The  loan  will be  secured  by the  shares
purchased and earnings of ESOP assets.  Shares purchased with such loan proceeds
will be held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan
is repaid. It is anticipated that all such contributions will be tax-deductible.
This loan is expected to be fully repaid in approximately 10 years.

         ^ The  ESOP  may  purchase  some or all of the  shares  covered  by its
subscription after the offering in the open market.
    


                                       73

<PAGE>



         Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account
will be allocated  among  participants on the basis of total  compensation.  All
participants  must be  employed  at least  1,000  hours in a plan year,  or have
terminated  employment  following death,  disability or retirement,  in order to
receive an allocation.  Participant  benefits become vested in plan  allocations
following  five years of service.  Employment  prior to the adoption of the ESOP
shall be credited for the purposes of vesting. Our contributions to the ESOP are
discretionary  and  may  cause a  reduction  in  other  forms  of  compensation.
Therefore, benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be estimated.

         The board of directors has appointed the non-employee  directors to the
ESOP  Committee  to  administer  the  ESOP  and to  serve  as the  initial  ESOP
Directors. The ESOP Directors must vote all allocated shares held in the ESOP in
accordance with the  instructions of the  participating  employees.  Unallocated
shares and  allocated  shares for which no timely  direction is received will be
voted by the ESOP  Directors  as directed by the board of  directors or the ESOP
Committee, subject to the Directors' fiduciary duties.

         401(k)  Savings  Plan.  The  Bank  sponsors  a  tax-qualified   defined
contribution  savings  plan  ("401(k)  Plan") for the benefit of its  employees.
Employees  become  eligible to participate  under the 401(k) Plan after reaching
age 21 and completing one year of service.  Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may
voluntarily  elect to defer  between 1% and 18% of  compensation,  not to exceed
applicable  limits  under the Code  (i.e.,  $9,500 in calendar  1997).  The Bank
matches 50% of the first 4% of employee  contributions.  Employee  and  matching
contributions  immediately  vest.  The Bank  intends to amend the 401(k) Plan to
permit voluntary  investments of plan assets by participants in the common stock
in, and following, the offering.

         Benefits are payable upon termination of employment, retirement, death,
disability, or plan termination.  Normal retirement age under the 401(k) Plan is
65.  Additionally,   funds  under  the  401(k)  Plan  may  be  distributed  upon
application  to  the  plan  administrator  upon  severe  financial  hardship  in
accordance  with uniform  guidelines  which  comply with those  specified by the
Code.  It is  intended  that the  401(k)  Plan  operate in  compliance  with the
provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), and the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code.

         Costs  associated  with the 401(k) Plan were  approximately  $9,000 and
$20,000, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended
December 31, 1997.  Contributions  to the 401(k) Plan by the Bank for  employees
may be reduced in the future or eliminated as a result of contributions  made to
the Employee Stock Ownership Plan. See "-Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

Potential Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock Option Plans.  Following the offering, we intend to adopt a stock
option plan for directors and key employees.  No plan will be adopted within one
year after the  reorganization.  Any plan adopted will be subject to stockholder
approval and  applicable  laws. Any plan adopted after the  reorganization  will
require the  approval of a majority of our  stockholders,  other than the mutual
holding  company.  Up to 10% of the shares of common  stock sold in the offering
will be reserved for issuance  under the stock  option plan.  No  determinations
have been made as to the specific  terms of, or awards  under,  the stock option
plan.

         The  purpose of the stock  option  plan will be to  attract  and retain
qualified  personnel in key  positions,  provide  officers,  key  employees  and
directors with a proprietary interest in the Company as

                                       74

<PAGE>



   
an incentive to contribute to our success and reward  officers and key employees
for  outstanding  performance.  Although the terms of the stock option plan have
not yet been determined,  it is expected that the stock option plan will provide
for the grant of: (i) options to purchase the common  stock  intended to qualify
as incentive  stock options under the Code (incentive  stock options);  and (ii)
options that do not so qualify  (non-statutory  stock options).  Incentive stock
options differ from non-statutory  stock options in that incentive stock options
can only be granted to employees and provide more  favorable  long-term  capital
gains tax treatment to the employee.  The exercise of an incentive  stock option
does not result in a taxable event to the employee.  Non-statutory stock options
are available for others, such as non-employee-directors, and result in ordinary
income to the director upon exercise of the option.  However, our deductions for
compensation  expense render  incentive stock options less beneficial to us than
non-statutory stock options. Any stock option plans would be in effect for up to
ten years from the earlier of adoption by the board of  directors or approval by
the stockholders.

         Stock  Programs.  Following the  offering,  we also intend to establish
stock programs to provide our officers and outside  directors with a proprietary
interest in the  Company.  The stock  programs  are  expected to provide for the
award  (at no cost  to the  recipient)  of  common  stock,  subject  to  vesting
restrictions,  to eligible officers,  employees and directors. The adoption of a
stock program will not be adopted within one year after the  reorganization  and
will be subject to appropriate  stockholder  approval and  applicable  laws. Any
plan adopted after the  reorganization  would require the approval of a majority
of our stockholders other than the mutual holding company.
    

         We expect to  contribute  funds to stock  programs to  acquire,  in the
aggregate,  up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  Shares
used to fund the stock programs may be acquired through open market purchases or
from authorized but unissued shares. No determinations  have been made as to the
specific terms of stock programs.

   
         Once the offering is complete, existing stockholders suffer dilution of
their  ownership  interest if shares are issued out of  authorized  but unissued
shares for either the stock programs or stock option plans.  In this event,  the
dilution  resulting  from a 4% stock  program  would  be 3.8%  and the  dilution
resulting from a 10% stock option plan would be 9.1%.
    

Transactions with Management and Others

         No directors,  executive  officers or immediate  family members of such
individuals  were  engaged  in  transactions  with  the  Bank or any  subsidiary
involving  more than  $60,000  (other than through a loan) during the year ended
December 31, 1997. Furthermore,  the Bank had no "interlocking" relationships in
which (i) any  executive  officer  is a member of the board of  directors  or of
another entity, one of whose executive officers are a member of the Bank's board
of  directors,  or  where  (ii)  any  executive  officer  is  a  member  of  the
compensation  committee of another entity,  one of whose executive officers is a
member of the Bank's board of directors.

         The Bank has followed the policy of offering residential mortgage loans
for the financing of personal residences, share loans, and consumer loans to its
officers,  directors  and  employees.  Loans are made in the ordinary  course of
business and also made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including
interest rate and collateral,  as those of comparable transactions prevailing at
the time with other  persons,  and do not  include  more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features.


                                       75

<PAGE>



         As  of  June  30,  1998,  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  loans
outstanding to all directors, executive officers and immediate family members of
such individuals was $180,000.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management

   
         The following  table sets forth for each of the directors and executive
officers  of the Bank and for all such  directors  and  executive  officers as a
group  (including in each case all  "associates"  of such persons) the number of
shares of common stock which such person or group intends to purchase,  assuming
the sale of ^ 1,410,000  shares of common stock at ^ $7.00 per share.  The table
includes  purchases to be made through the Bank's 401(k) Savings Plan. The table
does not  include  purchases  by the ESOP (8% of the  common  stock  sold in the
offering or ^ 112,800 shares),  and does not take into account any stock benefit
plans adopted no sooner than one year following the reorganization
    
 -See "Management of the Bank - Potential Stock Benefit Plans."
   
                                                              Percentage of ^
                        Total Number       Total Dollar      1,410,000 Total
                          of Shares       Amount of Shares   Shares Sold in 
                       to be Purchased    to be Purchased    the Offering(1)
                       ---------------    ---------------    ---------------


Susan E. Naruk            ^ 28,571         $  200,000               ^ 2.0
Nelson Fiordalisi         ^ 28,571            200,000               ^ 2.0
Michael W. Azzara         ^ 10,714             75,000                   *
Jerome Goodman            ^ 28,571            200,000               ^ 2.0
Bernard J. Hoogland       ^ 17,142            120,000               ^ 1.2
John Kandravy              ^ 7,142             50,000                   *
Robert S. Monteith        ^  1,428             10,000                   *
John J. Repetto              ^ 714              5,000                   *
Paul W. Thornwall        ^  28,571            200,000               ^ 2.0
John Scognamiglio         ^ 28,571            200,000               ^ 2.0
Jean M. Miller             ^ 7,142             50,000                   *
                        ----------         ----------                ----
         Total           ^ 187,137         $1,310,000              ^ 13.3
    




*        Less than 1.0%

   

(1)  In the event the  stockholders  of the Company  approve  the stock  benefit
     plans as discussed  in this  prospectus  (stock  programs (4% of the common
     stock sold in the  offering)  and the stock option plans (10% of the common
     stock  sold in the  offering)),  and all of the  common  stock  is  awarded
     pursuant  to  the  stock  benefit  plans  and  all  options  are  exercised
     (increasing  the number of  outstanding  shares),  directors  and executive
     officers would own ^ 384,537 or ^ 24.8% of the shares of common stock owned
     by  persons  other  than the mutual  holding  company  ^(12.2% of the total
     shares outstanding, including those held by the mutual holding company). If
     fewer  than  ^  1,410,000  shares  were  publicly  sold,  these  percentage
     ownership estimates would increase. See "- Potential Stock Benefit Plans."
    

                               THE REORGANIZATION

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK HAS ADOPTED THE PLAN
AUTHORIZING THE REORGANIZATION, SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE

                                       76

<PAGE>



DEPARTMENT,  THE NON-OBJECTION OF THE FDIC AND RATIFICATION OF THE DEPOSITORS OF
THE BANK AND THE SATISFACTION OF CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS.  DEPARTMENT  APPROVAL
DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  A  RECOMMENDATION  OR  ENDORSEMENT  OF  THE  PLAN  BY THE
DEPARTMENT.

General

   
         On June 22,  1998,  the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the plan
of reorganization and stock issuance which was subsequently amended, pursuant to
which the Bank  proposes  to  reorganize  from a New  Jersey  chartered,  mutual
savings bank to a New Jersey  chartered  stock savings bank.  The Bank will be a
wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company,  the majority of whose shares are to be
owned by the MHC. Concurrently with the reorganization,  the Company will sell a
minority percentage of its common stock in the offering to the Bank's depositors
and members of the general public.  The Board of Directors  unanimously  adopted
the ^ plan after  consideration  of the advantages and the  disadvantages of the
reorganization  and  offering  and  alternative  transactions,  including a full
conversion from the mutual to stock form of organization.  Following the receipt
of all required regulatory approvals, the approval of the plan by the Bank's and
the satisfaction of all other conditions  precedent to the  reorganization,  the
Bank will effect the  reorganization  (i) by  exchanging  its New Jersey  mutual
savings bank charter for a New Jersey stock  savings bank charter and becoming a
wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company  and  the  Company  then  becoming  a
majority-owned  subsidiary  of the MHC,  and having the  depositors  of the Bank
receive  such  liquidation  interests in the MHC as they have in the Bank before
the  reorganization;  or (ii) in any other  manner  consistent  with the plan or
reorganization   and   applicable   regulations.   See   "Description   of   the
Reorganization."  On the effective  date, the Company will commence  business as
Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc., a bank holding company,  and the Bank will commence
business as Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey, a New  Jersey-chartered  stock
savings bank, and the MHC will commence  business as Ridgewood  Financial,  MHC,
majority owner of the common stock of the Company.  The  reorganization  will be
accomplished  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the  plan,  the
requirements  of  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  and the  policies  of the
Department.
    

         For additional information concerning the offering, see "The Offering."

Purposes of the Reorganization

         The  Board  of   Directors  of  the  Bank  has   determined   that  the
reorganization  is in the best  interest  of the Bank and has  several  business
purposes for the reorganization.

   
         The reorganization  will structure the Bank in the stock form, which is
the form used by  commercial  banks,  most major  business  corporations  and an
increasing  number of savings  institutions.  Formation of the Bank as a capital
stock  savings bank  subsidiary  of the Company will permit the Company to issue
common stock, which is a source of capital not available to mutual savings banks
or savings and loan  associations.  At the same time,  the Bank's mutual form of
ownership  will be preserved  in the MHC, and the MHC, as a mutual  corporation,
will  control at least a majority of the common  stock of the Company so long as
the MHC remains in existence as a mutual  institution.  The reorganization  will
enable the Bank to achieve certain benefits of a stock company without a loss of
control that sometimes  follows standard  conversions from mutual to stock form.
Sales of locally based,  independent  savings  institutions to larger,  regional
financial  institutions following such mutual to stock conversions can result in
closed branches,  fewer choices for consumers,  employee layoffs and the loss of
community  support  and  involvement  by a  financial  institution.  The Bank is
committed to being an independent, community-oriented institution, and the Board
of Directors believes that the mutual holding company
    

                                       77

<PAGE>



structure is best suited for this purpose.  The mutual holding company structure
also will give the  Company  flexibility  to issue its  common  stock at various
times and in  varying  amounts as market  conditions  permit,  rather  than in a
single  stock  offering.  The MHC may  convert  from  mutual  to  stock  form of
organization in the future. The holding company form of organization is expected
to provide  additional  flexibility to diversify the Bank's business  activities
through  existing or newly formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions of or
mergers with other financial institutions,  as well as other companies. Although
the Bank has no current arrangements, understandings or agreements regarding any
such  opportunities,  the Company will be in a position after the reorganization
and offering,  subject to  regulatory  limitations  and the Company's  financial
position, to take advantage of any such opportunities that may arise.

   
         The  Company is offering  for sale up to 47% of the common  stock in an
offering at an aggregate price based upon an independent appraisal. The proceeds
from the sale of common  stock of the  Company  will  provide  the Bank with new
equity   capital,   which  will  support  future  deposit  growth  and  expanded
operations. The ability of the Company to sell common stock also will enable the
Company and the Bank to increase capital in response to ^ any future  regulatory
capital  requirement  levels.  While the Bank  currently  meets or  exceeds  all
regulatory capital requirements, the sale of common stock in connection with the
reorganization, coupled with the accumulation of any earnings (net of dividends)
from year to year, represents a means for the orderly preservation and expansion
of the Bank's  capital  base,  and allows  flexibility  to respond to sudden and
unanticipated   capital  needs.  After  the  reorganization,   the  Company  may
repurchase common stock. The investment of the net proceeds of the offering also
will provide  additional  income to enhance  further the Bank's  future  capital
position.
    

         The ability of the Company to issue common stock also will enable it in
the future to establish  stock benefit plans for management and employees of the
Company and the Bank, including incentive stock option plans, stock award plans,
and employee stock ownership plans.

         The  formation  of the  Company  also will allow the  Company to borrow
funds, on a secured and unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a
private  placement.  The proceeds of any such borrowings or debt issuance may be
contributed to the Bank as core capital for  regulatory  capital  purposes.  The
Company  has not made a  determination  to  borrow  funds  or issue  debt at the
present time.

         The Board of  Directors  believes  that these  advantages  outweigh the
potential disadvantages of the mutual holding company structure,  which include:
the inability of the Company to sell stock  representing more than 49.99% of its
estimated  pro forma market value so long as the MHC remains in  existence;  the
more limited  liquidity of the common stock,  as compared to a full  conversion;
and the  inability  of  stockholders  other  than the MHC to  obtain a  majority
ownership of the Company  which may result in the  perpetuation  of the existing
management  and Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.  The MHC will be
able to elect all members of the Board of Directors of the Company,  and will be
able to control the outcome of all matters  presented to the stockholders of the
Company for resolution by vote,  except for matters which by regulation  must be
approved  by a majority of the shares  owned by persons  other than the MHC (the
"minority   stockholders"),   including   certain  matters   relating  to  stock
compensation plans and certain votes regarding a conversion to stock form by the
MHC. No assurance can be given that the Company will not take action  adverse to
the interests of the minority stockholders.  For example, the Company can revise
the  dividend  policy,  prevent  the sale of control of the  Company or defeat a
candidate for the Board of Directors of the Company or other  proposal put forth
by the minority stockholders.



                                       78

<PAGE>



Description of the Reorganization

         Following receipt of all required regulatory approvals and ratification
of the plan of reorganization by the voting depositors,  the reorganization will
be effected by a series of mergers or in any manner  approved by the  Department
that  is  consistent  with  the  purposes  of the  plan  of  reorganization  and
applicable  laws and  regulations.  The  Bank's  intention  is to  complete  the
reorganization  using a series  of  mergers,  although  it may  elect to use any
method consistent with applicable regulations, subject to Department approval.

         For a detailed description of the merger structure,  see "- Federal and
State  Tax  Consequences  of  the  Reorganization."  Upon  consummation  of  the
reorganization,  the  legal  existence  of the  Bank  will  not  terminate,  the
converted  stock bank will be a continuation of the Bank and all property of the
Bank,  including  its right,  title,  and interest in and to all property of any
kind and nature,  interest and asset of every  conceivable value or benefit then
existing or pertaining to the Bank, or which would inure to the Bank immediately
by operation of law and without the necessity of any  conveyance or transfer and
without any further  act or deed,  will  continue to be owned by the Bank as the
survivor of the merger.  The Bank will  possess,  hold and enjoy the same in its
right  and  fully and to the same  extent  as the same was  possessed,  held and
enjoyed  by the  Bank.  The Bank  will  continue  to have,  succeed  to,  and be
responsible  for all the rights,  liabilities,  and  obligations of the Bank and
will maintain its headquarters operations at the Bank's present location.

         The foregoing  description  of the  reorganization  is qualified in its
entirety by  reference  to the plan and the charter and bylaws of the Bank,  the
MHC and the Company to be effective upon consummation of the reorganization.

Effects of the Reorganization

         General.  The  reorganization  will not have any  effect on the  Bank's
present  business of  accepting  deposits and  investing  its funds in loans and
other investments  permitted by law. The  reorganization  will not result in any
change in the existing  services  provided to depositors  and  borrowers,  or in
existing offices,  management, and staff. Upon completion of the reorganization,
the Bank will continue to be subject to regulation, supervision, and examination
by the Department and the FDIC.

         Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in the Bank at the
time of the reorganization  will continue as an account holder in the Bank after
the reorganization,  and the reorganization will not affect the deposit balance,
interest  rate,  and other terms of such  accounts.  Each such  account  will be
insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the reorganization.  Depositors
will continue to hold their existing certificates,  passbooks,  checkbooks,  and
other evidence of their accounts.  The reorganization  will not affect the loans
of any borrower from the Bank.  The amount,  interest rate,  maturity,  security
for, and  obligations  under each loan will remain  contractually  fixed as they
existed prior to the  reorganization.  See "- Voting  Rights" and "- Liquidation
Rights"  below for a  discussion  of the  effects of the  reorganization  on the
voting and liquidation rights of the depositors and borrowers of the Bank.

         Voting Rights. As a New Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank, the Bank
has no authority to issue capital stock and thus,  no  stockholders.  Control of
the Bank in its  mutual  form is vested in the Board of  Directors  of the Bank.
Although they have no statutory right,  certain qualifying holders of the Bank's
savings,  demand,  or other authorized  accounts will be given an opportunity to
vote on the

                                       79

<PAGE>



reorganization.  In the  consideration  of the  reorganization,  each  holder of
qualifying  account is  permitted  to cast one vote for each $100,  or  fraction
thereof, of the withdrawal value of the voting depositor's account.

         After the  reorganization,  the  affairs  of the Bank will be under the
direction  of the Board of  Directors of the Company and the Bank and all voting
rights  as to  the  Bank  will  be  vested  exclusively  in the  holders  of the
outstanding  voting capital stock of the Company,  which  initially will consist
exclusively  of common  stock.  By virtue of its  ownership of a majority of the
outstanding shares of common stock, the MHC will be able to elect all members of
the Board of Directors of the Company and generally  will be able to control the
outcome  of most  matters  presented  to the  stockholders  of the  Company  for
resolution by vote,  excluding  certain matters where shares held by the MHC are
not counted.

   
         The MHC will be  controlled  by its  Board  of  Directors,  which  will
initially consist of the current directors of the Bank. Under the mutual form of
ownership,  current directors elect new directors, which can perpetuate existing
management  and control of the MHC, the Company and the Bank.  All depositors of
the Bank at the  time of the  reorganization  will  become  members  of and have
voting rights in the MHC as long as they hold deposit accounts at the Bank.
    

         Liquidation Rights. In the unlikely event of a complete  liquidation of
the Bank in its present mutual form, existing holders of deposit accounts of the
Bank would be entitled to share in a liquidating  distribution after the payment
of claims of all creditors  (including the claims of all account  holders to the
withdrawal  value of their  accounts).  Each account  holder's pro rata share of
such  liquidating  distribution  would be in the same proportion as the value of
his or her deposit  accounts  was to the total value of all deposit  accounts in
the Bank at the time of liquidation.

   
         Upon a complete  liquidation of the Bank after the reorganization,  the
Company,  as holder of the Bank's common stock,  would be entitled to any assets
remaining upon a liquidation or  dissolution of the Bank.  Each depositor  would
not have a claim in the assets of the Bank. However, upon a complete liquidation
of the MHC after the reorganization, each depositor would have a claim up to the
pro rata value of his or her accounts,  in the assets of the MHC remaining after
the  claims  of the  creditors  of the MHC are  satisfied.  Depositors  who have
liquidation  rights in the Bank  immediately  prior to the  reorganization  will
continue to have such rights in the MHC after the  reorganization for so long as
they  maintain  deposit  accounts  in the Bank after the  reorganization.  These
liquidation  rights are  evidenced  through a  liquidation  account that will be
established as a memorandum account, rather than as a formal reserve.
    

         Upon a complete  liquidation  of the Company,  each holder of shares of
the common stock would be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the  Company's
assets,  following  payment  of all  debts,  liabilities  and  claims of greater
priority of or against the Company.

Federal and State Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

         The  reorganization  may be  effected  in any  manner  approved  by the
Department  that is consistent  with the purposes of the plan and applicable law
regulations  and  policies.   However,   the  Bank  intends  to  consummate  the
reorganization  using a series of mergers as  described  below.  This  structure
enables the Bank to retain all of its  historical  tax  attributes  and produces
significant savings to the Bank because it simplifies  regulatory  approvals and
conditions associated with the completion of the reorganization.

                                       80

<PAGE>




         The merger structure will be accomplished as follows: (i) the Bank will
organize the MHC  initially  as an interim New Jersey stock  savings bank as its
wholly owned subsidiary;  (ii) the MHC will organize a capital stock corporation
under New Jersey law (i.e.,  the  Company) as its wholly owned  subsidiary  that
will subsequently hold 100% of the Bank's common stock;  (iii) the MHC will also
organize an interim New Jersey stock savings bank as its wholly owned subsidiary
("Interim"). The following transactions will then occur simultaneously: (iv) the
Bank will  exchange its charter for a New Jersey stock savings bank charter (the
"Reorganization");  (v) the MHC  (while  in its  stock  form)  will  cancel  its
outstanding  stock and exchange its charter for a New Jersey mutual savings bank
holding company charter and thereby become the MHC; (vi) Interim will merge with
and into the Bank with the Bank being the  surviving  institution  and (vii) the
initially  issued  stock of the Bank (which will be  constructively  received by
former Bank  depositors  when the Bank  becomes the Bank  pursuant to step (iv))
will be issued to the MHC in exchange for liquidation interests in the MHC which
will be held by the Bank's depositors.  The MHC will then contribute 100% of the
stock of the Bank to the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary.  The Company will
subsequently  offer for sale up to 49.9% of its  common  stock  pursuant  to the
plan.  As a result of these  transactions,  (a) the Bank will be a wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company;  (b) the Company will be a majority-owned  subsidiary
of the MHC;  and (c) the  former  depositors  of the Bank will hold  liquidation
interests in the MHC.

         Under  this  structure:  (i) the  reorganization  is  intended  to be a
tax-free  reorganization under Code section 368(a)(1)(F);  and (ii) the exchange
of the shares of the Bank's initial common stock deemed constructively  received
by the Bank's  depositors for liquidation  interests in the MHC (the "Exchange")
is intended to be a tax-free exchange under Code section 351.

         Under the plan, consummation of the reorganization is conditioned upon,
among other  things,  the prior  receipt by the Bank of either a private  letter
ruling from the IRS and from the New Jersey taxing  authorities or an opinion of
the Bank's counsel as to the federal and New Jersey income tax  consequences  of
the  reorganization to the Bank (in both its mutual and stock form), the Company
and the Eligible  Account Holders and Supplemental  Account Holders.  In Revenue
Procedure  96-3,  1996-1 I.R.B.  82, the IRS announced  that it will not rule on
whether a transaction qualifies as a tax-free  reorganization under Code section
368(a)(1)(F) or as a tax-free  exchange of stock for stock in the formation of a
holding  company  under Code section  351, but that it will rule on  significant
sub-issues that must be resolved to determine whether the transaction  qualifies
under either of these Code sections.

         The Bank has  requested a private  letter ruling from the IRS regarding
certain  significant sub- issues  associated with the  reorganization.  Based in
part upon this private letter ruling,  Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. will
issue its opinion  regarding  certain  federal  income tax  consequences  of the
reorganization.  There is no  assurance  that a private  letter  ruling  will be
obtained.

         In the  following  discussion,  "Mutual Bank" refers to the Bank before
the reorganization and "Stock Bank" refers to the Bank after the reorganization.

         With regard to the reorganization, Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
intends to issue an opinion  that:  (1) the  reorganization  will  constitute  a
reorganization  under  Code  section  368(a)(1)(F),  and the Bank (in either its
status as Mutual Bank or Stock Bank) will  recognize no gain or loss as a result
of the  reorganization;  (2) the basis of each asset of Mutual Bank  received by
Stock Bank in the  reorganization  will be the same as Mutual  Bank's  basis for
such asset  immediately prior to the  reorganization;  (3) the holding period of
each asset of Mutual  Bank  received  by Stock Bank in the  reorganization  will
include the period  during which such asset was held by Mutual Bank prior to the
reorganization;  (4) for  purposes of Code  section  381(b),  Stock Bank will be
treated as if there had been

                                       81

<PAGE>



no reorganization and, accordingly, the taxable year of the Mutual Bank will not
end on the effective date of the reorganization and the tax attributes of Mutual
Bank (subject to  application  of Code  sections  381, 382, and 384),  including
Mutual  Bank's bad debt  reserves and  earnings and profits,  will be taken into
account  by Stock Bank as if the  reorganization  had not  occurred;  (5) Mutual
Bank's  qualifying  depositors  will  recognize  no  gain  or  loss  upon  their
constructive receipt of shares of Stock Bank common stock solely in exchange for
their  interest  (i.e.,  liquidation  rights) in Mutual Bank; and (6) no gain or
loss will be  recognized  by depositors of Mutual Bank upon the issuance to them
of  deposits in Stock Bank in the same  dollar  amount as their  deposits in the
Mutual Bank.

         Unlike private rulings of the IRS, an opinion of counsel is not binding
on the IRS and the IRS could disagree with conclusions  reached therein.  In the
event of such  disagreement,  there can be no  assurance  that the IRS would not
prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

         Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. intends to opine,  subject to the
limitations  and  qualifications  in its opinion,  that, for purposes of the New
Jersey  corporate  income  tax,  the  reorganization  will not  become a taxable
transaction to the Bank (in either its status as Mutual Bank or Stock Bank), the
MHC, the Company,  the  stockholders  of the Stock Bank or the depositors of the
Bank.

Accounting Consequences

         The  reorganization  will be  accounted  for in a manner  similar  to a
pooling-of-interests    under   generally   accepted   accounting    principles.
Accordingly,  the carrying value of the Bank's assets, liabilities,  and capital
will be unaffected by the  reorganization and will be reflected in the Company's
and Bank's consolidated financial statements based on their historical amounts.

Conditions to the Reorganization

   
         Consummation  of the  reorganization  is subject to the  receipt of all
requisite regulatory  approvals,  including various approvals or non-objections,
as the case may be, of the Department, FDIC and the Federal Reserve. The receipt
of such approvals or  non-objections  from the Department,  FDIC and the Federal
Reserve  does not  constitute a  recommendation  or  endorsement  of the plan or
reorganization by the Department, the FDIC or the Federal Reserve.  Consummation
of the reorganization  also is subject to ratification of the plan by a majority
of the total votes of depositors at a special  meeting called for the purpose of
approving  the  plan and to be held on  __________  ____,  1998,  as well as the
receipt of satisfactory rulings or opinions with respect to the tax consequences
of the  reorganization,  as discussed under "The  Reorganization - ^ Federal and
State Tax Consequences of the Reorganization^".
    

Capital and Financial Resources of the MHC

         The Company  intends to  capitalize  the MHC with up to $200,000 in the
reorganization.   Subsequent  to  the  reorganization,  the  MHC's  capital  and
financial  resources will initially be dependent  primarily on earnings from the
investment of its initial  capitalization  and dividends  from the Company.  The
payment of  dividends  by the  Company  will be subject  to  declaration  by the
Company's  Board of  Directors,  which  will take  into  account  the  Company's
financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  tax  considerations,   industry
standards, economic conditions, regulatory restrictions which affect the payment
of dividends by the Company to the MHC and other factors.


                                       82

<PAGE>



         Additional  financial  resources also may be available to the MHC (and,
through  contribution  by the MHC, to the Company)  through  borrowings  from an
unaffiliated lender or lenders. In connection with any such borrowings,  the MHC
could grant a security  interest in the assets of the MHC,  including the common
stock held by the MHC.  However,  a mutual  holding  company  generally  may not
pledge  the stock of a  subsidiary  savings  association  and may not be able to
pledge the Stock of the Company  unless the  proceeds of the loan secured by the
pledge  are  infused  into  the  institution  whose  stock  is  pledged  and the
Department is notified of such pledge within 10 days thereafter.  Any borrowings
of the MHC would be serviced with  available  resources,  which  initially  will
consist of dividends from the Company,  subject to applicable regulatory and tax
considerations.  The MHC  does not have  any  plans  to incur  any  indebtedness
following consummation of the reorganization.

Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Reorganization

         If deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors of the Bank,
the plan may be amended by a two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of  Directors,
with the  concurrence  of the  Department  and the FDIC, at any time prior to or
after submission of the plan to voting  depositors of the Bank for ratification.
The plan may be  terminated  by the Board of  Directors  of the Bank at any time
prior to or after  ratification by the voting  depositors,  by a two-thirds vote
with the concurrence of the Department.

Management of the MHC

         After the  reorganization,  the MHC will operate under  essentially the
same mutual  organization  structure as was  previously  applicable to the Bank.
Directors of the MHC will be  classified  into three classes as equal in size as
is  possible,  with one of such  classes  being  elected on an annual  basis for
three-year  terms by the Board of Directors  of the MHC. All current  members of
the Board of Directors  of the Bank will be the initial  members of the Board of
Directors  of the MHC.  For  information  about  these  persons,  whose terms as
directors  of the MHC will be the same as their terms as  directors of the Bank,
see "Management." The initial executive  officers of the Company will be persons
who are executive officers of the Bank.

         It is not anticipated that the directors and executive  officers of the
MHC will receive  separate  compensation in their  capacities as such until such
time as such persons devote  significant time to the separate  management of the
MHC's  affairs,  which is not expected to occur unless the MHC becomes  actively
involved  in other  investments.  The MHC,  however,  may  determine  that  such
compensation is appropriate in the future.

                                  THE OFFERING

General

   
         Concurrently  with the  reorganization,  we, the Company,  are offering
shares of common stock to persons other than the MHC. We are offering  between a
minimum of ^ 1,198,500  shares and an anticipated  maximum of ^ 1,621,500 shares
of common  stock in the  offering  (subject to  adjustment  to up to ^ 1,864,725
shares in the event our  estimated  pro forma market value has  increased at the
conclusion of the  offering),  which will expire at 12:00 noon, New Jersey time,
on __________ ____, 1998 unless  extended.  The shares of common stock that will
be sold  in the  offering  will  constitute  ^ 47% of the  shares  that  will be
outstanding after the offering. The minimum purchase is ^ 50 shares of
    

                                       83

<PAGE>



   
common stock (minimum  investment of ^ $350).  Our common stock is being offered
at a fixed price of ^ $7.00 per share in the offering.

         Subscription  funds may be held by the Bank for up to 45 days after the
last day of the subscription  offering in order to consummate the reorganization
and offering and thus, unless waived by the Bank, all orders will be irrevocable
until __________ __, 1999. In addition,  the reorganization and offering may not
be consummated  until the Bank receives  approval from the Department and notice
of  non-objection  from the FDIC.  Approval  by the  Department  ^ and notice of
non-objection  from the FDIC are not  recommendations  of the  reorganization or
offering.  Consummation of the reorganization and offering will be delayed,  and
resolicitation  will be required,  in the event the Department  does not issue a
letter  of  approval  within  45 days  after  the last  day of the  subscription
offering,  or in the event the  Department  requires  a  material  change to the
offering prior to the issuance of its approval.  In the event the reorganization
and offering are not consummated by ________,  1999,  subscribers  will have the
right to modify or rescind their  subscriptions  and to have their  subscription
funds  returned  with interest at the Bank's  passbook  rate and all  withdrawal
authorizations will be canceled.

         Because we are  required to sell shares of common stock within a range,
a resolicitation  could occur if we do not receive orders by the expiration date
of the offering for at least 1,198,500  shares or if more than 1,864,725  shares
of common stock must be sold in order to complete the offering. In either event,
we must receive federal and state  authorization  to proceed and all subscribers
will be provided with updated information concerning the offering. To the extent
we extend the expiration  date of the offering (to the extent allowed by federal
and state  regulators)  subscribers  will not have access to the funds they have
provided to us until the offering is  completed,  terminated  or the  expiration
date passes.
    

         We may cancel the  offering  at any time,  and orders for common  stock
which have been submitted are subject to cancellation under such circumstances.

Conduct of the Offering

   
         Subject  to the  limitations  of the plan,  shares of common  stock are
being offered in descending order of priority in the  subscription  offering to:
(i) ^ persons with a deposit account with the Bank of at least $50.00 on May 31,
1997 ("Eligible Account  Holders");  (ii) the employee stock ownership plan (the
"ESOP");  (iii) persons with a deposit  account with the Bank of at least $50.00
on September  30, 1998  ("Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders^");  and (iv)
depositors who are entitled to vote at the meeting to ratify the  reorganization
(the  "Voting  Depositors").  To the extent that  shares  remain  available  and
subject  to market  conditions  at or near the  completion  of the  subscription
offering,  we will  conduct one or more of a  community,  public and  syndicated
public offering.
    

         We have  the  right,  in our  sole  discretion,  to  determine  whether
prospective  purchasers  are  "associates"  or  "acting  in  concert."  All such
determinations  are in our sole discretion and may be based on whatever evidence
we choose to use in making any such determination.

Subscription Offering

     Subscription Rights.  Non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for
the purchase of common stock have been granted under the plan of  reorganization
to the following persons:


                                       84

<PAGE>



   
         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall be given the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to  $100,000  of common  stock
offered  in  the  subscription  offering;  subject  to the  overall  limitations
described  under  "Limitations  on  Purchases  of ^ Common  Stock." If there are
insufficient  shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions of Eligible Account
Holders,  shares will be allocated to Eligible  Account  Holders so as to permit
each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder  to  purchase  a number  of  shares
sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the
number of shares for which he subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be
allocated to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders (whose subscriptions
remain unfilled in the same proportion  that each such  subscriber's  qualifying
deposit  bears to the total  amount of  qualifying  deposits of all  subscribing
Eligible Account Holders, ^ whose  subscriptions  remain unfilled.  Subscription
rights  received by executive  officers and directors,  based on their increased
deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the eligibility  record date will
be subordinated to the subscription rights of other eligible account holders. To
ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his
order form all qualifying accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of ^
May 31, 1997 (the "Eligibility  Record Date"). If there is an  oversubscription,
fewer shares  could be  allocated  if one or more  accounts are omitted from the
order  form;  we and our agents  are not  responsible  for a reduced  allocation
because a depositor did not fully disclose all qualifying accounts.

         Priority 2: The ESOP. The tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans ^
will be given the  opportunity  to  purchase in the  aggregate  up to 10% of the
common stock issued in the subscription  offering.  It is expected that the ESOP
will purchase up to 8% of the common stock issued in the offering.  In the event
of ^ an oversubscription  in the offering by Eligible Account Holders,  the ESOP
may,  in  whole or in  part,  fill  its  order  through  open  market  purchases
subsequent  to the closing of the  offering.  See also "Risk Factors - Potential
Effect of ESOP."

         Priority 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there
are ^ shares  remaining after  satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account
Holders and the ESOP ^, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have the
opportunity  to  purchase  up  to  $100,000  of  common  stock  offered  in  the
Subscription  ^ Offering,  subject to the overall  limitations  described  under
"Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock." In the event  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares
subscribed for by Eligible  Account  Holders and the ESOP ^, is in excess of the
total number of shares offered in the offering,  the shares of common stock will
be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders first so as
to permit each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of
100  shares  or the  number  of  shares  for  which he  subscribed.  Thereafter,
unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
account Holder whose  subscription  remains unfilled in the same proportion that
such  subscriber's  qualifying  deposits  bear to the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case
on September 30, 1998, whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled.  To ensure proper
allocation of stock each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder must list on his
order form all deposit accounts ^ in which he had an ownership  interest as of ^
September 30, 1998 (the "Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date"). If there is an
oversubscription,  fewer shares  could be allocated if one or more  accounts are
omitted from the order form; we and our agents are not responsible for a reduced
allocation because a depositor did not fully disclose all qualifying accounts.

         Priority  4: Voting  Depositors.  To the extent that there are ^ shares
remaining  after  satisfaction  of all  subscriptions  by the  Eligible  Account
Holders,  the ^ ESOP, and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  each ^ Voting
Depositor  shall have the opportunity to purchase up to $100,000 of common stock
offered  in  the  subscription  offering,  subject  to the  overall  limitations
described  under  "Limitations  on  Purchases  of Common  Stock." In the event ^
Voting Depositors subscribe for a number of shares which,
    

                                       85

<PAGE>



   
when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders,  the ^ ESOP
and Supplemental Eligible Account ^ Holders, is in excess of the total number of
shares offered in the offering, the subscriptions of ^ Voting Depositors will be
allocated ^ so as to permit each subscribing ^ Voting  Depositor,  to the extent
possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation
of common  stock  equal to the  lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for
which he has subscribed . for by ^ Voting Depositors.  Any shares remaining will
be allocated  among the  subscribing  ^ Voting  Depositors  whose  subscriptions
remain  unsatisfied on a 100 shares (or whatever lesser amount is available ^ or
have been  subscribed  for) per order basis until all orders have been filled or
the remaining shares have been allocated.
    

         State Securities  Laws. We in our sole discretion,  may make reasonable
efforts to comply with the securities  laws of any state in the United States in
which Bank depositors  reside,  and will only offer and sell the common stock in
states in which the offers and sales comply with state securities laws. However,
no person will be offered or allowed to purchase any common stock under the plan
if he resides  in a foreign  country  or in a state of the  United  States  with
respect to which: (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to purchase
shares under the plan reside in such state or foreign country; or (ii) the offer
or sale of shares of common stock to such persons  would  require us or the Bank
or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state or foreign
country,  as a  broker  or  dealer  or to  register  or  otherwise  qualify  its
securities for sale in such state or foreign  country and such  registration  or
qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

   
         Restrictions  on Transfer of Subscription  Rights and Shares.  The plan
prohibits  any person  with  subscription  rights,  including  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, and ^ Voting Depositors,  from
transferring  or entering  into any agreement or  understanding  to transfer the
legal or beneficial  ownership of the subscription  rights issued under the plan
or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise.  Such rights may
be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her
account.  Each person  subscribing  for shares will be required to certify  that
such person is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that such
person has no agreement or understanding  regarding the sale or transfer of such
shares.  The  regulations  also  prohibit any person from  offering or making an
announcement  of  an  offer  or  intent  to  make  an  offer  to  purchase  such
subscription  rights or shares of common  stock prior to the  completion  of the
offering.

         We ^ will pursue any and all legal and equitable  remedies in the event
we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders
we know to involve the transfer of such rights.
    

         Expiration Date. The  subscription  offering will expire at 12:00 noon,
New Jersey time,  on  __________  ____,  1998,  unless it is extended,  up to an
additional  45 days with the  approval  of the  Department,  if  necessary,  but
without additional notice to subscribers (the "expiration  date").  Subscription
rights will become void if not exercised prior to the expiration date.

Community Offering

   
         If less than the total number of shares of common stock to be ^ offered
in the  offering  are ^  subscribed  for in the  subscription  offering,  shares
remaining  unsubscribed  may be made  available  for  purchase in the  community
offering to certain members of the general public,  which may subscribe together
with any  associate or group of persons  acting in concert for up to $100,000 of
common stock.  In the community  offering,  if any, shares will be available for
purchase by the general public with
    

                                       86

<PAGE>



preference given first to natural persons residing in Bergen County,  New Jersey
and second,  to natural  persons  residing  in the State of New Jersey.  We will
attempt to issue common stock in such a manner as to promote a wide distribution
of common stock.

   
         If purchasers in the  community  offering (if any),  whose orders would
otherwise  be  accepted,  subscribe  for  more  shares  than are  available  for
purchase,  the  shares  available  to  them  will  be  allocated  among  persons
submitting orders in the community offering in an equitable manner ^.
    

         The  community  offering,  if any,  may commence  simultaneously  with,
during or  subsequent  to the  completion  of the  subscription  offering and if
commenced  simultaneously with or during the subscription offering the community
offering  may be limited to residents of Bergen  County  and/or New Jersey.  The
community  offering,  if any,  must  be  completed  within  45  days  after  the
completion  of  the  subscription  offering  unless  otherwise  extended  by the
Department.

         We, in our absolute discretion,  reserve the right to reject any or all
orders in whole or in part which are received in the community offering,  at the
time of  receipt  or as soon as  practicable  following  the  completion  of the
community offering.

Public Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the subscription  offering, we may offer
shares, to selected persons in a public offering on a best-efforts basis through
Ryan,  Beck in such a manner as to  promote a wide  distribution  of the  common
stock. Any orders received in connection with the public offering,  if any, will
receive a lower  priority  than orders  received in the  subscription  offering.
Common stock sold in the public  offering  will be sold at the same price as all
other shares in the subscription  offering.  We have the right to reject orders,
in whole or in part, in our sole discretion in the public offering.

   
         No person,  together with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert,  will be permitted to purchase more than ^ 14,285 shares or $100,000 of
common stock in the public offering. ^ Promptly upon receipt of available funds,
^  Ryan,  Beck  will  forward  such  funds  to the  Bank  to be  deposited  in a
subscription escrow account.

         The date by which orders must be received in the public  offering  will
be set by us at the  time  of  commencement  of the  public  offering;  provided
however,  if the public  offering is extended  beyond  ___________,  1999,  each
purchaser will have the opportunity to maintain,  modify,  or rescind his order.
In such  event,  all funds  received  in the public  offering  will be  promptly
returned  with  interest to each  purchaser  unless he  affirmatively  indicates
otherwise.^  If the  aggregate pro forma market value of the Bank, as converted,
is less than ^ $17,850,000 or more than ^ $27,772,500,  each purchaser will have
the right to modify or rescind his or her order.

Syndicated Public Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions,   we  may  offer  shares  of  common  stock  not  purchased  in  the
subscription,  community and public  offerings in a syndicated  public  offering
through a syndicate of selected broker/dealers to be formed and managed by Ryan,
Beck. The syndicated public offering,  if held, will be conducted to achieve the
widest distribution of shares,
    

                                       87

<PAGE>



   
subject  to our  right  to  reject  orders  in  whole  or in  part  in our  sole
discretion.  Neither Ryan, Beck nor any registered  broker/dealer  will have any
obligation  to take or purchase any shares in the  syndicated  public  offering.
Shares sold in the syndicated public offering will be sold at $7.00 per share.

         The purchase limitations that apply in the subscription,  community and
public offerings also apply in the syndicated public offering. In the event of a
syndicated  public  offering,  Ryan,  Beck will form a selling group of selected
NASD member  firms  (which may  include  Ryan,  Beck) under a selected  dealers'
agreement. We will pay a fee equal to 5.5% of the aggregate amount of stock sold
pursuant to such  selected  dealer  agreements.  Ryan,  Beck will not commence a
syndicated  public  offering  through  such a selling  group  without  our prior
approval. See "The Offering - Plan of Distribution/Marketing Arrangements."

         The  syndicated  public  offering will  terminate not more than 45 days
following  the  Expiration  Date,  unless we further  extend the  offering  with
regulatory approval and we resolicit subscribers.

         The  opportunity  to order  shares  of common  stock in the  syndicated
public offering,  if held, is subject to our right, in our sole  discretion,  to
accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part.
    

Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock

         The following  additional  limitations have been imposed upon purchases
of shares of common stock:

         1.       The aggregate amount of our outstanding  common stock owned or
                  controlled by persons other than the mutual holding company at
                  the  close  of the  offering  will  be  less  than  50% of the
                  Company's total outstanding common stock.

   
         2.       The  maximum  number of shares  of common  stock  which may be
                  purchased  in the  subscription  offering  by any  person  (or
                  persons through a single account) in the first priority, third
                  priority and fourth  priority shall not exceed ^ 14,285 shares
                  or $100,000.

         3.       The  maximum  number of shares  of common  stock  which may be
                  subscribed  for or purchased in all categories in the offering
                  by any person (or persons through a single  account)  together
                  with any associate or group of persons acting in concert shall
                  not  exceed  ^  28,571  shares  or  $200,000,  except  for our
                  employee plans, which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to
                  10% of the common stock issued in the offering.
    

         4.       The  maximum  number of shares  of common  stock  which may be
                  purchased  in all  categories  in the offering by officers and
                  directors of the Bank and their  associates  in the  aggregate
                  shall not exceed  31% of the total  number of shares of common
                  stock issued in the offering to persons  other than the mutual
                  holding company.

   
         5.       A minimum of ^ 50 shares of common  stock must be purchased by
                  each person  purchasing  shares in the  offering to the extent
                  those shares are available.
    

         6.       If the number of shares of common stock otherwise allocable to
                  any person or that person's  associates  would be in excess of
                  the maximum number of shares permitted as

                                       88

<PAGE>



                  set  forth  above,  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
                  allocated  to each such person  shall be reduced to the lowest
                  limitation  applicable to that person,  and then the number of
                  shares allocated to each group consisting of a person and that
                  person's  associates  shall be reduced  so that the  aggregate
                  allocation to that person and his associates complies with the
                  above  maximums,  and such  maximum  number of shares shall be
                  reallocated among that person and his associates in proportion
                  to the shares  subscribed  by each (after  first  applying the
                  maximums applicable to each person, separately).

   
          7.   Depending  upon  market  or  financial  conditions,  the Board of
               Directors  of the ^  Company,  without  further  approval  of the
               depositors,  may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in
               the plan, provided that the maximum purchase  limitations may not
               be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the offering.  If
               the Company  increases  the  maximum  purchase  limitations,  the
               Company is only required to resolicit  Persons who subscribed for
               the maximum  purchase  amount and may, in the sole  discretion of
               the Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers.

          8.   In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered
               in  the  offering  due  to an  increase  in  the  maximum  of the
               estimated  valuation  range of up to 15% (the adjusted  maximum")
               the  additional  shares  will be used in the  following  order of
               priority:  (i) in the event that there is an  oversubscription at
               the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled subscriptions
               of Eligible Account Holders ^; (ii) in the event that there is an
               oversubscription   at  the  ^  ESOP  level,  fill  the  ^  ESOP's
               subscription  up to 10% of the  adjusted  maximum;  (iii)  in the
               event  that  there  is an  oversubscription  at the  Supplemental
               Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of
               Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders ^; (iv) in the event that
               there is an  oversubscription at the ^ Voting Depositor level, to
               fill  unfilled  subscriptions  of  depositors  ^; and (v) to fill
               unfilled   Subscriptions  in  the  community   offering  ^,  with
               preference given to persons residing in the local community.
    

          9.   No person  shall be entitled to purchase  any common stock to the
               extent such  purchase  would be illegal  under any federal law or
               state law or regulation or would violate  regulations or policies
               of  the  NASD,  particularly  those  regarding  free  riding  and
               withholding. The Bank and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable
               legal  opinion  from any  purchaser  as to the  legality  of such
               purchase  and may  refuse  to honor  any  purchase  order if such
               opinion is not timely furnished.

          10.  The  Board  of  Directors  has the  right  to  reject  any  order
               submitted  by  a  person  whose   representations  the  Board  of
               Directors  believes  to be  false or who it  otherwise  believes,
               either  alone or acting in concert  with  others,  is  violating,
               circumventing,  or intends to violate,  evade,  or circumvent the
               terms and conditions of the plan.

          11.  The foregoing  restrictions on purchases by any person also apply
               to  purchases  by  persons  acting in  concert  under  applicable
               regulations  of  the   Department.   Under   regulations  of  the
               Department, directors of the Bank are not deemed to be affiliates
               or a group  acting in concert  with other  directors  solely as a
               result of membership on the Board of Directors of the Bank.

         The term "associate" of a person is defined in the plan to mean (i) any
corporation or organization (other than the Bank or a majority-owned  subsidiary
of the Bank) of which such person is

                                       89

<PAGE>



   
an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10%
or more of any class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any trust or other  estate in
which such  person has a  substantial  beneficial  interest  or as to which such
person  serves  as  trustee  or  in a  similar  fiduciary  capacity,  (excluding
tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit  plans or  tax-qualified  employee  stock
benefit plans in which a person has a substantial  beneficial interest or serves
as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity and except that, for purposes of
aggregating  total shares that may be held by officers and  directors,  the term
"Associate" does not include any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan), and
(iii) any relative or spouse of such person or any relative of such spouse,  who
has the same home as such  person or who is a ^ director or officer of the Bank,
or any of its parents or  subsidiaries.  For example,  a corporation  of which a
person serves as an officer would be an associate of such person, and therefore,
all shares  purchased by such  corporation  would be included with the number of
shares  which  such  person   individually   could   purchase  under  the  above
limitations.
    

     Each person  purchasing  shares of the common stock in the offering will be
deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the maximum purchase
limitation. In the event that such purchase limitation is violated by any person
(including any associate or group of persons  affiliated or otherwise  acting in
concert with such persons),  we will have the right to purchase from such person
at the purchase price per share all shares  acquired by such person in excess of
such  purchase  limitation  or,  if such  excess  shares  have been sold by such
person, to receive the difference  between the purchase price per share paid for
such excess  shares and the price at which such excess  shares were sold by such
person. Our right to purchase such excess shares will be assignable.

         Common  stock  purchased  pursuant  to  the  offering  will  be  freely
transferable, except for shares purchased by directors and officers of the Bank.
For  certain  restrictions  on the  common  stock  purchased  by  directors  and
officers,  see "- Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers." In
addition, under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their associates
are subject to certain  restrictions on the transfer of securities  purchased in
accordance with subscription  rights and to certain reporting  requirements upon
purchase of such securities.

Ordering and Receiving Common Stock

   
         Use of Order  Forms.  Rights  to  subscribe  may only be  exercised  by
completion of an order form.  Any person  receiving an order form who desires to
subscribe  for  shares  of  common  stock  must do so  prior  to the  applicable
expiration  date by  delivering  (by mail or in person ) to the Bank a  properly
executed and  completed  order form,  together with full payment of the purchase
price for all shares for which subscription is made; provided,  however, that if
the ^ ESOP subscribes for shares during the  subscription  offering,  the ^ ESOP
will not be  required  to pay for the  shares  at the time ^ it  subscribes  but
rather may pay for the shares upon  consummation  of the  reorganization.  ^ All
subscription  rights under the plan will expire on the expiration date,  whether
or not ^ we have been able to locate each person  entitled to such  subscription
rights.  ^ We have the  right^  to  permit  institutional  investors  to  submit
contractually irrevocable orders in the public offering at any time prior to the
completion  of the  offering.  Once  tendered,  subscription  orders  cannot  be
modified or revoked without the consent of the Bank unless the reorganization is
not completed within 45 days of the ^ Expiration Date.
    

         In the event an order form (i) is not  delivered and is returned to the
Bank by the  United  States  Postal  Service or the Bank is unable to locate the
addressee;  (ii) is not received or is received after the applicable  expiration
date, (iii) is defectively completed or executed; (iv) is not accompanied by the
full required payment for the shares subscribed for (including instances where a
savings  account or certificate  balance from which  withdrawal is authorized is
insufficient to fund the amount of such required payment,

                                       90

<PAGE>



   
but excluding  subscriptions  by the ^ ESOP) or, in the case of an institutional
investor in the public offering, by delivering  irrevocable orders together with
a legally  binding  commitment to pay the full purchase  price prior to 48 hours
before the completion of the reorganization;  or (v) is not mailed pursuant to a
"no mail" order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription  rights
for the person to whom such rights have been  granted  will lapse as though such
person  failed to  return  the  completed  order  form  within  the time  period
specified.  However, we may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity
on any order form or require  the  submission  of  corrected  order forms or the
remittance  of  full  payment  for  subscribed  shares  by  such  date as we may
otherwise  specify.  The  waiver of an  irregularity  on an order form in no way
obligates us to waive any other  irregularity  on any other order form.  Waivers
will be  considered  on a case by case  basis.  We reserve the right in our sole
discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopies or facsimile order
forms,  or whose  payment is to be made by wire transfer or payment from private
third parties. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan and of
the acceptability of the order forms will be final,  subject to the authority of
the Department. We are not required to deliver a prospectus or order form by any
means other than the mails.
    

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to such date or hand  delivered any later than two days prior to
such date .  Execution  of the order form will  confirm  receipt or  delivery in
accordance  with Rule  15c2- 8.  Order  forms  will only be  distributed  with a
prospectus.

   
         Payment  for Shares.  For  subscriptions  to be valid,  payment for all
subscribed  shares will be required to accompany  all properly  completed  order
forms,  on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form unless we
extend the date.^ Payment for shares of common stock may be made (i) in cash, if
delivered in person, (ii) by check or money order, or (iii) for shares of common
stock  subscribed  for  in  the  subscription   offering,  by  authorization  of
withdrawal from savings accounts (including  certificates of deposit) maintained
with the Bank. Appropriate means by which such withdrawals may be authorized are
provided in the order form. Once such a withdrawal has been authorized,  none of
the  designated  withdrawal  amount may be used by a subscriber  for any purpose
other than to purchase the common stock for which a  subscription  has been made
until the offering has been  completed  or  terminated.  In the case of payments
authorized  to be made  through  withdrawal  from  savings  accounts,  all  sums
authorized  for  withdrawal  will continue to earn interest at the contract rate
until the offering has been  completed or  terminated.  Interest  penalties  for
early  withdrawal   applicable  to  certificate   accounts  will  not  apply  to
withdrawals  authorized  for the  purchase  of  shares,  however,  if a  partial
withdrawal  results  in a  certificate  account  with a  balance  less  than the
applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the
time of  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the  remaining  balance  will  earn
interest at ^ its passbook savings account rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In
the case of payments made in cash or by check or money order, such funds will be
placed in a segregated  account and  interest  will be paid by the Bank at ^ its
passbook  savings  account  rate from the date  payment  is  received  until the
offering is completed or terminated. An executed order form, once we receive it,
may not be  modified,  amended,  or rescinded  without our  consent,  unless the
offering  is  not  completed   within  45  days  after  the  conclusion  of  the
subscription  offering,  in which event subscribers may be given the opportunity
to increase,  decrease,  or rescind their subscription for a specified period of
time.  In the event that the  offering is not  consummated  for any reason,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offerings  will be  promptly  refunded  with
interest ^ and authorized withdrawals from deposit accounts will be canceled.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase shares of common stock in the offerings^.  Persons with IRAs maintained
at the Bank must have their accounts transferred to an unaffiliated  institution
or broker to purchase shares of common stock in the offerings. There is no
    

                                       91

<PAGE>



   
early withdrawal or IRS interest  penalties for such transfers.  Instructions on
how to transfer ^ IRAs  maintained  at the Bank can be  obtained  from the stock
information center. Depositors interested in using funds in ^ an IRA to purchase
common stock should contact the stock information  center as soon as possible so
that the necessary  forms may be forwarded,  executed and returned  prior to the
expiration date.
    

         Federal  regulations  prohibit the Bank from lending funds or extending
credit to any person to purchase the common stock in the reorganization.

     Stock Information  Center.  The stock  information  center is located at 55
North Broad Street, Ridgewood, New Jersey. Its phone number is (201) 445-2109.

         Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Certificates representing common stock
issued in the  offering  will be mailed to the persons  entitled  thereto at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following  consummation
of the offering.  Any certificates  returned as undeliverable will be held until
claimed  by  persons  legally  entitled  thereto  or  otherwise  disposed  of in
accordance  with  applicable  law. Until  certificates  for the common stock are
available and delivered to subscribers,  subscribers may not be able to sell the
shares of stock for which they subscribed.

Restriction on Sales Activities

         Our   directors  and  executive   officers  may   participate   in  the
solicitation  of offers to purchase  common  stock in  jurisdictions  where such
participation is not prohibited.  Other employees of the Bank may participate in
the  offering  in  ministerial  capacities.   Such  other  employees  have  been
instructed  not to solicit  offers to purchase  common  stock or provide  advice
regarding the purchase of common stock. Questions of prospective purchasers will
be directed to executive  officers of the Bank or registered  representatives of
Ryan, Beck. No officer,  director or employee of the Bank will be compensated in
connection  with  such  person's  solicitations  or other  participation  in the
offering  by the  payment of  commissions  or other  remuneration  based  either
directly or indirectly on transactions in the common stock.

Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered

   
         FinPro, which is experienced in the valuation and appraisal of business
entities,  including  savings  institutions,  has been  retained  to  prepare an
appraisal  of the  estimated  pro forma  market  value of the common  stock ^(an
independent  valuation).  This independent  valuation will express our pro forma
market value in terms of an aggregate dollar amount. FinPro will receive fees of
$24,000 for its  appraisal  services,  including the  independent  valuation and
subsequent  updates,  and for assistance in preparation of other material,  plus
its  reasonable   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
independent  valuation and for assistance in the  preparation of other material.
The Bank has agreed to indemnify  FinPro  under  certain  circumstances  against
liabilities and expenses  (including certain legal fees) arising out of or based
on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact  contained in the
information supplied by the Bank to FinPro, except where FinPro is determined to
have been  negligent or failed to exercise due diligence in the  preparation  of
the independent valuation.

         Pursuant  to the plan,  the  number  of  shares  of common  stock to be
offered in the offering  will be based upon the estimated pro forma market value
of the  common  stock and the  purchase  price of ^ $7.00 per  share.  The final
minority ownership  percentage will be determined as follows:  (i) the numerator
will
    

                                       92

<PAGE>



   
be the product of (x) the number of shares of common  stock sold in the offering
and (y) the purchase price ^($7.00 per share);  and (ii) the denominator will be
the updated  valuation of our pro forma market value immediately upon conclusion
of the offering as determined by FinPro.

         FinPro  has  determined  that as of ^ October 7,  1998,  our  estimated
aggregate pro forma market value was ^ $21.0 million.  Pursuant to  regulations,
this estimate must be included  within a range with a minimum of ^ $17.8 million
and a maximum of ^ $24.2 million, which maximum may be adjusted upwards pursuant
to regulation,  to $27.8 million (maximum, as adjusted). Of our estimated market
value,  shares  representing  53% of that  value  will be issued  to the  mutual
holding  company  and  shares  representing  47% of that  value  will be sold to
minority  stockholders  in the offering.  We have  determined to offer shares of
common  stock in the offering at a price of ^ $7.00 per share.  As a result,  we
are offering  1,410,000  shares within a range of a minimum of 1,198,500  shares
and a maximum of 1,621,500 shares,  subject to a maximum, as adjusted,  of up to
1,864,725  shares.  In determining  the offering  range,  the Board of Directors
reviewed  FinPro's  appraisal  and in  particular,  considered  (i)  the  Bank's
financial  condition and results of operations  for the year ended  December 31,
1997 and six months ended June 30, 1998, (ii) financial  comparisons of the Bank
in relation to  financial  institutions  of similar  size and asset  quality and
(iii)  stock  market  conditions  generally  and  in  particular  for  financial
institutions,  all of which  are set  forth in the  appraisal.  The  Board  also
reviewed the  methodology  and the  assumptions  used by FinPro in preparing its
appraisal.  The number of  shares,  and the  minority  ownership  interest,  are
subject to change if the independent  valuation changes at the conclusion of the
offering.

         The number of shares and price per share of common stock was determined
by the Board of  Directors  based  upon the  independent  valuation.  The actual
number of shares to be issued  to the  mutual  holding  company  and sold in the
offering may be increased or decreased  prior to the completion of the offering,
subject to approval and  conditions  that may be imposed by the  Department  and
FDIC, to reflect any change in our  estimated pro forma market value.  The total
number of shares of common  stock  that may be sold to  persons  other  than the
mutual  holding  company in the  offering may not exceed 49.9% of our issued and
outstanding voting stock.

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the  offering,  ^ we may increase or decrease the number of shares
to  be  issued  in  the  reorganization  and  offering.   No  resolicitation  of
prospective  purchasers  will be made  and  prospective  purchasers  will not be
permitted to modify or cancel  their  purchase  orders  unless the change in the
number of shares to be issued in the offering  results in fewer than ^ 1,198,500
shares or more than ^ 1,864,725  shares being sold ^ at the purchase  price of ^
$7.00,  in which event ^ we may also elect to  terminate  the  offering.  In the
event that ^ we elect to terminate  the offering,  ^ subscribers  will receive a
prompt refund of their purchase  orders  (including ^ cancellation of withdrawal
authorizations),  together with interest earned thereon from the date of receipt
to the date of termination  of the offering.  In the event we receive orders for
less than ^ 1,198,500  shares,  at ^ our discretion ^ and subject to approval of
the Department and FDIC, we may obtain a new independent valuation,  establish a
new offering range and resolicit prospective purchasers.  In the event of such a
resolicitation,  prospective  purchasers  will be  permitted to modify or cancel
their purchase orders. Any adjustments in our pro forma market value as a result
of market and financial conditions or a resolicitation of prospective purchasers
would be subject to Department  and FDIC  approval.  A  resolicitation,  if any,
following  conclusion  of the offering  would not extend  beyond the  expiration
date, without prior approval of the Department and FDIC.
    

         The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion
of the offering, and the minority ownership interest may increase or decrease to
reflect the changes in market  conditions,  the estimated pro forma market value
of the Bank, or both. If the updated estimate of the pro forma market

                                       93

<PAGE>



   
value of the Bank  immediately  upon conclusion of the offering  changes,  there
will  be a  corresponding  change  to  the ^  3,000,000  shares  issued,  in the
aggregate,  to the  mutual  holding  company in the  reorganization  and sold to
subscribers in the offering.  For example,  if the independent  valuation at the
conclusion  of the  offering  increases  to ^  $24,150,000,  or  decreases  to ^
$17,850,000,   then  the  total   number  of   shares   outstanding   after  the
reorganization and offering will be ^ 3,450,000 or 2,550,000,  respectively.  If
the updated independent valuation increases, the Company may increase the number
of shares sold in the offering (to up to ^ 1,864,725 shares),  and will increase
the number of shares issued to the mutual holding company.  Subscribers will not
be given the  opportunity  to change or withdraw their orders unless more than ^
1,864,725 shares or fewer than ^ 1,198,500 shares are sold in the offering.  Any
adjustment  of shares of common stock sold will have a  corresponding  effect on
the estimated net proceeds of the offering and the pro forma  capitalization and
per share data of the Bank.
    

         The independent  valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,
as a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing the common
stock.  In  preparing  the  independent  valuation,  FinPro has relied  upon and
assumed the accuracy and  completeness of financial and statistical  information
provided  by the  Bank.  FinPro  did  not  independently  verify  the  financial
statements  and other  information  provided by the Bank,  nor did FinPro  value
independently the assets and liabilities of the Bank. The independent  valuation
considers  the Bank only as a going  concern and should not be  considered  as a
indication  of  the  liquidation  value  of the  Bank.  Moreover,  because  such
independent  valuation is based upon  estimates and  projections  on a number of
matters,  all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can
be given that  persons  purchasing  the  common  stock will be able to sell such
shares at a price equal to or greater than the purchase price.

   
         No sale of shares of common  stock may be  consummated  unless,  FinPro
confirms  that, to the best of its knowledge,  nothing of a material  nature has
occurred that, taking into account all relevant  factors,  would cause FinPro to
conclude that the independent valuation is incompatible with its estimate of our
pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering.  Any change that would
result in an aggregate  value that is below ^ $17,850,000 or above ^ $27,772,500
would be subject to  Department  approval.  If  confirmation  from FinPro is not
received,  the Bank may extend the offering,  reopen or commence a new offering,
request a new Independent Valuation, establish a new offering range and commence
a  resolicitation  of  all  prospective  purchasers  with  the  approval  of the
Department, or take such other action as permitted by the Department in order to
complete the offering.
    

Plan of Distribution/Marketing Arrangements

         The common  stock will be offered in the  offering  principally  by the
distribution  of this prospectus and through  activities  conducted at the stock
information center. It is expected that a registered  representative employed by
Ryan,  Beck will be working  at, and  supervising  the  operation  of, the stock
information center. Ryan, Beck will be responsible for overseeing the mailing of
material  relating  to the  offering,  responding  to  questions  regarding  the
reorganization and the offering and processing order forms.

         The Bank and Company have entered into an agency  agreement  with Ryan,
Beck under which Ryan, Beck will provide  advisory  assistance and assist,  on a
best efforts  basis,  in the  distribution  of the common stock in the offering.
Ryan,  Beck is a  broker-dealer  registered  with the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Specifically, Ryan, Beck will assist in the offering in
the following manner: (i) training and educating the Bank's employees  regarding
the mechanics and regulatory requirements of

                                       94

<PAGE>



the  stock  conversion  process;  (ii)  conducting  informational  meetings  for
potential  subscribers,  if necessary;  (iii)  managing the sales efforts in the
offering; and (iv) keeping records of all stock subscriptions.

   
         Ryan, Beck will receive, as compensation, an advisory and marketing fee
of $150,000.  In the event common stock is sold through licensed brokers under a
selected dealers agreement, we will pay a fee of 5.5% of the value of the common
stock sold to such brokers (which may include Ryan, Beck).  Ryan, Beck will also
be reimbursed for its legal fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  which are not to
exceed  $45,000.  The Bank has agreed to  indemnify  Ryan,  Beck,  to the extent
allowed by law, for  reasonable  costs and expenses in  connection  with certain
claims or liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. ^
    

Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

   
         Current  FDIC  regulations  prohibit  the  Company ^ from  repurchasing
common stock for one year following the reorganization.  In addition, securities
rules ^ restrict the method,  time,  price, and number of shares of common stock
that may be repurchased by the Company^.
    

Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers

         Shares of the common  stock  purchased  by directors or officers of the
Bank  cannot  be sold  for a  period  of one year  following  completion  of the
reorganization,  except for a disposition of shares in the event of the death of
the stockholder. Accordingly, shares of the common stock issued to directors and
officers  will  bear a legend  restricting  their  sale.  Any  shares  issued to
directors  and  officers as a stock  dividend,  stock split,  or otherwise  with
respect to restricted stock will be subject to the same restriction.

         For a period of three years following the  reorganization,  no director
or officer of the Bank or their  associates  may,  without the prior approval of
the  Department,  purchase  our  common  stock  except  from a broker  or dealer
registered  with  the  SEC.  This  prohibition  does  not  apply  to  negotiated
transactions  including  more than 1% of our common stock or purchases  made for
tax  qualified or non-tax  qualified  employee  stock benefit plans which may be
attributable to individual officers or directors.

     Restrictions on Agreements or Understandings  Regarding  Transfer of Common
Stock to be Purchased in the Offering

   
         Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  reorganization  and  offering,  no
depositor may transfer, or enter into an agreement or understanding to transfer,
any  subscription  rights or the legal or beneficial  ownership of the shares of
common  stock to be  purchased by such person in the  offering.  Depositors  who
submit an order form will be required to certify  that their  purchase of common
stock is solely for their own account and there is no agreement or understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of their shares.  We intend to pursue any and all
legal  and  equitable  remedies  in the  event ^ we  become  aware  of any  such
agreement or understanding,  and will not honor orders we reasonably  believe to
involve such an agreement or understanding.
    

Conditions to the Offering

         Consummation  of the  offering  is subject to (i)  consummation  of the
reorganization,  which  requires  the  receipt  of  various  approvals  from the
Department, the ratification of the Bank's voting depositors,

                                       95

<PAGE>



   
and the receipt of rulings and/or opinions of counsel as to the tax consequences
of the  reorganization,  (ii) the  receipt  of all  required  federal  and state
approvals  for the issuance of common stock in the offering,  including  without
limitation the ^ non-objection of the ^ FDIC, and (iii) the sale of a minimum of
^ 1,198,500 shares of common stock. In the event that these conditions ^ are not
satisfied  prior to  completion  of the  offering,  all funds  received  will be
promptly  returned with interest at the Bank's  passbook rate and all withdrawal
authorizations will be canceled.
    

               CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY

General

         The  following  discussion  is a summary of  statutory  and  regulatory
restrictions on the acquisition of our common stock. In addition,  the following
discussion  summarizes the mutual holding company structure,  certain provisions
of certificates of incorporation  and bylaws and certain  regulatory  provisions
that have an anti-takeover effect.

Mutual Holding Company Structure

         The mutual holding  company  structure will restrict the ability of our
stockholders of the Company to effect a change of control of management  because
mutual holding  company,  as long as it remains in existence as a mutual entity,
will control a majority of our voting stock.  In addition,  voting rights in the
mutual holding company are vested in the Board of Directors, as such, management
of the Bank (which is also  management  of the  Company  and the mutual  holding
company) will be able to exert voting control over the mutual holding company.

Change in Bank Control Act and Bank Holding Company Provisions of the BHCA

         Federal law provides that no person,  acting  directly or indirectly or
through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire  control of a
bank unless the FDIC has been given 60 days prior  written  notice.  Federal law
provides that no company may acquire  control of a bank holding  company without
the prior  approval of the Federal  Reserve.  Any company that acquires  control
becomes a "bank  holding  company"  subject  to  registration,  examination  and
regulation by the Federal Reserve.  Pursuant to federal regulations,  control is
conclusively  deemed to have  occurred when an entity,  among other things,  has
acquired more than 25 percent of any class of voting stock of the institution or
the  ability to  control  the  election  of a majority  of the  directors  of an
institution.  Moreover,  control  is  presumed  to  have  occurred,  subject  to
rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition  of more than 10 percent of any class of voting
stock,  or of  more  than  25  percent  of any  class  of  stock,  of a  savings
institution,  where certain  enumerated  control factors are also present in the
acquisition.  The Federal Reserve may prohibit an acquisition of control if: (i)
it would  result in a monopoly or  substantially  lessen  competition;  (ii) the
financial  condition of the  acquiring  person might  jeopardize  the  financial
stability of the institution;  or (iii) the competence,  experience or integrity
of the acquiring  person  indicates  that it would not be in the interest of the
depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.
The foregoing  restrictions  do not apply to the  acquisition of stock by one or
more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plan or plans
do not have beneficial ownership in the aggregate of more than 25 percent of any
class of our equity security.


                                       96

<PAGE>



The Company's Certificates and Bylaws

         General. Our certificate and bylaws are available at our administrative
office or by writing  or calling  us, 531 North  Maple  Avenue,  Ridgewood,  New
Jersey 07450-1612 (our telephone number is (201) 445-4000).

         Classified  Board of  Directors  and Related  Provisions.  Our board of
directors is divided into three  classes  which are as nearly equal in number as
possible. Directors serve for terms of three years. As a result, each year, only
one-third of the directors are eligible to be elected and it would take at least
two years to elect a majority of our  directors.  A director may be removed only
by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at least  80% of the  shares  then
entitled to vote.

         Restrictions on Voting of Securities. The certificate provides that any
shares of common stock  beneficially  owned  directly or indirectly in excess of
10% by any person,  other than the mutual holding company will not be counted as
shares  entitled to vote,  shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting
shares in connection with any matter  submitted to stockholders  for a vote, and
shall not be counted as outstanding  for purposes of determining a quorum or the
affirmative  vote necessary to approve any matter  submitted to the stockholders
for a vote.  It is possible for such a person to have voting  authority for less
than 10% of our shares, depending on how the shares are registered.  The purpose
of this  provision  is to reduce the chance  that  minority  stockholders  could
challenge our management.

         Prohibition  Against  Cumulative  Voting.  Our  certificate   prohibits
cumulative  voting by stockholders in the election of directors.  The absence of
cumulative voting rights effectively means that the holders of a majority of the
shares  voted at a meeting of  stockholders  may,  if they so choose,  elect all
directors  elected at the meeting,  thus precluding a minority  stockholder from
obtaining   representation  on  the  Board  of  Directors  unless  the  minority
stockholder is able to obtain the support of a majority.  In accordance with the
law governing mutual holding  companies,  the mutual holding company must remain
the majority holder of our voting stock.

         Supermajority  Provision.  Any  sale or  merger,  which  has  not  been
approved by at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors, requires the approval
of at least 80% of the outstanding vote.

         Additional Anti-Takeover Provisions. The provisions described above are
not the only provisions of our  certificate  and bylaws having an  anti-takeover
effect.  For  example,  the  certificate  authorizes  the issuance of up to five
million  shares  of  preferred  stock,  which  conceivably  would  represent  an
additional  class of stock  required to approve any proposed  acquisition.  This
preferred  stock,  none of which has been issued,  together with  authorized but
unissued shares of the common stock (the Certificates authorizes the issuance of
up to 10 million shares of the common stock),  also could  represent  additional
capital required to be purchased by the acquiror.

         In addition to discouraging a takeover  attempt which a majority of our
stockholders  might  determine  to be in their  best  interest  or in which  our
stockholders  might  receive a premium over the current  market prices for their
shares,  the effect of these provisions may render the removal of our management
more  difficult.  It is possible that incumbent  officers and directors might be
able to retain  their  positions  (at least until their term of office  expires)
even  though a majority  of our  stockholders,  other  than the  mutual  holding
company, desire a change.


                                       97

<PAGE>



                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
         We are authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value
$0.10 per share and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value. We ^ will
issue  between  ^  2,550,000  and ^  3,967,500  shares  of  common  stock in the
reorganization (between ^ 1,198,500 and ^ 1,864,725 shares to persons other than
the mutual holding company).  See "Capitalization." Upon payment of the purchase
price  shares of common  stock  issued in the  offering  will be fully  paid and
non-assessable.  The common stock will represent  nonwithdrawable  capital, will
not be an account of  insurable  type and will not be insured by the FDIC or any
other governmental  agency. See also "Dividends" and "Waiver of Dividends by the
MHC."
    

Voting Rights

         The holders of common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in the
Company.  The holder of shares of common  stock will be entitled to one vote for
each  share  held on all  matters  subject to  stockholder  vote.  See also "The
Reorganization - Effect of the Reorganization - Voting Rights"

Liquidation Rights

         In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding-up  of the
Company, the holders of the common stock generally would be entitled to receive,
after payment of all debts and  liabilities of the Company  (including all debts
and  liabilities  of  the  Bank),  all  assets  of  the  Company  available  for
distribution.  See also "The  Reorganization  - Effect of the  Reorganization  -
Liquidation Rights."

Preemptive Rights; Redemption

         The holders of the common stock do not have any preemptive  rights with
respect to any shares we may issue.  The common stock will not be subject to any
redemption provisions.

Preferred Stock

         We are  authorized to issue up to 5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock
and to fix and state voting powers, designations,  preferences, or other special
rights of such shares and the  qualifications,  limitations and  restrictions of
those  shares  as the  Board  of  Directors  may  determine  in its  discretion.
Preferred  stock  may  be  issued  in  distinctly   designated  series,  may  be
convertible  into  common  stock and may rank  prior to the  common  stock as to
dividends rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and may have full or limited
voting  rights.  Accordingly,  the issuance of preferred  stock could  adversely
affect the voting and other rights of holders of common stock.

         The  authorized  but  unissued   shares  of  preferred  stock  and  the
authorized but unissued and unreserved  shares of common stock will be available
for issuance in future mergers or  acquisitions,  in future public  offerings or
private  placements.  Except as otherwise required to approve the transaction in
which the additional  authorized  shares of preferred stock would be issued,  no
stockholder  approval  generally  would be  required  for the  issuance of these
shares.  Depending on the circumstances,  however,  stockholder  approval may be
required  pursuant to  requirements  for eligibility for quotation of the common
stock on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market or by any  exchange on which the common stock
may then be listed.


                                       98

<PAGE>



                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

         The  legality  of the  issuance of the common  stock being  offered and
certain matters  relating to the  reorganization  and federal and state taxation
will be passed upon for us by Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington,
D.C. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Ryan, Beck & Co. by Jamieson,
Moore, Peskin & Spicer, Morristown, New Jersey.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey as of
December  31,  1997 and 1996 and for the years then ended have been  included in
this  prospectus  in  reliance  upon  the  report  of  KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,
independent   certified  public   accountants,   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
prospectus,  and upon the  authority of said firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

         The financial  statements of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey as of
December  31,  1995 and for the year  then  ended  have  been  included  in this
prospectus  in  reliance  upon  the  report  of  Dorfman,  Abrams,  Music & Co.,
independent   certified  public   accountants,   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
prospectus,  and upon the  authority of that firm as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

         FinPro has consented to the  publication  in this document of a summary
of its letter to Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey setting forth its opinion
as to the estimated  pro forma market value of us in the converted  form and its
opinion  setting  forth the value of  subscription  rights and to the use of its
name and statements with respect to it appearing in this document.

                                CHANGE IN AUDITOR

         On July 22, 1996,  the board of directors of the Bank engaged KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP as its  independent  auditor for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1996. By letter dated July 23, 1996, the Bank notified Dorfman,  Abrams, Music &
Co., its  independent  auditor for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1995 and
1994,  of this  determination  and that Dorfman,  Abrams,  Music & Co. would not
continue to be engaged for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1996. On July 12,
1996, the audit committee of the Bank had recommended  this change in auditor to
the board of directors.  The determination to replace Dorfman,  Abrams,  Music &
Co. was approved by the full board of directors of the Bank.  The report of KPMG
Peat  Marwick LLP for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996 and the report of
Dorfman,  Abrams,  Music & Co. for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1995 and
1994 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not modified
as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal years
ended  December  31, 1995 and 1994 and during the period from January 1, 1996 to
July 23, 1996, there were no disagreements between the Bank and Dorfman, Abrams,
Music & Co. concerning accounting  principles or practices,  financial statement
disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         Our  common  stock  is  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(g) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").  We will be
subject to the information,  proxy solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions,
tender offer rules,  periodic  reporting and other requirements of the SEC under
the Exchange Act. We may not  deregister the common stock under the Exchange Act
for a period of at least three years following the reorganization.

                                       99

<PAGE>




                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         We are subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Exchange Act
and must file reports and other information with the SEC.

         We have filed with the SEC a registration  statement on Form SB-2 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered
in this  document.  As permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC, this
document  does not contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  Such  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  and  copies  of such  material  can be  obtained  from  the SEC at
prescribed  rates.  The SEC also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants,  including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC.  The  address  for this Web site is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The  statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other  document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of necessity,  brief  descriptions and
are not necessarily  complete;  each such statement is qualified by reference to
such contract or document.

         A copy of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as those
of the Bank and the mutual holding  company,  are available  without charge from
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey.  Copies of the plan of reorganization  are
also available without charge.

         The Bank has filed notice of mutual holding company reorganization with
the Department of Banking and Insurance of New Jersey. In addition, the Bank has
filed copies of this  application  with the FDIC. This prospectus  omits certain
information contained in that application.



                                       100

<PAGE>




                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                          <C> 
Independent Auditors' Reports                                                                                 F-1

Statements of Financial Condition at June 30, 1998 (unaudited)
     and December 31, 1997 and 1996                                                                           F-__

Statements of Income for the six months ended
         June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and for each of the
         three years in the period ended December 31, 1997                                                    ____

Statements of Equity for the six months ended
         June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and for each of the
         three years in the period ended December 31, 1997                                                    F-__

Statements of Cash  Flows  for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1998  and 1997
         (unaudited) and for each of the three years in the period ended
         December 31, 1997                                                                                    F-__

Notes to Financial Statements                                                                                 F-__
</TABLE>


Other  schedules  are omitted as they are not required or are not  applicable or
the required information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

   
Financial statements of Ridgewood  Financial,  MHC and Ridgewood Financial,
Inc. have not been provided because they have conducted no operations. Ridgewood
Financial,  MHC has not yet been organized and Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. has no
assets and no liabilities.
    

                                       101


<PAGE>



                          Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey:


We have audited the statements of financial  condition of Ridgewood Savings Bank
of New Jersey as of December  31, 1997 and 1996 and the  related  statements  of
income,  equity,  and cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended as  listed in the
accompanying  index.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility of the
Bank's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  these
financial  statements based on our audits. The financial statements of Ridgewood
Savings Bank of New Jersey for the year ended  December 31, 1995 were audited by
other  auditors  whose  report  thereon  dated  February  29, 1996  expressed an
unqualified opinion on those statements.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 1997 and 1996 financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Ridgewood Savings
Bank of New Jersey as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and the  results of its
operations  and its cash  flows  for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                /s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                                KPMG Peat Marwick LLP






Short Hills, New Jersey
February 27, 1998

                                      F-1
<PAGE>


                           INDEPENDENT AUDITORS'REPORT






Board of Directors
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey
Ridgewood, New Jersey


We have audited the accompanying  statement of financial  condition of Ridgewood
Savings Bank of New Jersey as of December 31, 1995,  and the related  statements
of  income,  equity  and cash  flows for the year then  ended.  These  financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentabon.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New
Jersey as of December 31, 1995,  and the results of its  operations and its cash
flows for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.


                                                /s/Dorfman, Abrams, Music & Co.




Glen Rock, New Jersey

February 29, 1996





                                      F-2
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                        Statements of Financial Condition

                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          June, 30          December, 31
                                                        -------------  ---------------------- 
                        Assets                              1998          1997        1996
                                                            ----          ----        ----
                                                         (Unaudited)

<S>                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>      
Cash and due from banks                                  $   3,128        2,198       2,564    
Federal funds sold                                          16,400       13,200       3,800
                                                         ---------    ---------   ---------
                  Cash and cash equivalents                 19,528       15,398       6,364

Investment securities:                                   
    Held to maturity (fair value of $2,496, $9,724       
       and $12,599 at June 30, 1998, December 31,        
       1997 and December 31,1996)                            2,495        9,666      12,721
    Available for sale                                      11,730       26,954      43,211
Mortgage-backed securities:                              
    Held to maturity  (fair  value of $12,953, $14,522
       and $16,678 at June 30, 1998, December 31,        
       1997 and December 31, 1996)                          12,794       14,356      16,611
    Available for sale                                      85,679       50,099      19,359
Loans held for sale                                           --            750       3,756
Loans receivable, net                                      104,627      105,715     107,959
Accrued interest receivable                                  1,386        1,609       1,818
Premises and equipment, net                                  2,188        2,253       2,310
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                        1,949        1,949       1,949
Other assets                                                   286          316         717
                                                         ---------    ---------   ---------
                  Total assets                           $ 242,662      229,065     216,775
                                                         =========    =========   =========

                Liabilities and Equity                   

Deposits                                                   198,602      193,889     170,551
Borrowed funds                                              25,432       16,282      28,400
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance                896          902         907
Accounts payable and other liabilities                         381          798       1,548
                                                         ---------    ---------   ---------
                  Total liabilities                        225,311      211,871     201,406
                                                         ---------    ---------   ---------

Equity:                                                  
    Retained earnings                                       17,453       16,966      15,716
    Accumulated other comprehensive income                    (102)         228        (347)
                                                         ---------    ---------   ---------
                  Total equity                              17,351       17,194      15,369

Commitments and contingencies                            

                  Total liabilities and equity           $ 242,662      229,065     216,775
                                                         =========    =========   =========
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.      

                                      F-3
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                              Statements of Equity

                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Accu-
                                                                                                      mulated
                                                                                                       other
                                                                              Compre-                  compre-
                                                                              hensive     Retained     hensive     Total
                                                                              income      earnings     income     equity
                                                                              ------      --------     ------     ------

<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>        <C>         <C>   
Balance at December 31, 1994                                              $                 13,849     (259)       13,590
Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                                 1,127         1,127       -          1,127
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax - unrealized gain
       on securities, net of reclassification adjustment                         571
                                                                              ------

                  Total comprehensive income                              $    1,698            -       571           571
                                                                               =====     ---------    -----     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                                                                14,976      312        15,288

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                                   740           740       -            740
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax - unrealized gain
       on securities, net of reclassification adjustment                        (659)
                                                                              ------

                  Total comprehensive income                              $       81            -      (659)         (659)
                                                                              ======     ---------    -----     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996                                                                15,716     (347)       15,369

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                                 1,250         1,250       -          1,250
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax - unrealized gain
       on securities, net of reclassification adjustment                         575
                                                                              ------

                  Total comprehensive income                              $    1,825            -       575           575
                                                                              ======     ---------    -----     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997                                                                16,966      228        17,194

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                                   487           487       -            487
    Other comprehensive income, net of tax - unrealized gain
       on securities, net of reclassification adjustment                        (330)
                                                                              ------

                  Total comprehensive income                              $      157            -      (330)         (330)
                                                                              ======     ---------    -----     ---------

Balance at June 30, 1998                                                  $                 17,453     (102)       17,351
                                                                                         =========    =====     =========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Six-months              Years ended
                                                                              ended                December 31,
                                                                             June 30,              ------------
                                                                               1998         1997       1996       1995
                                                                               ----         ----       ----       ----
                                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>       <C>          <C>
Disclosure of reclassification amount:
    Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period              $     (306)         594       (614)        542
    Less:  reclassification adjustment for (losses) gains in
       net income                                                               (24)         (19)       (45)         29
                                                                         ----------        -----      -----       -----
                  Net unrealized (losses) gains                          $     (330)         575       (659)        571
                                                                         ==========        =====      =====       =====
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                            Statements of Cash Flows

                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Six months ended               Years ended
                                                                       June 30,                   December 31,
                                                            ------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                                 1998        1997       1997         1996       1995
                                                                 ----        ----       ----         ----       ----
                                                                   (Unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>     
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                               $    487         662       1,250         740       1,127
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by (used in) operating activities:
          Depreciation                                            100          99         199         148          75
          Amortization of loan fees                               (60)        (58)       (131)       (174)       (203)
          Premiums and discounts on mortgage-
              backed and investment securities                    416         (11)        376         194         418
          Proceeds from loan sales                                771          24       3,637         750       4,375
          Gain on sale of loans                                   (21)         (3)        (45)        (14)        (38)
          Loans originated for resale                            --          --          (585)     (4,293)     (3,962)
          (Gain) loss on sale of securities available
              for sale                                            (24)       --           (19)        (45)         29
          Provision for loans losses                              132           6          12          12          60
          Deferred income tax (benefit) expense                  (118)        181         265          84         (29)
          Decrease (increase) in accrued interest
              receivable                                          223         (85)        209        (347)       (710)
          Decrease (increase) in other assets, net                215         (76)       (298)        (57)        (48)
          (Decrease) increase in other liabilities               (299)       (994)       (605)      1,236        (194)
                                                             --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

                  Net cash provided by (used in)
                     operating activities                       1,822        (255)      4,265      (1,766)        900
                                                             --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Net decrease (increase) in first mortgage loans             1,803       2,615       4,660      (9,257)     (9,367)
    Net increase in consumer loans                               (787)     (2,037)     (2,316)     (2,390)       (451)
    Purchase of mortgage-backed securities available
       for sale                                               (46,600)     (9,332)    (40,931)    (15,763)     (3,971)
    Principal collected on mortgage-backed securities          11,669       3,413       7,421       5,930       5,456
    Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities
       available for sale                                        --          --         6,320       4,967        --
    Purchase of investment securities available
       for sale                                                (1,470)       (500)     (1,503)    (41,447)    (21,936)
    Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale        7,022       2,000      17,525      15,689      10,221
    Purchase of investment securities held to maturity           --          --          --          --       (16,192)
    Maturities of investment securities held to maturity        6,976       2,500       2,500      11,021       2,500
    Maturities of investment securities available for sale      9,700        --          --          --          --
    Principal collected on investment securities                  175         233        --          --           274
    Purchase of premises and equipment                            (35)        (99)       (142)       (729)     (1,268)
    Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                     --          --          --          (768)        (43)
    Proceeds from collection of loan fees                        --             6          20          56          92
                                                             --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                  Net cash used in investing activities       (11,549)     (1,201)     (6,446)    (32,691)    (34,685)
                                                             --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>

                                      F-5
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                       Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Six months ended                Years ended
                                                                             June 30,                     December 31,
                                                                        --------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                                         1998         1997        1997        1996        1995
                                                                         ----         ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                                            (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>  
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net increase (decrease) in passbook, NOW
       and money market accounts                                       $  5,010       6,096       7,311       2,904        (566)
    Net (decrease) increase in certificates of deposit                     (297)      9,311      16,027      20,629      27,390
    Proceeds from borrowed funds                                         18,190      20,181      13,407      25,175      16,487
    Repayment of borrowed funds                                          (9,040)    (29,400)    (25,525)    (12,786)     (9,326)
    Net (decrease) increase in advances from
       borrowers for taxes and insurance                                     (6)         13          (5)         77          17
                                                                       --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

                  Net cash provided by financing
                     activities                                          13,857       6,201      11,215      35,999      34,002
                                                                       --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

                  Net increase in cash and cash
                     equivalents                                          4,130       4,745       9,034       1,542         217

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                           15,398       6,364       6,364       4,822       4,605
                                                                       --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                 19,528      11,109      15,398       6,364       4,822
                                                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information cash payments for:
       Interest on deposits and borrowed funds                         $  5,344       5,140      10,386      11,185       6,562
                                                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

       Income taxes                                                    $    370         163         233         548         779
                                                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

Transfers to available for sale from mortgage-
    backed securities held to maturity                                 $   --          --          --          --         9,317
                                                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

Transfers to held to maturity from investment
    securities available for sale                                      $   --          --          --          --           420
                                                                       ========    ========    ========    ========    ========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

                        December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995



 (1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

       Business Activities

       Ridgewood  Savings  Bank of New  Jersey  (the Bank)  grants  residential,
       commercial  and consumer loans to, and accepts  deposits from,  customers
       from three  branches  located in  northeastern  New  Jersey.  The Bank is
       subject to the  regulations  of certain  federal and state  agencies  and
       undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

       Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

       The financial  statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
       accepted accounting  principles.  In preparing the financial  statements,
       management is required to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the
       reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  as of  the  date  of the
       statement  of  financial  condition  and  revenues  and  expenses for the
       period. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.

       Material  estimates  that are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant
       change in the near term relate to the  determination of the allowance for
       loan losses and the valuation of real estate  acquired in connection with
       foreclosures   or  in  settlement  of  loans.   In  connection  with  the
       determination  of the  allowance  for loans losses and  valuation of real
       estate owned,  management  generally obtains  independent  appraisals for
       significant properties.

       The accompanying  unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 1998, and
       for the  six-month  periods  ended  June 30,  1998 and  1997,  have  been
       prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All
       information in the notes to the financial  statements as of June 30, 1998
       and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited.
       In the opinion of management,  all adjustments (consisting of only normal
       recurring  accruals)  necessary for a fair  presentation  of such interim
       periods  have been made.  The  results of  operations  for the six months
       ended June 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be
       expected for the year ending December 31, 1998.

       Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Bank adopted the provisions of Statement
       of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
       Income" (Statement No. 130). Statement No. 130 establishes  standards for
       reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income and its  components in a
       full set of general  purpose  financial  statements.  Under Statement No.
       130,   comprehensive   income  is  divided  into  net  income  and  other
       comprehensive   income.   Other   comprehensive   income  includes  items
       previously  recorded  directly  in equity,  such as  unrealized  gains or
       losses on securities available for sale. Comparative financial statements
       provided  for  earlier  periods  have been  reclassified  to reflect  the
       application of the provisions of Statement No. 130.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

 (1), Continued

       Statement No. 130 requires total comprehensive  income and its components
       to be displayed on the face of a financial statement for annual financial
       statements.  For the Bank,  comprehensive  income is determined by adding
       unrealized  investment  holding  gains or losses during the period to net
       income.

       In February 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
       Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  132   "Employers
       Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits" (Statement
       No. 132). Statement 132 revises employers'  disclosures about pension and
       other  postretirement  benefits plans. It does not change the measurement
       or  recognition   of  those  plans.   It   standardizes   the  disclosure
       requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to the extent
       practicable,  requires  additional  information in changes in the benefit
       obligations and fair value of plan assets that will facilitate  financial
       analysis  and  eliminates   certain   required   disclosure  of  previous
       accounting pronouncements.

       Statement No. 132 is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December
       15, 1997. Earlier  application is encouraged.  Restatement of disclosures
       for earlier periods provided for comparative  purposes is required unless
       the  information is not readily  available.  As Statement No. 132 affects
       disclosure  requirements,  it is not  expected  to have an  impact on the
       financial statements of the Bank.

       In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
       No. 133  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities"
       (Statement  No.  133).  Statement  No.  133  establishes  accounting  and
       reporting  standards  for  derivative   instruments,   including  certain
       derivative   instruments  embedded  in  other  contracts,   (collectively
       referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities.  It requires that
       an entity  recognize all  derivatives  as either assets or liabilities in
       the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair
       value.  Statement No. 133 is effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal
       years  beginning  after  June  15,  1999.  Initial  application  of  this
       Statement should be as of the beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter. On
       that date, hedging relationships must be designated as new and documented
       pursuant to the provisions of this Statement.  Earlier application of all
       of the provisions of Statement No. 133 is encouraged, but it is permitted
       only as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter that begins after issuance
       of this Statement.  This Statement should not be applied retroactively to
       financial  statements of prior  periods.  The Bank has not determined the
       impact,  if any,  Statement  No.  133 will have on the  Bank's  financial
       statement presentation.

       Cash and Cash Equivalents

       For purposes of the statements of cash flows,  cash and cash  equivalents
       include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

 (1), Continued

       Investment Securities

       Management  determines the  appropriate  classification  of securities as
       either held to maturity or available for sale at the purchase date.  Debt
       securities that management has the ability and intent to hold to maturity
       are  classified  as held to maturity  and carried at cost,  adjusted  for
       amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Other securities are
       classified  as  available  for  sale  and  are  carried  at  fair  value.
       Unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale  are
       recognized  as direct  increases or  decreases  to equity,  net of income
       taxes. Premiums and discounts are amortized using the level yield method.
       The  cost  of   securities   sold  is   recognized   using  the  specific
       identification method.

       Mortgage-backed Securities

       Management  determines the appropriate  classification of mortgage-backed
       securities  as  either  held to  maturity  or  available  for sale at the
       purchase  date.   Mortgage-backed   securities  represent   participating
       interests in pools of  long-term  first  mortgage  loans  originated  and
       serviced by third parties. Mortgage-backed securities that management has
       the intent and  ability to hold to  maturity  are  classified  as held to
       maturity  and  carried  at  unpaid  principal   balances,   adjusted  for
       unamortized  premiums and unearned discounts.  All other  mortgage-backed
       securities  are  classified as available for sale and are carried at fair
       value.   Unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  mortgage-backed   securities
       available  for sale are  recognized  as direct  increases  or decrease to
       equity,  net of income taxes.  Premiums and discount are amortized  using
       the level yield method.  The cost of securities sold is determined  using
       the specific identification method.

       Loans Held for Sale

       Loans  originated  and held for sale are  carried at the lower of cost or
       fair value determined on an aggregate  basis.  Net unrealized  losses are
       recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to income.  Gains and
       losses  on the sale of loans  held for  sale  are  determined  using  the
       specific  identification  method. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the cost
       of loans held for sale approximates fair value.

       Effective  January 1, 1997,  the Bank  adopted  Statement  of  Accounting
       Standards No. 125,  "Accounting  for Transfers and Servicing of Financial
       Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities"  (Statement  No. 125).  The
       statement provides  standards for  distinguishing  transfers of financial
       assets  that are  sales  from  those  that are  secured  borrowings,  and
       provides  guidance on the  recognition and measurement of asset servicing
       contracts and on debt  extinguishments.  As issued,  Statement No. 125 is
       effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 1996. However, as
       a result of an amendment to Statement No. 125

                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

 (1), Continued

       issued by the FASB in December 1996,  certain provisions of Statement No.
       125 were deferred for an additional year.  Statement No. 125 requires the
       recognition  of  separate  assets for the  rights to  service  for others
       mortgage loans that have been acquired  through  purchase or origination.
       These rights are amortized  over the estimated net servicing  life of the
       loans and are  evaluated  for  impairment  based on their fair value on a
       quarterly  basis.  The fair  value of the rights is  estimated  using the
       present value of future cash flows and assumptions  regarding  prepayment
       estimates,  cost  of  servicing,  discount  rates  and  loan  terms.  Any
       impairments  to the value of the rights are recognized as a direct effect
       to amortization.  The impact of adopting the new accounting  standard was
       not material to the Bank.

       Loans Receivable

       Loans  receivable  are  stated  at  unpaid  principal  balances  less the
       allowance  for loans  losses  and net  deferred  loan  origination  fees.
       Interest  income on loans is accrued and  credited to interest  income as
       earned.  Loan  origination and commitment fees are deferred and amortized
       as a yield  adjustment  over the  lives of the  related  loans  using the
       interest method.

       The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income through a
       provision  for  loan  losses  and  decreased  by   charge-offs,   net  of
       recoveries.  Management's  periodic  evaluation  of the  adequacy  of the
       allowance is based on the Bank's past loss experience, known and inherent
       risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's
       ability to repay,  the estimated  value of any underlying  collateral and
       current economic conditions.

       Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While
       management  uses  available  information  to  recognize  losses on loans,
       future  additions to the allowance  may be necessary  based on changes in
       economic  conditions  in the Bank's  market area.  In  addition,  various
       regulatory  agencies,  as an integral part of their  routine  examination
       process,  periodically  review the Bank's allowance for loan losses. Such
       agencies  may require the Bank to recognize  additions  to the  allowance
       based on their judgments about information  available to them at the time
       of their examination.

       Loans  are  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  when a loan  is  specifically
       determined to be impaired based on management's periodic evaluation.  Any
       unpaid  interest  previously  accrued  on those  loans is  reversed  from
       income.   Interest  income   generally  is  not  recognized  on  specific
       nonaccrual loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote and only
       to the extent of interest payments received.


                                     F-10
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

 (1), Continued

       The  Bank  has  defined  the  population  of  impaired  loans  to be  all
       nonaccrual  and   restructured   commercial   loans,  and  certain  other
       performing  loans considered to be impaired as to principal and interest.
       Impaired  loans are  individually  assessed to determine  that the loan's
       carrying  value is not in excess of the fair value of the  collateral  or
       the present  value of the loan's  expected  future  cash  flows.  Smaller
       balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment,
       such as residential  mortgage loans and installment  loans,  are excluded
       from the impaired loan portfolio. At June 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and
       1996, the Bank has no impaired loans.

       Premises and Equipment

       Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are recorded at
       cost.  Depreciation is computed using the  straight-line  method over the
       estimated useful lives of the assets.

       Foreclosed Real Estate

       Real  estate  properties   acquired  through  foreclosure  are  initially
       recorded at the lower of  amortized  cost or estimated  fair value,  less
       estimated  costs to sell at the date of  foreclosure.  Costs  relating to
       development and improvements of property are  capitalized,  whereas costs
       relating to the holding of property are expensed.

       Valuations are periodically performed by management, and an allowance for
       losses is  established by a charge to operations if the carrying value of
       a property  exceeds its estimated  fair value,  less  estimated  costs to
       sell.

       Income Taxes

       Income  taxes are  accounted  for using the asset and  liability  method.
       Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  recognized  for the future tax
       consequences  attributable to differences between the financial statement
       carrying  amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective
       tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
       tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
       temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
       on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of a change  in tax rates is
       recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

       Reclassifications

       Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made to the  1995,  1996 and 1997
       financial statements to conform to the 1998 presentation.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (2)   Investment Securities

       At June 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996, securities held to maturity
consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       June 30, 1998
                       -----------------------------------
                                  (Unaudited)                        December 31, 1997               December 31, 1996
                                                           ----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                                 Gross     Gross                      Gross     Gross                   Gross     Gross    
                        Amor-    unre-     unre-             Amor-    unre-     unre-          Amor-    unre-     unre-    
                        tized    alized    alized   Fair     tized    alized    alized  Fair   tized    alized    alized   Fair
                        cost     gains     losses   value    cost     gains     losses  value  cost     gains     losses   value
                        ----     -----     ------   -----    ----     -----     ------  -----  ----     -----     ------   ------
<S>                    <C>           <C>       <C>  <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>   
U.S. Government and
    federal agencies   $ 2,495       9         (8)  2,496      9,666    62        (4)    9,724  12,721    15      (137)     12,599
                       =======    ====       =====  =====    =======   ===        ==    ======  ======  ====     =====      ======
</TABLE>

       At June 30, 1998 and December 31,  1997,  securities  of $1.6 million and
1.8 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral.

       At June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and 1996, securities available for
sale consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       June 30, 1998
                       -----------------------------------
                                  (Unaudited)                        December 31, 1997               December 31, 1996
                                                           ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                 Gross     Gross                      Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross    
                        Amor-    unre-     unre-             Amor-    unre-     unre-            Amor-    unre-     unre-    
                        tized    alized    alized   Fair     tized    alized    alized  Fair     tized    alized    alized    Fair
                        cost     gains     losses   value    cost     gains     losses  value    cost     gains     losses    value
                        ----     -----     ------   -----    ----     -----     ------  -----    ----     -----     ------   ------
<S>                     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>   
U.S. Government                                                                                  
    and federal                                                                                  
    agencies            $ 7,000      2        (2)    7,000   23,697     28        (34)  23,691   41,204      12      (620)   40,596
Municipal securities      4,561    146        (3)    4,704    3,091    150         -     3,241    2,589      10        -      2,599
Equity securities             8     18        -         26        8     14         -        22        9       7        -         16
                         ------  -----     -----    ------   ------  -----       ----   ------   ------    ----     -----    ------

                        $11,569    166        (5)   11,730   26,796    192        (34)  26,954   43,802      29      (620)   43,211
                         ======  =====     =====    ======   ======    ===       ====   ======   ======    ====     =====    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

                                 (In thousands)

 (2), Continued

       The following is a summary of  maturities  of debt  securities as of June
30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                June 30, 1998              
                                  --------------------------------------               December 31, 1997
                                               (Unaudited)                  ----------------------------------------
                                     Securities                                 Securities
                                       held to            Securities             held to            Securities
                                      maturity        available for sale        maturity        available for sale
                               -------------------     ------------------    -----------------  ---------------------
                                   Amor-              Amor-                   Amor-              Amor-
                                   tized     Fair     tized        Fair       tized    Fair      tized      Fair
                                   cost      value    cost         value      cost     value     cost       value
                                   ----      -----    ----         -----      ----     -----     ----       -----
<S>                           <C>           <C>     <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>   
Amounts maturing in:
    One year or less          $     920       920      500           500       920       916        500        498
    After one year through
       five years                   167       167    4,000         4,000     1,219     1,238         -          -
    After five years through
       ten years                    746       755       -              -     3,807     3,842     23,197     23,193
    After ten years                 662       654    7,061         7,204     3,720     3,728      3,091      3,241
                                 ------    ------  -------      --------    ------    ------    -------    -------

                              $   2,495     2,496   11,561        11,704     9,666     9,724     26,788     26,932
                                 ======    ======  =======      ========    ======    ======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

       Expected  maturities  will differ  from  contractual  maturities  because
       borrowers  may  have  the  right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or
       without call or prepayment penalties.

       Proceeds from sales of investment  securities  available for sale and the
       realized  gross  gains  and  losses  from  those sales are as follows (in
       thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Six months
                                                             ended                  Years ended
                                                           June 30,                December 31,
                                                    --------------------   -------------------------------
                                                         1998      1997     1997       1996       1995
                                                         ----      ----     ----       ----       ----
                                                          (Unaudited)

<S>                                                 <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>   
                Proceeds from sales                 $   7,022     2,000     17,525     15,689     10,221
                                                       ======    ======    =======    =======    =======

                Gross realized gains                       24        -          11         20          3
                Gross realized losses                      -         -          -          -         (32)
                                                       ------    ------    -------    -------    -------

                                                    $      24        -          11         20        (29)
                                                       ======    ======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>


       In 1995, debt securities of $420,000 were transferred to held to maturity
       from available for sale as a one time reallocation between categories, as
       allowed by the "Special Report - A Guide to  Implementation  of Statement
       115 on Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities"
       which was issued in November 1995.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

                                 (In thousands)


 (3)   Mortgage-backed Securities

       At June 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996,  mortgage-backed securities
held to maturity consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  June 30, 1998
                       -----------------------------------
                                  (Unaudited)                        December 31, 1997               December 31, 1996
                                                           ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                 Gross     Gross                      Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross    
                        Amor-    unre-     unre-             Amor-    unre-     unre-            Amor-    unre-     unre-    
                        tized    alized    alized   Fair     tized    alized    alized  Fair     tized    alized    alized    Fair
                        cost     gains     losses   value    cost     gains     losses  value    cost     gains     losses    value
                        ----     -----     ------   -----    ----     -----     ------  -----    ----     -----     ------   ------

<S>                  <C>          <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>    <C>  
GNMA                 $  2,747       47        (5)    2,789    3,138       64     (8)     3,194    3,658       56       (21)   3,693
FHLMC                   2,610       28        (7)    2,631    2,902       34     (5)     2,931    3,530       26       (20)   3,536
FNMA                    7,437      100        (4)    7,533    8,316       97    (16)     8,397    9,423       71       (45)   9,449
                      -------    -----      ----   -------   ------    -----    ---     ------   ------    -----      ----   ------

                     $ 12,794      175       (16)   12,953   14,356      195    (29)    14,522   16,611      153       (86)  16,678
                      =======    =====      ====   =======   ======      ===    ===     ======   ======      ===      ====   ======
</TABLE>


       At June 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996,  mortgage-backed securities
available for sale consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  June 30, 1998
                       -----------------------------------
                                  (Unaudited)                        December 31, 1997               December 31, 1996
                                                           ----------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                 Gross     Gross                      Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross    
                        Amor-    unre-     unre-             Amor-    unre-     unre-            Amor-    unre-     unre-    
                        tized    alized    alized   Fair     tized    alized    alized  Fair     tized    alized    alized    Fair
                        cost     gains     losses   value    cost     gains     losses  value    cost     gains     losses    value
                        ----     -----     ------   -----    ----     -----     ------  -----    ----     -----     ------   ------

<S>                  <C>          <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>    <C>  
GNMA                 $   2,158        9        (7)   2,160    1,348       10       -      1,358      474        9         -      483
FHLMC                   39,242      165      (338)  39,069   25,567      165      (70)   25,662    7,645       73       (24)   7,694
FNMA                    44,598      172      (320)  44,450   22,987      142      (50)   23,079   11,192       27       (37)  11,182
                       -------    -----      ----   ------   ------    -----     ----    ------   ------    -----      ----   ------

                     $  85,998      346      (665)  85,679   49,902      317     (120)   50,099   19,311      109       (61)  19,359
                       =======    =====      ====   ======   ======      ===     ====    ======   ======      ===      ====   ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>



                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (3), Continued

       The following is a summary of maturities of mortgage-backed securities as
of June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               June 30, 1998                           December 31, 1997
                                 ---------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                (Unaudited)
                                     Securities             Securities          Securities           Securities
                                       held to               available           held to              available
                                      maturity               for sale            maturity             for sale
                               ----------------------   -----------------    -----------------    ----------------
                                   Amor-                 Amor-                Amor-                Amor-
                                   tized      Fair       tized     Fair       tized     Fair       tized    Fair
                                   cost       value      cost      value      cost      value      cost     value
                                   ----       -----      ----      -----      ----      -----      ----     -----
<S>                           <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>   
Amounts maturing in:
   After one year through
      five years              $      957        962      9,223     9,249         -          -       7,549    7,593
   After five years through
      ten years                      703        701     24,855    24,878        963        955     10,546   10,598
   After ten years                11,134     11,290     51,920    51,552     13,393     13,567     31,807   31,908
                                 -------    -------    -------   -------     ------ ---------- ---------- --------

                              $   12,794     12,953     85,998    85,679     14,356     14,522     49,902   50,099
                                 =======    =======    =======   =======    =======    =======    =======  =======
</TABLE>

       Expected  maturities  will differ  from  contractual  maturities  because
       borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  without call
       or prepayment penalties.

       Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed  securities available for sale and
the  realized  gross  gains and  losses  from  those  sales are as  follows  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Six months
                                                                 ended                 Years ended
                                                               June 30,               December 31,
                                                        ---------------------   -------------------------
                                                             1998      1997      1997      1996    1995
                                                             ----      ----      ----      ----    ----
                                                              (Unaudited)
               <S>                                      <C>           <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>   
                Proceeds from sales                     $      -         -      6,320     4,967       -
                                                            =====     =====     =====    ======   =====

                Gross realized gains                           -         -          8        31       -
                Gross realized losses                          -         -         -         (6)      -
                                                            -----     -----     -----    ------   -----

                                                        $      -         -          8        25       -
                                                            =====     =====     =====    ======   =====
</TABLE>

       At June 30, 1998, mortgage-backed securities of $17.1 million were pledge
as collateral.

       In  1995,   mortgage-backed   securities   with  an  amortized   cost  of
       approximately  $9.3  million  were  transferred  from held to maturity to
       available  for  sale as one  time  reallocation  between  categories,  as
       allowed by the "Special Report - A Guide to  Implementation  of Statement
       115 on Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities"
       which was issued in November 1995.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


 (4)   Loans

       The  following  is a summary of loans as of June 30,  1998,  December 31,
1997 and 1996 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        December 31,
                                                                     June 30,     ---------------------
                                                                       1998         1997          1996
                                                                       ----         ----          ----
                                                                    (Unaudited)
          <S>                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>   
           First mortgage loans:
               Secured by one- to four-family
                  residence                                        $   83,990         86,140        90,500
               Secured by other property                               10,661         10,313        10,613
                                                                   ----------     ----------    ----------
                             Total first mortgage loans                94,651         96,453       101,113

           Consumer loans:
               Loans to depositors, secured by  savings                   208            350           256
               Education                                                  186            160           120
               Equity                                                  10,583          9,645         7,519
               Lines of credit                                             98            134            78
                                                                   ----------     ----------    ----------

                             Total consumer loans                      11,075         10,289         7,973
                                                                   ----------     ----------    ----------

           Less:
               Net deferred loan fees                                     349            409           521
               Allowance for loan losses                                  750            618           606
                                                                   ----------     ----------    ----------

                                                                   $  104,627        105,715       107,959
                                                                   ==========     ==========    ==========

           Loans held for sale                                     $        -            750         3,756
                                                                   ==========     ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


       Activity in the  allowance  for loan losses for the six months ended June
       30, 1998 and 1997 and for the years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and
       1995 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   June 30,               December 31,
                                                           ---------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                1998      1997      1997      1996      1995
                                                                ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                                   (Unaudited)

<S>                                                         <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
           Balance at beginning of period                   $     618      606       606       593       528
           Provision charged to income                            132        6        12        12        60
           Charge-offs                                             -        -         -          2        -
           Recoveries                                              -        -         -          3         5
                                                               ------     ----      ----      ----      ----

           Balance at end of period                         $     750      612       618       606       593
                                                               ======     ====      ====      ====      ====
</TABLE>
                                      F-16
<PAGE>




                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


 (4), Continued

       The  balance  of  nonaccrual  loans for which  interest  income  has been
       reduced totals  approximately  $6,000,  $0 and $313,000 at June 30, 1998,
       December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Interest income that would have
       been recorded under the original terms of such loans  approximated $0 and
       $59,000 for the six months  ended June 30,  1998 and 1997,  respectively,
       and $0, $13,000 and $22,000 for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996
       and 1995, respectively.


 (5)   Premises and Equipment

       Premises  and  equipment  at June 30,  1998,  December  31, 1997 and 1996
consists of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            June 30,       December 31,
                                                            --------    -------------------
                                                              1998       1997        1996
                                                              ----       ----        ----
                                                           (Unaudited)

                <S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>
                Land                                        $    527        527        527
                Building and improvements                        607        607        607
                Leasehold improvements                           787        787        767
                Furniture, fixtures and equipment              1,125      1,090        968
                                                            --------    -------    -------
                                                               3,046      3,011      2,869

                Less accumulated depreciation                    858        758        559
                                                            --------    -------    -------

                                                            $  2,188      2,253      2,310
                                                            ========    =======    =======
</TABLE>



 (6)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

       The Bank,  as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System,  is required
       to maintain an  investment in capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank
       of New York (FHLB).  The FHLB of New York paid  dividends at an effective
       rate of 7.4% and 6.3% for the six months  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1997,
       respectively,  and 6.6%,  7.6% and 7.6% for the years ended  December 31,
       1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (7)   Deposits

       Deposits at June 30, 1998,  December 31, 1997 and 1996 are  summarized as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         June 30, 1998             December 31,                December 31,
                                         -------------                 1997                        1996
                                          (Unaudited)       -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                 Weighted                   Weighted                    Weighted
                                                 average                    average                     average
                                      Amount       rate          Amount       rate           Amount       rate
                                      ------       ----          ------       ----           ------       ----

<S>                             <C>                <C>      <C>              <C>        <C>               <C>  
       Passbook                 $     29,126       3.21%    $     27,136     3.01%      $     23,377      3.01%
       NOW accounts                   15,165       2.29           12,320     1.84              8,622      1.94
       Money market                    3,807       2.98            3,632     2.98              3,778      2.98
       Certificates of deposit       150,504       5.61          150,801     5.66            134,774      5.54
                                     -------                     -------                     -------

                                $    198,602                $    193,889                $    170,551
                                    ========                   =========                    ========
</TABLE>

       The aggregate  amount of certificate  of deposit  accounts with a minimum
       denomination of $100,000 was approximately $14.8 million,  $15.6 million,
       and  $17.1  million  at June  30,  1998,  December  31,  1997  and  1996,
       respectively.

       At June 30, 1998,  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  scheduled  maturities  of
certificates of deposit are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              June 30,           December 31,
                                              --------     ------------------------
                                                1998         1997           1996
                                                ----         ----           ----
                                             (Unaudited)

<S>                                         <C>               <C>           <C>    
                One year or less            $  108,575        95,800        109,525
                One year to three years         37,294        50,878         19,694
                Three years or more              4,635         4,123          5,555
                                             ---------     ---------     ----------

                                            $  150,504       150,801        134,774
                                             =========     =========     ==========
</TABLE>

       Interest  expense on deposits  for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and
       1997  and for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996  and  1995 is
       summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          June 30,                 December 31,
                                                  -----------------    -------------------------------
                                                  1998       1997        1997        1996       1995
                                                  ----       ----        ----        ----       ----
                                                     (Unaudited)

               <S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
                Passbook                         $   443        369         785        663        634
                NOW accounts                         121         88         195        139        103
                Money market                          57         63         121        122        133
                Certificates of deposit            4,171      3,769       7,881      6,726      5,683
                                                  ------    -------    --------    -------    -------

                                                 $ 4,792      4,289       8,982      7,650      6,553
                                                  ======    =======    ========    =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (8)   Borrowed Funds

       Borrowed  funds  at June  30,  1998,  December  31,  1997  and  1996  are
summarized as follows (in thousands):


                                                           December 31,
                                         June 30,   -------------------------
                                           1998         1997         1996
                                           ----         ----         ----
                                        (Unaudited)

          Advances from the FHLB        $  25,432       16,282        28,400
                                         ========     ========     =========


       Pursuant to collateral  agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by
       all stock in the FHLB and qualifying  first mortgage  loans.  Advances at
       June 30, 1998 and  December 31, 1997 have  maturity  dates as follows (in
       thousands):


                                         June 30,     December 31,
                                           1998           1997
                                           ----           ----
                                       (Unaudited)

                         1998            $  6,700        15,525
                         2000               2,150           150
                         2006                 582           607
                         2008              16,000            -
                                          -------       ------

                                         $ 25,432        16,282
                                          =======       =======


       The interest rates on advances ranged from 5.30% to 6.76%, 5.30% to 6.85%
and  from  5.30%  to  6.85%  at June 30,  1998,  December  31,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.


 (9)   Employee Retirement Plans

       Pension Plan

       The Bank has a defined  benefit pension plan covering  substantially  all
       employees.  The benefits are computed  using an average of the employee's
       compensation  for the  highest  five  years  during the last ten years of
       employment. The Bank funds an amount equal to the

                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (9), Continued

       maximum  allowable  deduction  for tax purposes as reported by the Bank's
       actuary.  Listed below are the components of pension  expense for the six
       months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 and for the years ended  December 31,
       1997, 1996 and 1995 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                June 30,            December 31,
                                            -----------------  -------------------------
                                              1998     1997     1997     1996    1995
                                              ----     ----     ----     ----    ----
                                                (Unaudited)

<S>                                          <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
                Service cost                 $ 42       34       67       66        79
                Interest cost                  22       21       42       37        26
                Return on plan assets         (27)     (24)     (47)     (47)       (7)
                Other components                3        3        6        3         6
                                             ----     ----     ----    -----    ------

                   Net periodic pension
                      cost                   $ 40       34       68       59       104
                                             ====     ====     ====    =====    ======
</TABLE>

       The  following  table shows the funded  status of the plan and the amount
       reported in the  statements  of  financial  condition  at June 30,  1998,
       December 31, 1997 and 1996 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                              June 30, ----------------
                                                                                1998      1997     1996
                                                                                ----      ----     ----
                                                                            (Unaudited)

<S>                                                                            <C>     <C>       <C>
                Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
                      Accumulated benefit obligation:
                          Vested                                               $ 425       430       269
                          Nonvested                                               95        79        47
                                                                               -----   -------   -------

                                 Total accumulated benefit
                                     obligation                                  520       509       316
                                                                               -----    ------    ------

                      Projected benefit obligation                              (698)     (707)     (501)
                      Fair value of plan assets, primarily
                          certificates of deposit                                716       730       549
                                                                               -----    ------    ------
                                 Excess of fair value of
                                     plan assets over pro-
                                     jected benefit                               18        23        48

                      Other                                                      (23)       12       (35)
                                                                              ------    ------    ------

                                 (Accrued pension liability)
                                     net pension asset                        $   (5)       35        13
                                                                              ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



 (9), Continued

       Assumptions  used  to  develop  the net  periodic  pension  costs  are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               June 30,                     December 31,
                                                            ----------------        -----------------------------
                                                            1998        1997        1997        1996        1995
                                                            ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                                 (Unaudited)

                <S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C> 
                Discount rate                                6.8%        7.5%       7.5%         7.5%        7.0%
                Expected long-term rate of
                   return on assets                          8.0         8.0         8.0         8.0         7.0
                Rate of increase in compen-
                   sation levels                             4.5         5.5         5.5         5.5         5.0
                                                            ====        ====        ====        ====        ====
</TABLE>



       Profit-sharing Plan

       The  Bank  has   established  a  401(k)   profit-sharing   plan  covering
       substantially all employees.  The plan provides for the Bank to match 50%
       of  an  employee's   contribution  up  to  4%  of  individual's   salary.
       Contributions to the plan for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997
       were  approximately  $9,000 and  $9,000,  respectively  and for the years
       ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995  were  approximately  $20,000,
       $19,000 and $17,000, respectively.


(10)   Income Taxes

       Under tax law that existed prior to 1996, the Bank was generally  allowed
       a special bad debt deduction in determining income for tax purposes.  The
       deduction  was  based  on  either a  specified  experience  formula  or a
       percentage of taxable income before such deduction. The experience method
       was used in  preparing  the income tax return for 1995.  Legislation  was
       enacted in August 1996 which  repealed for tax purposes the percentage of
       taxable income bad debt reserve method. As a result,  the Bank will use a
       specific  experience  formula to compute its bad debt  deduction for 1996
       and  1997.  The  legislation  also  requires  the Bank to  recapture  its
       post-1987  net  additions to its tax bad debt reserves for which the Bank
       has accrued a deferred liability.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(10), Continued

       Income tax  expense  for the six months  ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 and
       for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 is  summarized  as
       follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           June 30,                 December 31,
                                                      ------------------    -----------------------------
                                                        1998        1997      1997      1996       1995
                                                        ----        ----      ----      ----       ----
                                                          (Unaudited)
                <S>                                <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
                Current:
                     Federal                       $     334         220       532        500        631
                     State                                29          24        44         44         55
                                                      ------      ------    ------     ------     ------

                                                   $     363         244       576        544        686
                                                      ======      ======    ======     ======     ======
                Deferred:
                     Federal                            (111)        172       243         77        (27)
                     State                                (7)          9        22          7         (2)
                                                      -------     ------    ------     ------     ------

                                                   $    (118)        181       265         84        (29)
                                                      ======      ======    ======     ======     ======
                Total:
                     Federal                             223         392       775        577        604
                     State                                22          33        66         51         53
                                                      ------      ------    ------     ------     ------

                                                   $     245         425       841        628        657
                                                      ======      ======    ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>


       Total income tax expense  differed from the amounts  computed by applying
       the U.S. federal income tax rates of 34% to income before income taxes as
       a result of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    June 30,                 December 31,
                                                             --------------------    ----------------------------
                                                                1998       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                                ----       ----       ----       ----       ----
                                                                   (Unaudited)
           <S>                                                <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
           Expected income tax expense
               at federal tax rate                             $  249        370       711        465        607
           Increase (decrease) in taxes
                   resulting from:
               State income tax, net of
                  federal income tax effect                        14         22        44         33         35
               Tax-exempt interest                                (25)       (22)      (48)        -          -
               Tax bad debt reserve                                -          -         -         136         -
               Other, net                                           7         55       134         (6)        15
                                                                -----      -----      ----       ----       ----

                                                                $ 245        425       841        628        657
                                                                =====      =====      ====       ====       ====

</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(10), Continued

       Total  income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997
       and for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was allocated as
       follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    June 30,             December 31,
                                                -----------------  --------------------------
                                                  1998     1997     1997       1996     1995
                                                  ----     ----     ----       ----     ----
                                                   (Unaudited)

<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Income tax expense from operations              $  245      425        841       628     657
Shareholders' equity - unrealized gain (loss)
    on securities available for sale              (185)     (31)       323      (372)    322
                                                 -----    -----    -------    ------    ----

                                                $   60      394      1,164       256     979
                                                 =====    =====    =======    ======    ====
</TABLE>

       The  following  are the  significant  components  of the net deferred tax
(liability) asset at June 30. 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        June 30,    December 31,
                                                        --------  --------------
                                                          1998     1997     1996
                                                          ----     ----     ----
                                                      (Unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>      <C>
Components of deferred tax asset:
    Provision for loan losses - book                     $ 270      222      218
    Loan fees                                               86       85      135
    Interest reserves                                     --       --         16
    Amortization of premiums and discounts
       on investment securities and mortgage-
       backed securities                                   213      185      355
    Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities      57     --        196
                                                         -----    -----    -----

                  Total deferred tax asset                 626      492      920
                                                         -----    -----    -----

Components of deferred tax liability:
    Depreciation                                           (40)     (36)     (34)
    Provision for loan losses - tax                       (396)    (432)    (433)
    Other                                                  (28)     (37)      (5)
    Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities     --       (128)    --
                                                         -----    -----    -----

                  Total deferred tax liability            (464)    (633)    (472)
                                                         -----    -----    -----

                  Net deferred tax asset (liability)     $ 162     (141)     448
                                                         =====    =====    =====

Net state deferred tax asset (liability)                     9      (12)      37
Net federal deferred tax asset (liability)                 153     (129)     411
                                                         -----    -----    -----

                                                         $ 162     (141)     448
                                                         =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(10), Continued

       Management  has  determined  that it is more likely than not that it will
       realize  the  deferred  tax asset based upon the nature and timing of the
       items listed above. There can be no assurances,  however, that there will
       be no significant  differences  in the future between  taxable income and
       pretax book income if circumstances change. In order to fully realize the
       net deferred  tax asset,  the Bank will need to generate  future  taxable
       income.  Management has projected that the Bank will generate  sufficient
       taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax asset; however,  there can
       be no assurance as to such levels of taxable income generated.

       Retained  earnings at both June 30, 1998 and December  31, 1997  includes
       approximately  $3.1 million for which no  provision  for income taxes has
       been made.  This amount  represents  an  allocation of income to bad debt
       deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in taxation of
       these  reserves  include  failure to qualify as a bank for tax  purposes;
       distributions in complete or partial liquidation;  stock redemptions; and
       excess  distributions  to  shareholders.  Management  is not aware of the
       occurrence  of any such  events.  At both June 30, 1998 and  December 31,
       1997,  the Bank has an  unrecognized  tax  liability of $1.1 million with
       respect to this reserve.


(11)   Related-party Transactions
   
       At June 30, 1998,  December 31, 1997 and 1996, the executive officers and
       directors   have   approximately  ^$181,000,   $121,000   and   $233,000,
       respectively,  in  outstanding  residential  first  mortgage and consumer
       loans. Lending transactions with related parties are on the same terms as
       those  prevailing at the time for  comparable  transactions  with outside
       customers. ^Activity  in  the  related  party  loan  balances for the six
       months  ended June 30, 1998 and the year ended  December 31, 1997  is  as
       follows (in thousands):

                                         June 30, 1998        December 31, 1997
                                         -------------        -----------------

       Beginning Balance                 $   121                      233
       Additional borrowings                  60                       73
       Repayments                             --                     (185)
                                             ---                     ---- 
       Ending Balance                    $   181                      121
                                             ===                      ===
    
(12)   Commitments, Contingencies and Concentrations of Credit Risk

       In the  ordinary  course of  business,  the Bank has various  outstanding
       commitments  that  are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying   financial
       statements.  The  principal  commitments  of the Bank are outlined in the
       following section.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued


(12), Continued

    Lease Commitments

          At June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997, the Bank is obligated  under a
          noncancelable operating lease expiring in February 2005 for its office
          and drive-in  facilities in Ridgewood,  New Jersey. The lease contains
          escalation   clauses   providing  for  increased  rentals  based  upon
          increases  in the  consumer  price index and an option to renew for an
          additional  ten years.  In  addition,  the Bank  leases a facility  in
          Mahwah, New Jersey, under a noncancelable  operating lease expiring in
          November 2007. The lease contains an option to renew for an additional
          eight years. Net rent expense exclusive of real estate taxes under the
          operating  leases,  included in occupancy and equipment  expense,  was
          approximately  $79,000 and  $80,000 for the six months  ended June 30,
          1998 and 1997, respectively,  and approximately $161,000, $154,000 and
          $123,000  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and  1995,
          respectively.

          The projected  minimum rental  payments under the terms of the leases,
          exclusive of the renewal options, are as follows (in thousands):


                                                   June, 30      December 31,
                                                     1998            1997
                                                     ----            ----
                                                  (Unaudited)

                         1998                       $    77            100
                         1999                           155            100
                         2000                           155            100
                         2001                           155            100
                         2002                           155            100
                         2003 and thereafter            936            539
                                                    -------        -------

                                                    $ 1,633          1,039
                                                    =======        =======


          Real estate taxes,  insurance and  maintenance  expenses are generally
          obligations of the Bank and, accordingly,  are not included as part of
          rental payments.

          Financial Instruments with Off-balance-sheet Risk

          The Bank  maintains  its cash and  cash  equivalents  in bank  deposit
          accounts,  the  balances  of which,  at times,  may  exceed  federally
          insured  limits.  Additionally,  the  Bank  is a  party  to  financial
          instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk  in the  normal  course  of
          business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial
          instruments  primarily consist of commitments to extend credit.  These
          instruments  involve,  to  varying  degrees,  elements  of credit  and
          interest  rate  risk  in  excess  of  the  amounts  recognized  in the
          statements of financial condition.


                                      F-25
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(12), Continued

          The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by
          the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend
          credit is  represented  by the  contractual  notional  amount of those
          instruments.  The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making
          commitments   and    conditional    obligations   as   it   does   for
          on-balance-sheet   instruments.   Commitments  to  extend  credit  are
          agreements  to lend to a customer as long as there is no  violation of
          any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have
          fixed  expiration dates or other  termination  clauses and may require
          payment of a fee. The Bank evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness
          on a case-by-case basis. The amount and type of collateral obtained by
          the Bank upon extension of credit varies and is based on  management's
          credit evaluation of the counterparty/customer.

          Loan Commitments

          At June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997, the Bank has outstanding  firm
          commitments to originate loans as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               June 30, 198 
                                                     -------------------------------        December 31, 1997
                                                                (Unaudited)           ----------------------------
                                                                   Vari-                         Vari-
                                                        Fixed      able                Fixed     able
                                                        rate       rate       Total    rate      rate       Total
                                                        ----       ----       -----    ----      ----       -----
                                                     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                   <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>  
             First mortgage loans                     $ 2,534      3,287      5,821      420      1,575      1,995
             Consumer and other
               loans                                      219        195        414      145        100        245
                                                      -------    -------    -------    -----    -------    -------

                                                      $ 2,753      3,482      6,235      565      1,675      2,240
                                                      =======    =======    =======    =====    =======    =======
</TABLE>


          Litigation

          In the normal  course of business,  the Bank may be a party to various
          outstanding   legal   proceedings  and  claims.   In  the  opinion  of
          management,  the financial position of the Bank will not be materially
          affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.

          Concentrations of Credit Risk

          A  substantial  portion  of the Bank's  loans are one- to  four-family
          residential first mortgage loans secured by real estate located in New
          Jersey.  Accordingly,  the collectibility of a substantial  portion of
          the Bank's loan  portfolio  is  susceptible  to changes in real estate
          market conditions.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(13) Recapitalization of Savings Institution Insurance Fund (SAIF)

     On September 30, 1996,  legislation was enacted which,  among other things,
     imposed  a  special  one-time  assessment  on  SAIF  member   institutions,
     including the Bank, to recapitalize the SAIF and spread the obligations for
     payment of  Financing  Corporation  (FICO)  bonds  across all SAIF and Bank
     Insurance Fund (BIF) members.  The Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
     (FDIC)  special  assessment  levied  amounted to 65.7 basis  points on SAIF
     assessable  deposits held as of March 31, 1995. The special  assessment was
     recognized  in 1996  and was tax  deductible.  The Bank  took a  charge  of
     $830,000,  before tax-effect,  as a result of the FDIC special  assessment.
     This  legislation  will  eliminated the substantial  disparity  between the
     amount  that BIF and SAIF member  institutions  had been paying for deposit
     insurance premiums.

     Beginning  on  January  1,  1997,  BIF  members  paid a portion of the FICO
     payment equal to 1.3 basis points on BIF-insured  deposits  compared to 6.4
     basis points on SAIF-insured deposits, and will pay a pro rata share of the
     FICO  payment on the  earlier of January 1, 2000 or the date upon which the
     last savings association ceases to exist. The legislation also requires BIF
     and  SAIF to be  merged  by  January  1,  1999,  provided  that  subsequent
     legislation is adopted to eliminate the savings  association charter and no
     savings associations remain as of that time.

     The FDIC has recently  lowered SAIF  assessments  to a range  comparable to
     that of BIF members, although SAIF members must also make the FICO payments
     described  above.  Management  cannot  predict the level of FDIC  insurance
     assessments on an ongoing basis or whether the BIF and SAIF will eventually
     be merged.


(14) Regulatory Matters

     FDIC  regulations  require banks to maintain  minimum  levels of regulatory
     capital.  Under the regulations in effect at June 30, 1998 and December 31,
     1997, the Bank is required to maintain (a) a minimum leverage ratio of Tier
     1 capital to total adjusted  assets of 4.0%, and (b) minimum ratios of Tier
     1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

     Under its prompt  corrective  action  regulations,  the FDIC is required to
     take certain  supervisory  actions (and may take  additional  discretionary
     actions)  with  respect to an  undercapitalized  institution.  Such actions
     could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the  institution's  financial
     statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of
     savings  institutions into five categories:  well  capitalized,  adequately
     capitalized,   undercapitalized,    significantly   undercapitalized,   and
     critically  undercapitalized.  Generally, an institution is considered well
     capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5.0%; a
     Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of at least 6.0%;  and a total  risk-based
     capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(14), Continued

       The foregoing  capital ratios are based in part on specific  quantitative
       measures of assets,  liabilities and certain  off-balance-sheet  items as
       calculated under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  Capital amounts and
       classifications  are also subject to  quantitative  judgments by the FDIC
       about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

       Management believes that, as of June 30, 1998, the Bank meets all capital
       adequacy  requirements to which it is subject.  Further,  the most recent
       FDIC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized  institution
       under  the  prompt  corrective  action  regulations.  There  have been no
       conditions or events since that  notification  that  management  believes
       have changed the Bank's capital classification.

       The  following  is a summary of the Bank's  actual  capital  amounts  and
       ratios as of June 30, 1998,  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  compared to the
       FDIC minimum capital adequacy  requirements and the FDIC requirements for
       classification as a well-capitalized institution (in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  To be well
                                                                        For capital               capitalized
                                                                         adequacy                under prompt
                                                 Actual                   purpose             correction action
                                        --------------------      ---------------------    ---------------------
                                            Amount    Ratio           Amount    Ratio          Amount     Ratio
                                            ------    -----           ------    -----          ------     -----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>             <C>   
As of June 30, 1998 (unaudited):
    Total capital (to risk-
       weighted assets)                 $   18,199    20.24%      $   7,195     8.00%     $    8,993      10.00%
    Tier 1 (capital to risk-
       weighted assets)                     17,449    19.40           3,597     4.00           5,396       6.00
    Tier 1 capital (to average
        assets)                             17,449     7.49           9,317     4.00          11,647       5.00
As of December 31, 1997:
    Total capital (to risk-
       weighted assets)                     17,579    20.42           6,888     8.00           8,610      10.00
    Tier 1 (capital to risk-
       weighted assets)                     16,962    19.70           3,444     4.00           5,166       6.00
    Tier 1 capital (to average
        assets)                             16,962     7.59           8,942     4.00          11,178       5.00
As of December 31, 1996:
    Total capital (to risk-
       weighted assets)                     16,322    20.89           6,252     8.00           7,814      10.00
    Tier 1 (capital to risk-
       weighted assets)                     15,716    20.11           3,126     4.00           4,688       6.00
    Tier 1 capital (to average
       assets)                              15,716     7.33           8,573     4.00          10,717       5.00
                                           =======    =====           =====     ====          ======     ======
</TABLE>



                                      F-28
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(15)   Fair Values of Financial Instruments

     The following  methods and assumptions  were used by the Bank in estimating
     its fair value disclosure for financial instruments:

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The carrying amounts reported in the statements of financial  condition for
     these assets approximate their fair value.

     Investment Securities (Including Mortgage-backed Securities)

     Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices.

     Loans

     Fair values are estimated  using  discounted  cash flow analysis,  based on
     interest  rates  currently  being  offered for loans with similar  terms to
     borrowers of similar  credit  quality.  Loan fair value  estimates  include
     judgments    regarding   future   expected   loss   experience   and   risk
     characteristics.

     Deposits

     The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition,  equal to
     the amount  payable  on demand at the  reporting  date.  The fair value for
     certificates   of  deposit  is  estimated  using  a  discounted  cash  flow
     calculation   that  applies  interest  rates  currently  being  offered  on
     certificates of deposit to a schedule of aggregate  contractual  maturities
     on such time deposits.

     Borrowed Funds

     The fair value of borrowed funds is estimated  using a discounted cash flow
     calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered.

     FHLB Stock

     The fair value of FHLB stock approximates carrying value.

     Off-Balance-Sheet Commitments

     The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated  using the fees
     currently charged to enter into similar arrangements and is not included in
     the table since it is not significant.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(15), Continued

     The estimated fair values of the Bank's  financial  instruments at June 30,
     1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               June 30,1998
                                         ----------------------       December 31, 1997         December 31, 1996
                                                (Unaudited)         ---------------------     ------------------------
                                          Carrying       Fair       Carrying       Fair       Carrying       Fair
                                           amount       value        amount       value        amount       value
                                           ------       -----        ------       -----        ------       -----
<S>                                       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>  
Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents             $ 19,528      19,528       15,398       15,398        6,364        6,364
    Investment securities - HTM              2,495       2,496        9,666        9,724       12,721       12,599
    Investment securities - AFS             11,730      11,730       26,954       26,954       43,211       43,211
    Mortgage-backed securities -
HTM                                         12,794      12,953       14,356       14,522       16,611       16,678
    Mortgage-backed securities -
AFS                                         85,679      85,679       50,099       50,099       19,359       19,359
    Loans held for sale                     -            -              750          750        3,756        3,756
    Loans receivable, net                  104,627     108,741      105,715      108,227      107,959      111,112
    FHLB stock                               1,949       1,949        1,949        1,949        1,949        1,949
Liabilities:
    Deposits                               198,602     198,201      193,889      192,776      170,551      170,393
    Borrowed funds                          25,432      25,548       16,282       16,300       28,400       28,407
                                         =========   =========    =========    =========    =========     ========
</TABLE>


     The carrying  amounts in the preceding table are included in the statements
     of financial condition under the applicable captions.

     Limitations

     Fair  value  estimates  are made at a  specific  point  in  time,  based on
     relevant market information and information about the financial instrument.
     These  estimates  do not reflect any premium or discount  that could result
     from  offering  for sale at one time the  Company's  entire  holdings  of a
     particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant
     portion of the Company's  financial  instruments,  fair value estimates are
     based on judgments  regarding  future  expected  loss  experience,  current
     economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments,
     and other  factors.  These  estimates are  subjective in nature and involve
     uncertainties  and matters of significant  judgment and therefore cannot be
     determined  with  precision.  Changes in  assumptions  could  significantly
     affect the estimates.

     Fair  value  estimates  are based on  existing  on-balance-sheet  financial
     instruments  without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future
     business and the value of assets and  liabilities  that are not  considered
     financial instruments.  The tax ramifications related to the realization of
     the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value
     estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.


                                      F-30
<PAGE>


                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued



(16)   Plan of Conversion (unaudited)
   
       On June 22,  1998,  the Board of  Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of
       Conversion to convert from a New Jersey  chartered mutual savings bank to
       a  New  Jersey   chartered  stock  savings  bank.  The  bank  will  be  a
       wholly-owned  subsidiary of Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. (the Company),  a
       holding  company  formed by the Bank,  subject to approval by  regulatory
       authorities.  The conversion is expected to be  accomplished  through the
       sale of a minority of the  Company's  common  stock in an amount equal to
       the pro forma  market  value of the  Company  and the Bank  after  giving
       effect to the  conversion.  The  majority  of the shares will be owned by
       Ridgewood Financial, MHC (the MHC). A subscription right to subscribe for
       the purchase of common stock will be made  initially to each depositor of
       the Bank who had a  deposit  account  balance  of at least  $50 as of May
       31,1997 ( the "Eligible Account  Holders"),  the employee stock ownership
       plan of the Bank, ^each  depositor  of  the  Bank,  other  than  Eligible
       Account Holders, who had a deposit account balance of at least $50 as  of
       September  30,1998 (the  "supplemental  eligible account  holders"),  and
       other depositors of the Bank, as of the voting record date.
    
       Any  shares of common  stock not sold in the  subscription  offering  are
       expected to be made available for sale at the same price per share to the
       general   public  in  a  community   offering   which  may  be  commenced
       simultaneously  with the  subscription  offering;  thereafter,  remaining
       shares, if any, are expected to be sold in a public offering.

       Upon a  complete  liquidation  of the  Bank  after  the  conversion,  the
       Company,  as holder of the Bank's  common  stock would be entitled to any
       assets remaining upon a liquidation of the Bank. Each depositor would not
       have a  claim  in  the  assets  of the  Bank.  However,  upon a  complete
       liquidation of the MHC after the conversion,  each depositor would have a
       claim up to the pro rata value of his or her  accounts,  in the assets of
       the MHC  remaining  after  the  claims  of the  creditors  of the MHC are
       satisfied. Depositors who have liquidation rights in the Bank immediately
       prior to the  conversion  will  continue  to have such  rights in the MHC
       after the conversion for so long as they maintain deposit accounts in the
       Bank after the conversion.

       Upon a complete  liquidation  of the  Company,  each  holder of shares of
       common  stock  would be  entitled  to  receive  a pro  rata  share of the
       Company's assets,  following payment of all debts, liabilities and claims
       of greater priority of or against the Company.

       Costs to be incurred that are directly associated with the conversion are
       to be  deferred  and are to be deducted  from the  proceeds of the shares
       sold in the  conversion.  If the conversion is not  completed,  all costs
       would be charged to expense at the conclusion of the offering process.

                                      F-31




<PAGE>


You should rely only on the  information  contained in this  document or that to
which we have  referred you. We have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with
information  that is  different.This  document  does not  constitute an offer to
sell,  or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy, any of the  securities  offered
hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction  in which  such offer or  solicitation
would be  unlawful.  The  affairs  of  Ridgewood  Savings  Bank of New Jersey or
Ridgewood Financial, Inc. may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery
of this document and the sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                      Page
   
Questions and Answers..........................        UP to ^ 1,864,725 Shares
Summary .......................................             Common Stock
Selected Financial and Other Data..............
Risk Factors...................................
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey...........
Ridgewood Financial, Inc.......................
Ridgewood Financial, MHC.......................
Use of Proceeds................................
Dividend Policy................................
Wavier of Dividends by the MHC.................       RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.
MHC Conversion to Stock Form...................
Market for Common Stock........................
Capitalization.................................
Pro Forma Data.................................
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance
Statements of Income...........................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Business of the Company........................
Business of the Bank...........................
Regulation ....................................            --------------
Taxation.......................................        
Management ....................................              PROSPECTUS
The Reorganization.............................            
The Offering...................................            -------------- 
Certain Restrictions on Acquisition of
 the Company...................................
Description of Capital Stock...................
Registration Requirements......................
Legal and Tax Opinions.........................
Experts........................................             Ryan, Beck & Co.
Change in Auditors.............................
Registration Requirements......................
Where You Can Find Additional Information......
Index to Financial Statements  ................
                                               THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS
                                               OR ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY
                                               INSURED OR GUARANTEED.   

Until the later of __________ ____, 199__ or [25] days after commencement of the
offering, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is
in addition to the dealers'  obligation  to deliver a prospectus  when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

============================================== =================================

    
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                   Supplement to the Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
                       Prospectus dated November ___, 1998

                            Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
                          COMMON STOCK, $.10 PAR VALUE

                      RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK OF NEW JERSEY
                   401(k) SAVINGS PLAN IN RSI RETIREMENT TRUST


      (102,142 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AND PARTICIPATION INTERESTS THEREIN)

         This   Prospectus   Supplement   relates  to  the  offer  and  sale  to
participants (the "Participants") under the Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey
401(k)  Savings  Plan in RSI  Retirement  Trust,  as  amended  (the  "Plan")  of
participation  interests  offered  under  the Plan and of a maximum  of  102,142
shares of common stock of Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. (the "Company"),  par value
$.10 per share (the "Common Stock"), as set forth herein.

         In connection  with the proposed  reorganization  of Ridgewood  Savings
Bank of New Jersey (the "Bank") from a New Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank
to a  New  Jersey-chartered  stock  savings  bank  (the  "Reorganization"),  the
formation of a mutual holding  company as the majority owner of the Company with
the Bank as the wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the Company and the related  stock
issuance by the Company of a minority of its to be issued  shares,  the Plan has
been amended  effective  __________  ___, 1998, to permit the investment of Plan
assets  in  various  participant  directed  investment  alternatives,  including
investment  in Common  Stock.  The Plan will permit  Participants  to direct the
trustee of the Plan (the  "Trustee")  to purchase  Common Stock with Plan assets
which are attributable to such Participants.  This Prospectus Supplement relates
to the one time election of a Participant to direct the purchase of Common Stock
under the Plan in connection with the  Reorganization and to the purchase of the
Common Stock under the Plan thereafter in the open market.

         The   Prospectus   dated  November  ___,  1998,  of  the  Company  (the
"Prospectus") which is attached to this Prospectus  Supplement includes detailed
information  with  respect  to the  Reorganization,  the  Common  Stock  and the
financial  condition,  results  of  operation  and  business  of the Bank.  This
Prospectus  Supplement,  which provides detailed information with respect to the
Plan,  should  be read  only in  conjunction  with  the  Prospectus.  Terms  not
otherwise  defined in this Prospectus  Supplement are defined in the Plan or the
Prospectus.

         For a discussion  of certain  factors that should be considered by each
Participant, see "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.

         THESE   SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION,
OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL  AGENCY OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR HAS SUCH
COMMISSION,  OFFICE OR OTHER AGENCY OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  ANY REPRESENTATION
TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AND THE  PARTICIPATION  INTERESTS  UNDER THE
PLAN OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY
THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

               The date of this Prospectus Supplement is November ___, 1998.


<PAGE>



         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representations  other than those contained in the Prospectus or this Prospectus
Supplement,  and, if given or made, such information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company,  the Bank, or the Plan.
This  Prospectus   Supplement  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or  a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person
to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such  jurisdiction.
Neither the delivery of this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the Prospectus nor any
sale made hereunder shall under any  circumstances  create any implication  that
there has been no change in the affairs of the  Company,  Bank or the Plan since
the date hereof,  or that the  information  herein  contained or incorporated by
reference  is  correct  as of any  time  subsequent  to the  date  hereof.  This
Prospectus  Supplement  should be read only in  conjunction  with the Prospectus
that is attached hereto and should be retained for future reference.


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering...................................................................1

         Securities Offered....................................................1
         Election to Purchase Common Stock in Connection
              with the Reorganization..........................................1
         Value of Participation Interests......................................1
         Method of Directing Investments.......................................1
         Time for Directing Investment.........................................2
         Irrevocability of Investment Direction................................2
         Direction to Purchase Common Stock After the Reorganization...........2
         Purchase Price of Common Stock........................................2
         Nature of Participant's Interest in the
              Common Stock.....................................................3
         Voting and Tender Rights of Common Stock..............................3
         Minimum Investment....................................................3

Description of the Plan........................................................3

         General...............................................................3
         Eligibility and Participation.........................................4
         Contributions and Benefits Under the Plan.............................4
         Limitations on Contributions..........................................5
         Investment of Plan Assets.............................................7
         Investment of Contributions..........................................10
         Benefits Under the Plan..............................................11
         Withdrawals and Distributions From the Plan..........................12
         Administration of the Plan...........................................13
         Reports to Plan Participants.........................................14
         Plan Administrator...................................................14
         Amendment and Termination............................................14
         Merger, Consolidation or Transfer....................................14
         Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................15
         ERISA and Other Qualifications.......................................18
         Restrictions on Resale...............................................18
         SEC Reporting and Short-Swing Liability..............................18
         Additional Information...............................................19

Legal Opinions................................................................19

Investment Election Form..............................................Appendix A



<PAGE>



                                  THE OFFERING

Securities Offered

         The securities  offered hereby are participation  interests in the Plan
and up to 102,142 shares (assuming the actual purchase price is $7 per share) of
Common Stock which may be acquired by the Plan for the accounts of Participants.
The Company is the issuer of the Common  Stock.  Only  employees of the Bank who
meet the  eligibility  requirements  under the Plan may participate in the Plan.
Information  with regard to the Plan is contained in this Prospectus  Supplement
and information with regard to the Reorganization  and the financial  condition,
results of  operation  and  business of the Bank is  contained  in the  attached
Prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of the Company and the
Bank is 55 North Broad Street,  Ridgewood,  New Jersey 07450.  The Company's and
the Bank's telephone number is (201) 445-4000.

Election to Purchase Common Stock in Connection with the Reorganization

         In  connection  with the  Reorganization,  the Plan has been amended to
permit each  Participant the opportunity to direct that all or part of the funds
which represent his or her beneficial  interest in the assets of the Plan may be
transferred  to an investment  fund for the purpose of  purchasing  Common Stock
issued in  connection  with the  Reorganization  (the  "Employer  Stock  Fund").
Participants  will also be permitted to direct ongoing purchases of Common Stock
under the Plan after the Reorganization. See "Direction to Purchase Common Stock
After  Reorganization."  The Trustee  will follow the  Participants'  investment
directions.  Funds not  transferred  to the  Employer  Stock  Fund  will  remain
invested  in  the  other  investment  funds  of  the  Plan  as  directed  by the
Participant (see "Investment of Contributions" herein).

Value of Participation Interests

         The  assets  of the Plan  were  valued  as of July 31,  1998,  and each
Participant  was informed of the value of his or her beneficial  interest in the
Plan.  This value  represented  the market  value as of July 31,  1998,  of past
contributions  to the  Plan by the  Bank and by the  Participants  and  earnings
thereon, less previous withdrawals, if any. The assets of the Plan shall also be
valued prior to accepting a Participant's  directed investment to ascertain that
such directed investment does not exceed the Participant's account assets.

Method of Directing Investments

         Appendix A of this  Prospectus  Supplement  includes a form to direct a
transfer to the Employer Stock Fund (the "Investment  Form") of all or a portion
of a Participant's  account under the Plan ("Account").  If a Participant wishes
to transfer all or part of his or her  beneficial  interest in the assets of the
Plan  to  the  purchase  of  Common  Stock   issued  in   connection   with  the
Reorganization  under the Employer  Stock Fund,  he or she should  indicate that
investment decision on the Investment Form. The Investment Form must be properly
signed by the Participant in order for such Investment Form to be honored by the
Trustee.  Additionally,  subsequent to the  Reorganization,  a  Participant  may
indicate  the directed  investment  of future  contributions  under the Plan for
investment in the Employer Stock Fund. If a Participant does not wish to make an
investment   election   to  purchase   Common   Stock  under  the  Plan  in  the
Reorganization, or thereafter, he or she does not need to take any action.



                                        1

<PAGE>



Time for Directing Investment

         The deadline for submitting the Investment  Form directing the transfer
of amounts to the Employer  Stock Fund in order to purchase  Common Stock issued
in connection  with the  Reorganization  is __________ ___, 1998. The Investment
Form should be returned to the Bank's Personnel Department by __:__ _.m. on such
date.

         Subsequent to the Reorganization, Participants will continue to be able
to direct the  investment of their Account under the Plan in the Employer  Stock
Fund and in the other investment alternatives, as detailed below.

Irrevocability of Investment Direction

         A  Participant's   direction  to  transfer  amounts  credited  to  such
Participant's  Account  in the  Plan to the  Employer  Stock  Fund in  order  to
purchase shares of Common Stock in connection with the  Reorganization  shall be
irrevocable as of __:__ _.m. on __________ ___, 1998.

Direction to Purchase Common Stock After the Conversion

         Following  completion of the  Reorganization,  a  Participant  shall be
permitted to direct that a certain percentage of such Participant's interests in
his or her Account may be transferred to the Employer Stock Fund and invested in
Common  Stock,  or to the  other  investment  funds  available  under  the Plan.
Alternatively,  a  Participant  may  direct  that a certain  percentage  of such
Participant's  interest in the Employer  Stock Fund be transferred to his or her
Account to be invested in the other  investment  funds  available in  accordance
with the terms of the Plan. Participants will be permitted to direct that future
contributions  made to the Plan by or on their  behalf  will be  invested in the
Employer  Stock  Fund.  Following  the initial  election,  the  allocation  of a
Participant's  interest in the Employer  Stock Fund may be changed  within sixty
(60) days  after the  Conversion  by filing a  written  notice  with the  Plan's
administrator  (the "Plan  Administrator").  This additional  election shall not
count as one of the changes in investment direction that are otherwise permitted
to be made in any quarter.  Special  restrictions apply to transfers directed by
those Participants who are officers, directors and principal shareholders of the
Company who are subject to the  provisions  of Section  16(b) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934  Act").  See  "Restrictions  on Resale" and "SEC
Reporting and Short-Swing Liability" herein.

Purchase Price of Common Stock

         The funds  transferred  to the Employer  Stock Fund will be used by the
Trustee to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Conversion.  The initial price
paid for such shares of Common  Stock will be the same price that is paid by all
other persons who purchase  shares of Common Stock in the Conversion  (i.e.,  $7
per share of Common Stock).

         Account assets directed for investment in the Employer Stock Fund after
the  Conversion  shall be invested  by the Trustee to purchase  shares of Common
Stock in open market  transactions.  The price paid by the Trustee for shares of
Common  Stock  in the  Conversion,  or  otherwise,  will  not  exceed  "adequate
consideration"  as defined in Section  3(18) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").


                                        2

<PAGE>



Nature of Participant's Interest in the Common Stock

         The Common  Stock will be held in the name of the Trustee for the Plan,
as trustee.  Each Participant has an allocable  interest in the investment funds
of the  Plan but not in any  particular  assets  of the  Plan.  Accordingly,  no
specific shares of Common Stock will be directly  attributable to the Account of
any  Participant.  Dividend rights  associated with the Common Stock held by the
Employer  Stock Fund shall be allocated to the Employer Stock Fund. Any increase
(or decrease) in the value of such fund  attributed to dividend  rights shall be
reflected in a Participant's allocable interest in the Employer Stock Fund.

Voting and Tender Rights of Common Stock

         The  Trustee   generally   will  exercise   voting  and  tender  rights
attributable  to all Common Stock held by the Trust as directed by  Participants
with  interests  in the Employer  Stock Fund.  With respect to each matter as to
which holders of Common Stock have a right to vote or tender,  each  Participant
will be  allocated a number of voting or tender  instruction  rights  reflecting
such Participant's proportionate interest in the Employer Stock Fund. The number
of shares of Common  Stock  held in the  Employer  Stock  Fund that are voted or
tendered in the  affirmative  and negative on each matter shall be determined by
the number of voting  instruction  rights or tender instruction rights exercised
in the  affirmative  and negative,  respectively,  from the  Participants.  With
respect to shares for which no voting  instruction  rights or tender instruction
rights are received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall vote or tender such shares
within its  discretion as a fiduciary  under the Plan or as directed by the Plan
Administrative Committee ("Committee").

Minimum Investment

         The minimum  investment  of assets  directed by a  Participant  for the
purchase of Common  Stock in the  Reorganization  through  investment  under the
Employer Stock Fund shall be $490 and may only be specified in increments of $7.
Funds may be directed for the purchase of such Common  Stock  attributable  to a
Participant's  Account whether or not such account assets are 100% vested at the
time of such  investment  election.  With respect to  investment in the Employer
Stock Fund after the  Reorganization,  there is no minimum  level of  investment
specific to this investment fund.

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

General

         The Plan was initially established on January 15, 1996 and was restated
and  amended  on  September  1,  1998.  The  Plan  is  a  deferred  compensation
arrangement established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a)
and  Section  401(k) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the
"Code").  The Plan has received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS") that the Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code,
and that its related trust is qualified  under Section  501(a) of the Code.  The
Bank  intends that the Plan,  in  operation,  will comply with the  requirements
under Section  401(a) and Section  401(k) of the Code. The Bank intends to adopt
any  amendments  to the Plan  that may be  necessary  to  ensure  the  continued
qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act. The Plan is an  "individual
account plan" other than a "money  purchase  pension plan" within the meaning of
ERISA.  As  such,  the  Plan is  subject  to all of the  provisions  of  Title I
(Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Internal
Revenue  Code  Relating  to  Retirement  Plans) of  ERISA,  except  the  funding
requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not
apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan
is not subject to Title IV (Plan  Termination  Insurance) of ERISA.  Neither the
funding  requirements  contained  in Part 3 of  Title I of  ERISA  nor the  plan
termination insurance provisions contained in Title IV of ERISA will be extended
to Participants (as defined below) or beneficiaries under the Plan.

         APPLICABLE   FEDERAL  LAW  REQUIRES  THE  PLAN  TO  IMPOSE  SUBSTANTIAL
RESTRICTIONS ON THE RIGHT OF A PLAN PARTICIPANT TO WITHDRAW AMOUNTS HELD FOR HIS
OR HER  BENEFIT  UNDER  THE  PLAN  PRIOR  TO THE  PARTICIPANT'S  TERMINATION  OF
EMPLOYMENT WITH THE BANK. A SUBSTANTIAL  FEDERAL TAX PENALTY MAY ALSO BE IMPOSED
ON  WITHDRAWALS  MADE  PRIOR  TO THE  PARTICIPANT'S  ATTAINMENT  OF AGE  59-1/2,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH A WITHDRAWAL OCCURS DURING HIS OR HER EMPLOYMENT WITH
THE BANK OR AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

Eligibility and Participation

         All employees of the Employer are eligible to  participate  in the Plan
on the first day of the calendar month immediately  following  attainment of age
21 and  completion  of one Period of Service  with the Bank.  As of December 31,
1997, there were  approximately 30 employees eligible to participate in the Plan
and 30 employees had elected to participate in the Plan.

Contributions and Benefits Under the Plan

         401(k) Plan  Contributions.  Each  Participant is permitted to elect to
reduce his or her  compensation  (as defined below)  pursuant to a "Compensation
Reduction  Agreement"  by an  amount  not less than 1% and not more than 18% and
have  that  amount  ("Elective  Deferral")  contributed  to  the  Plan  on  such
Participant's  behalf.  Changes in the level of such  Elective  Deferrals may be
made to be effective as of the first day of a payroll period.  Participants  may
suspend such Elective  Deferrals by completing a form to suspend future Elective
Deferrals.  Elective  Deferrals  are credited to the  Participant's  "Before Tax
Contribution Account." Only once in any calendar quarter may an election be made
which  would  prospectively   increase,   decrease,   suspend  or  resume  Basic
Contributions  made on behalf of a  Participant.  "Compensation"  under the Plan
generally means a Participant's  wages,  salary, fees and other amounts received
for personal  services  actually  rendered in the course of employment  with the
Bank for the calendar  year,  prior to any reduction  pursuant to a Compensation
Reduction  Agreement.   Commencing  with  the  initial  Plan  Year,  the  annual
compensation of each  Participant  taken into account under the Plan was limited
to $200,000  (adjusted  for  increases in the cost of living as permitted by the
Code).  For Plan Years  commencing  after December 31, 1997,  such Plan limit is
$160,000, subject to adjustments in accordance with the Code.

         Matching Contributions. At its sole discretion, the Bank may contribute
a Matching  Contribution in addition to each Participant's  Elective Deferral of
50%  of  the  Participant's  Elective  Deferral,  up to a  maximum  of 2% of the
Participant's  Compensation.  Such Matching  Contributions are discretionary and
are subject to revision  by the Bank from time to time.  Matching  Contributions
shall be subject to the applicable vesting schedule noted hereinafter.

                                        4

<PAGE>




         Special Contributions. In addition to any other contributions, the Bank
may, in its  discretion,  make  Special  Contributions  for a Plan Year,  to the
Before Tax  Contribution  Account of any employee of the Bank who is eligible to
participate in the Plan ("Eligible Employee"). Such Special Contributions may be
limited  to the  amount  necessary  to ensure  that the Plan  complies  with the
requirements of Code Section  401(k).  No Matching  Contributions  shall be made
with respect to any Special Contributions.

         Discretionary Employer Contributions. Subject to the limitation of Code
Section  415,  the  Bank  may,  in  its  sole  and  absolute  discretion,   make
Discretionary Employer Contributions to the Plan for a Plan Year.  Discretionary
Employer  Contributions  shall be in an amount determined by the Bank's Board of
Directors  between 0% and 15% of the compensation of Eligible  Employees who are
in the employ of the Bank on the last day of the Plan Year.

         Rollover  Contributions.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in the  Plan,  an  employee  of the  Bank,  whether  or not a  Participant,  may
contribute a Rollover  Contribution to the Plan;  provided,  however,  that such
employee   shall  submit  a  written   certification,   in  form  and  substance
satisfactory  to the Committee,  that the  contribution  qualifies as a Rollover
Contribution.  Rollover  Contribution  means (i) a  contribution  to the Plan of
money received by an employee from a qualified  plan, or (ii) a contribution  to
the Plan of money transferred  directly from another qualified plan on behalf of
the employee, which the Code permits to be rolled over into the Plan.

Limitations on Contributions

         Limitations  on  Annual   Additions  and  Benefits.   Pursuant  to  the
requirements of the Code, the Plan provides that the amount of contributions and
forfeitures  allocated to each  Participant's  Before Tax  Contribution  Account
during any Plan Year may not exceed the lesser of 25% of the  Participant's  ss.
415  Compensation  for the Plan Year or $30,000  (adjusted  for increases in the
cost of living as permitted by the Code). A Participant's  ss. 415  Compensation
is a Participant's Compensation, excluding any employer contribution to the Plan
or to any other plan or deferred  compensation or any distributions  from a plan
or deferred  compensation.  In  addition,  annual  additions  are limited to the
extent  necessary to prevent the  limitations for the combined plans of the Bank
from being exceeded.  To the extent that these  limitations would be exceeded by
reason of excess annual  additions  with respect to a  Participant,  such excess
will be disposed of as follows:

                  (i) Any excess  amount in the  Participant's  Account  will be
         used to reduce the Bank's  contributions  for such  Participant  in the
         next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;
         and

                  (ii) If an excess amount still exists,  and the Participant is
         not covered by the Plan at the end of the  Limitation  Year, the excess
         amount will be held  unallocated in a suspense  account which will then
         be  applied  to reduce  future  Bank  contributions  for all  remaining
         Participants  in  the  next   Limitation   Year,  and  each  succeeding
         Limitation Year if necessary.

         Limitation on 401(k) Plan Contributions.  The amount of a Participant's
Elective   Deferrals  (when  aggregated  with  any  elective  deferrals  of  the
Participant under a simplified employee pension plan or a tax-deferred annuity),
on an annual basis, may not exceed $10,000 adjusted for increases in the cost of
living as  permitted  by the Code.  Contributions  in excess of this  limitation
("excess  deferrals")  will be included in the  Participant's  gross  income for
federal  income tax purposes in the year they are made.  In  addition,  any such
excess deferral will again be subject to federal income tax when  distributed by
the

                                        5

<PAGE>



Plan to the  Participant,  unless the excess deferral  (together with any income
allocable  thereto) is distributed to the  Participant  not later than the first
April 15th following the close of the taxable year in which the excess  deferral
is made. Any income on the excess  deferral that is  distributed  not later than
such date shall be  treated,  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  as earned and
received by the  Participant in the taxable year in which the excess deferral is
made.

         Limitation  on Plan  Contributions  for Highly  Compensated  Employees.
Section  401(k) of the Code limits the amount of Elective  Deferrals that may be
made to the Plan in any Plan  Year on behalf  of  Highly  Compensated  Employees
(defined  below) in relation to the amount of Elective  Deferrals  made by or on
behalf of all other employees eligible to participate in the Plan. Specifically,
the actual  deferral  percentage  (i.e.,  the average of the ratios,  calculated
separately for each eligible  employee in each group,  by dividing the amount of
Elective  Deferrals  credited  to the  Before Tax  Contribution  Account of such
eligible employee by such eligible employee's compensation for the Plan Year) of
the Highly  Compensated  Employees may not exceed the greater of (i) 125% of the
actual deferral percentage of all other eligible  employees,  or (ii) the lesser
of (a) 200% of the actual deferral  percentage of all other eligible  employees,
or (b) the actual deferral  percentage of all other eligible  employees plus two
percentage points.

         In general,  a Highly  Compensated  Employee includes any employee who,
during the Plan Year (1) was a 5% owner (i.e.,  owns directly or indirectly more
than 5% of the stock of an  employer,  or stock  possessing  more than 5% of the
total  combined  voting  power of all stock of an  employer)  or,  (2)  received
compensation  from an employer for the preceding  year in excess of $80,000 and,
if the employer so elects,  was in the top 20% of employees by compensation  for
such year.

         In order to  prevent  the  disqualification  of the  Plan,  any  amount
contributed by Highly  Compensated  Employees  that exceed the average  deferral
limitation in any Plan Year ("excess  contributions"),  together with any income
allocable  thereto,  must be  distributed to such Highly  Compensated  Employees
before the close of the following Plan Year.  However,  the Bank will be subject
to  a  10%  excise  tax  on  any  excess   contributions   unless   such  excess
contributions,   together  with  any  income  allocable   thereto,   either  are
recharacterized  or are  distributed  before the close of the first 2 1/2 months
following the Plan Year to which such excess contributions relate.

         Top-Heavy  Plan  Requirements.  If for  any  Plan  Year  the  Plan is a
Top-Heavy  Plan (as  defined  below),  then (i) the Bank may be required to make
certain  minimum  contributions  to the Plan on behalf of non-key  employees (as
defined  below),  and (ii)  certain  additional  restrictions  would  apply with
respect to the combination of annual  additions to the Plan and projected annual
benefits under any defined benefit plan maintained by the Bank.

         In general,  the Plan will be regarded  as a  "Top-Heavy  Plan" for any
Plan Year if,  as of the last day of the  preceding  Plan  Year,  the  aggregate
balance of the Accounts of Participants who are Key Employees exceeds 60% of the
aggregate balance of the Accounts of all Participants.  Key Employees  generally
include  any  employee  who, at any time during the Plan Year or any of the four
preceding Plan Years,  is (1) an officer of the Bank having annual  compensation
in excess of $60,000 who is in an administrative or policy-making  capacity, (2)
one of the ten  employees  having annual  compensation  in excess of $30,000 and
owning,  directly or indirectly,  the largest interests in the Company, (3) a 5%
owner of the Company,  (i.e.,  owns directly or  indirectly  more than 5% of the
stock of the Company,  or stock  possessing  more than 5% of the total  combined
voting  power of all  stock  of the  Company)  or (4) a 1% owner of the  Company
having annual compensation in excess of $160,000.

                                        6

<PAGE>




Investment of Plan Assets

         All amounts credited to Participants'  Accounts under the Plan are held
in the Plan Trust (the "Trust") which is administered  by the Trustee  appointed
by the Bank's Board of Directors.  Prior to the Reorganization,  all Plan assets
are invested in the funds listed below, except for the Employer Stock Fund. Upon
the  Reorganization,  the Accounts of a Participant held in trust under the Plan
will be invested by the Trustee,  at the  direction of the  Participant,  in the
following funds, including the Employer Stock Fund:

         a.  Core Equity Fund
         b.  Emerging Growth Equity Fund
         c.  Value Equity Fund
         d.  Intermediate-Term Bond Fund
         e.  Actively Managed Bond Fund
         f.  International Equity Fund
         g.  Short-Term Investment Fund
         h.  Employer Stock Fund

Participants will have the right to transfer multiples of 1% of the net value of
their  Accounts in any of the above listed funds to any one or more of the above
listed funds, at any time. A brief summary of such funds is as follows:

         a.  Core Equity Fund.

         This fund  seeks  capital  appreciation  and  income  and  invests in a
broadly  diversified  group  of high  quality,  large  capitalization  companies
exhibiting sustainable growth in earnings and dividends. It is expected that the
variability of returns (risk) for the Core Equity Fund will  approximate that of
the Standard and Poor's 500 stock index, over time.

         b.  Emerging Growth Equity Fund.

         This fund seeks capital  appreciation and income by investing primarily
in stocks of smaller  companies with  higher-than-average  earnings and dividend
growth potential. The fund will generally have a higher degree of risk and price
volatility  than the  portfolios  of the Core Equity  Fund and the Value  Equity
Fund.

         c.  Value Equity Fund.

         This fund seeks capital  appreciation and income and invests heavily in
out-of-favor   stocks  of  financially  sound  companies  that  are  selling  at
unjustifiably   low   market   valuations   based  on   price/earnings   ratios,
price-to-book  ratios,  etc.  The  results  achieved  by this  fund  may be more
volatile than the results produced by the Standard and Poor's 500 Index.

         d.  Intermediate-Term Bond Fund.

         This fund seeks principal  appreciation  and income and invests in high
quality  fixed-income  vehicles  that  mature  within 10 years or have  expected
average  lives of 10 years or less.  At least 65% of its assets must be invested
in securities issued or backed by the United States government, or its

                                        7

<PAGE>



agencies or instrumentalities.  The returns of this fund are expected to be less
volatile than the returns  produced by the broad market index  (Lehman  Brothers
Government/Intermediate Bond Index).

         e.  Actively Managed Bond Fund.

         This fund invests in high  quality  fixed-income  securities  and seeks
both principal  appreciation and income.  The maturity structure of this fund is
expected to vary substantially based on the perceived relative attractiveness of
different areas of the fixed-income  market.  At least 65% of its assets must be
invested in securities issued or backed by the United States government,  or its
agencies or instrumentalities.  The returns of this fund are expected to reflect
the variability of returns  produced by the broad market index (Lehman  Brothers
Aggregate Bond Index).

         f.  International Equity Fund.

         This fund seeks capital  appreciation and income by investing in stocks
of companies  headquartered  in foreign  countries.  Each  selection is based on
companies  whose current  prices do not reflect the true earnings  potential and
therefore,  are selling at "undervalued" prices.  Investments in foreign markets
with  unacceptable  political  or  economic  risks  are  avoided.  Holdings  are
concentrated  in the larger  markets of Europe,  Australia  and the Far East. In
addition,   the  portfolio   manager  will  invest  in  emerging   markets,   as
opportunities  arise.  The fund  generally  carries a higher  degree of risk and
price  volatility  than the Core Equity Fund and the Value Equity Fund, but less
than the Emerging Growth Equity Fund.  Total net return,  including  adjustments
for currency price changes,  should exceed the Lipper International Mutual Funds
Average measured over a period of 3 to 5 years.

         g.  Short-Term Investment Fund.

         This fund  focuses on  preservation  of  principal  while  producing  a
competitive money market return.

         h.  Employer Stock Fund.

         The  Employer  Stock Fund will consist of  investments  in Common Stock
made on the  effective  date of the  Reorganization.  The Trustee  will,  to the
extent  practicable,  use all amounts held by it in the  Employer  Stock Fund to
purchase  shares of Common Stock of the Company as of the effective  date of the
Reorganization.  Following the Conversion,  the Employer Stock Fund may purchase
additional shares of Common Stock in the open market or from Accounts  directing
the sale of Common Stock.  Prior to  investment in Common Stock,  assets held in
the  Employer  Stock Fund will be placed in bank  deposits  or other  short-term
investments.

         When  Common  Stock  is  purchased  in  the   Reorganization  no  sales
commissions  will be paid.  The Bank expects to pay any transfer  fees and other
expenses incurred in the purchase of Common Stock for the Employer Stock Fund in
the Reorganization. Accounts will be adjusted to reflect changes in the value of
shares of Common Stock resulting from stock dividends,  stock splits and similar
changes.

         As of the date of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  none of the  shares of
Common  Stock have been issued or are  outstanding  and there is no  established
market for the Common Stock.  Accordingly,  there is no record of the historical
performance of the Employer Stock Fund.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         In connection with the  Reorganization,  Participants may, prior to the
expiration of the Subscription  Offering  conducted by the Company in connection
with the Reorganization,  elect to liquidate all or part of their investments in
the other investment funds under the Plan and transfer the liquidation  proceeds
to the Employer  Stock Fund.  See "Time for  Directing  Investment."  Investment
elections will be evidenced by a properly signed and timely delivered Investment
Form.  The Trustee  will then  subscribe to purchase in the  Reorganization  the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be purchased by
Participants with the amounts allocated to the Employer Stock Fund as of the end
of the subscription period. In all instances, purchases by Participants shall be
subject to the individual  purchase  limitations set forth in the Bank's Plan of
Reorganization.  In the event that, in connection  with the  Reorganization,  an
insufficient  amount of Common  Stock is  available  for purchase by the Plan to
satisfy all requests to direct the  investment  of account  balances  within the
Plan to the purchase of Common Stock,  then the available shares of Common Stock
shall be allocated among Participants in the Plan and additional shares shall be
purchased in the open  market.  Such shares  shall be  allocated,  to the extent
possible,  in a manner  which  shall  permit  each  Participant  to  purchase an
interest in the Employer Stock Fund  equivalent to a number of shares which will
make the total  acquisition  for his or her  account  equal to the lesser of the
number of shares subscribed for or 100 shares. Any shares remaining which may be
acquired by the Plan,  after each  Participant  has been  allocated such minimum
interest in the Employer Stock Fund,  shall be allocated  among  Participants in
the  Plan  in the  proportion  which  the  aggregate  account  balances  of such
Participants  bears to the total aggregate  account balances of all Participants
who desire to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Employer Stock Fund.

         The Bank or the  Trustee  may adopt  investment  guidelines,  which may
limit or restrict a  Participant's  investment in the Employer Stock Fund. In no
event may any Participant or a Participant  together with any associate or group
of persons  acting in concert  purchase in the aggregate  shares of Common Stock
through the Employer Stock Fund, or otherwise,  in an amount in excess of 28,571
shares of Common Stock in the  Reorganization.  (See the  discussion  under "The
Conversion -- Limitations on Purchases of Shares" in the accompanying Prospectus
for  clarification  of  purchases  aggregated  for  purposes  of  this  purchase
limitation.)

         Each  Participant who makes an election to direct  investment of assets
under the Employer Stock Fund may liquidate such investment at a future date, in
whole,  or in part,  by filing a notice  with the  Trustee  in  accordance  with
established  procedures to dispose of such Plan  investment and reinvest the net
proceeds in an alternative investment under the Plan, by submitting such request
to the Plan  Administrator  prior  to any  calendar  month.  The  Trustee  shall
complete  such sale as soon as  administratively  feasible.  The process of such
sale,  net of  expenses,  shall be allocated  to the  Participant's  Account and
reinvested in accordance with the Plan.

         Please refer to the section  "Restrictions on Resale"  contained herein
for  additional  information  related to the sale of Common Stock held under the
Employer Stock Fund as an investment in a Participant's Account.

         Investments  in the  Employer  Stock Fund may involve  certain  special
risks related to investment in Common Stock of the Company.  For a discussion of
these risk  factors,  see "Risk  Factors"  in the  Prospectus.  Please note that
investment in the Employer Stock Fund is not an investment in a savings  account
or certificate of deposit,  and such  investment in the Common Stock through the
Employer Stock Fund is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
or

                                        9

<PAGE>



any other regulatory agency. Further, no assurances can be given with respect to
the price at which such Common Stock may be sold in the future.

Investment of Contributions

         The Trust assets are invested by the Trustee  pursuant to Participants'
directions,  as described  below. The assets of any Account shall consist of the
units  credited to such Account.  The units shall be valued from time to time by
the Trustee,  but not less than monthly.  On the basis of such valuations,  each
Account shall be adjusted to reflect the effect of income collected and accrued,
realized and unrealized profits and losses,  expenses and all other transactions
during the period ending on the applicable valuation date.

         Each Participant  directs that the contributions made shall be invested
to  purchase  units for his or her  credit  in one or more of the  above  listed
funds.  Participants may elect a new investment mix for future  contributions to
the Plan at any time.  Participants are entitled to designate what percentage of
employee  contributions and employer  contributions made on their behalf will be
invested in the various  investment funds offered by the Bank.  Reallocation and
reinvestment of previously invested  contributions may be made annually.  To the
extent that a  Participant  fails to make an  investment  direction,  his or her
accounts  are invested in the  investment  fund which  provides  for  short-term
investments.

         A  Participant  may make an  investment  election  to invest  all, or a
portion  thereof,  of his or her  Account  in the  Employer  Stock  Fund for the
purchase of Common  Stock in the  Reorganization,  or  thereafter,  as described
herein.  Subsequent  to  the  Reorganization,   participants  may  change  their
investment  directions or direct a transfer  among  investment  funds;  however,
changes of  investment  direction or  directions  to transfer,  other than via a
phone  transaction,  must  generally be made by a  Participant  at least 10 days
prior to the effective date of such direction.

Investment Accounts.

         As of the date of this Prospectus Supplement, no shares of Common Stock
have been issued or are outstanding  and there is no established  market for the
Common Stock.  Accordingly,  there is no record of the historical performance of
the Common Stock.

         The  following  table  provides  performance  data with  respect to the
various  investment  funds  available  to  Participants,  based  on  information
provided to the Company by RSI Retirement  Trust ("RSI"),  the trustee for funds
invested in the various investment funds under the Plan.

         The information set forth below with respect to the various  investment
funds available to Participants  has been reproduced from materials  supplied by
RSI.  The Bank and the Company take no  responsibility  for the accuracy of such
information. Additional information regarding the available investment funds may
be available  from RSI or the Bank.  Participants  should  review any  available
additional  information regarding these available investment funds before making
an investment decision under the Plan.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                    RSI RETIREMENT TRUST INVESTMENT FUNDS Net
             Investment Performance For Periods Ended September 30, 1998 1


                                                        Annualized
                                                ---------------------------

                          Qtr Ended       
                          06/30/98   12 Months  3 Years   5 Years  10 Years
                          --------   ---------  -------   -------  --------

EQUITY FUNDS                 (%)       (%)       (%)       (%)        (%)

Core Equity Fund            0.02      22.50     26.57     21.09      17.02

Value Equity Fund           0.73      25.18     28.79     20.42      14.62

Emerging Growth            -6.05       9.43     19.37     19.96      16.31
Equity Fund

International Equity        2.03       3.17     13.25     10.73       7.69
Fund

Employer Stock               N/A       N/A        N/A      N/A        N/A
Fund

FIXED-INCOME FUNDS


Short-Term                  1.24       5.01      4.91      4.42         5.29
Investment Fund

Intermediate-Term           1.87       7.79      6.31      5.39         7.62
Bond Fund

Actively Managed            2.80      11.53      7.73      6.45         8.61
Bond Fund


- ----------------------
1    All  performance  results shown are net of management  fees and all related
     investment expenses.

Each  Participant  should  note  that past  performance  is not  necessarily  an
indicator of future results.

Benefits Under the Plan

         Vesting.   A   Participant,   at  all  times,   has  a  fully   vested,
nonforfeitable interest in his or her Before Tax Contribution Account,  Rollover
Contribution Account,  Matching Contribution Account, and Discretionary Employer
Contribution   Account  and  the  earnings  thereon  under  the  Plan.   Special
Contributions  are 100%  nonforfeitable  when made and are not  distributable to
Participants or their  beneficiaries until the earliest of (i) the Participant's
death,  disability,  or  separation  of  service  for  other  reasons,  (ii) the
Participant's attainment of age 59-1/2, or (iii) termination of the Plan.


                                       11

<PAGE>



Withdrawals and Distributions From the Plan

         Non-Hardship Withdrawals Prior to Termination of Employment. Subject to
the terms and  conditions of the Plan,  upon 10 days prior written notice to the
Committee each  Participant who has attained age 59-1/2 or each employee who has
attained age 59-1/2 and who solely  maintains a Rollover  Contribution  Account,
shall be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of his or her Account,  but not
more  often  than  once  during  any Plan  Year.  Withdrawals  may  subject  the
Participant to significant tax liability on such withdrawn amounts. See "Federal
Income Tax Consequences" herein.

         Hardship Withdrawals Prior to Termination of Employment.  A Participant
may make a withdrawal  from his Before Tax  Contribution  Account subject to the
hardship  distribution  rules under the Plan, but not more than once in any Plan
Year. These  requirements  insure that  Participants  have a true financial need
before a withdrawal  may be made.  Withdrawals  may subject the  Participant  to
significant  tax liability on such withdrawn  amounts.  See "Federal  Income Tax
Consequences" herein.

         Loans From  Participant  Account.  A Participant may borrow from his or
her  Account  any amount  between  $1,000 and  $50,000,  (reduced by the highest
outstanding  loan  balance(s)  from the Plan  during the  preceding  12 months).
However, in no event may a Participant borrow more than 50% of the Participant's
total account balance.

         Only one loan shall be outstanding to any  Participant at any time. The
amount of the loan shall be distributed  from the  investment  accounts in which
the Participant's  Accounts are invested in the following order of priority: (i)
Before Tax Contribution  Accounts;  (ii) Rollover  Contribution  Account;  (iii)
Matching  Contribution  Account;  and (iv) Discretionary  Employer  Contribution
Account.  Distributions  from each of the foregoing  Accounts shall be made on a
pro  rata  basis  among  the  investment  accounts  previously  selected  by the
Participant.  An  outstanding  loan  will not  affect a  Participant's  right to
continue making or receiving contributions.

         A  Participant  may prepay his or her entire  loan,  plus all  interest
accrued and unpaid thereon, as of any valuation date.  Alternatively and subject
to such other terms and  conditions as may be  established  from time to time by
the Committee,  a Participant may prepay the entire amount of his or her loan on
any valuation date.  Such  prepayment  shall be applied first to all accrued and
unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  balance  of the loan.  After any  partial
prepayment  of  principal,  interest  will  only  be  charged  on the  remaining
outstanding balance of the loan.

         All loans  shall be for a fixed  term of not more than 5 years,  except
that a loan  which  shall  be  used to  acquire  any  dwelling  which  within  a
reasonable  time is to be used as the  principal  residence of the  Participant,
may, in the discretion of the Committee,  be made for a term of not more than 15
years. Interest on a loan shall be based on a reasonable rate of interest.  Such
rate shall be the "prime rate" as set forth in the first publication of The Wall
Street  Journal  issued during the month in which the  Participant  requests the
loan,  rounded to the nearest  quarter of one percent (1/4 of 1%),  increased by
one (1) percentage point. Such rate shall remain in effect until the outstanding
loan is completely repaid.

         In the event the Plan is terminated, the entire unpaid principal amount
of the loan hereunder,  together with any accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon,
shall become immediately due and payable.

         If a  Participant  fails to make any payment on any loan when due,  the
entire  unpaid  principal  amount of such loan,  together  with any  accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, shall be deemed in default

                                       12

<PAGE>



and  become  due  and  payable  90  days  after  the  initial  date  of  payment
delinquency.  If a Participant fails to make any payment on a loan and is deemed
to be in default, the Committee shall establish a lien against the Participant's
Accounts in an amount equal to any unpaid principal and interest. The lien shall
be foreclosed by applying the value of the Participant's  loan (determined as of
the next valuation date  immediately  following  foreclosure) in satisfaction of
said unpaid principal and interest.

         Distribution Upon Retirement,  Disability or Termination of Employment.
Payment of  benefits to a  Participant  who  retires,  incurs a  disability,  or
otherwise  terminates  employment for reasons other than death, shall be made in
the form of a lump sum cash  payment or  installment  payments not to exceed the
life  expectancy of the Participant and the  Participant's  Beneficiary.  At the
discretion of the Plan  Administrator,  the  distribution may include an in kind
distribution  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  credited  to the  Participant's
Account  related to  investment  in the Employer  Stock Fund.  Benefit  payments
ordinarily  shall be made unless the Participant  elects otherwise in accordance
with the Plan. In no event shall the payment of benefits commence later than the
60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the  latest of the  following
events occur:  (i) the  attainment by the  Participant  of age 65, (ii) the 10th
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced  participation in the
Plan,  or  (iii)  the  termination  of the  Participant's  employment  with  the
Employer.  In no event  shall  benefit  payments  be made later than the April 1
following  the  calendar  year in which the  Participant  attains  age 70 1/2 or
retires.  However,  if the vested portion of the Participant's  Account balances
exceeds  $5,000,  no  distribution  shall be made  from  the  Plan  prior to the
Participant's  attaining  age 65 unless the  Participant  consents to an earlier
distribution.  Special restrictions apply to the distribution of Common Stock of
the Bank to those Participants who are officers,  directors and 10% shareholders
of the Company who are subject to the  provisions  of Section  16(b) of the 1934
Act.

         Distribution  Upon Death.  A Participant  who dies prior to the benefit
commencement date for retirement,  disability or termination of employment,  and
who has a surviving spouse shall have such benefits paid to the surviving spouse
in a lump sum as soon as practicable  following the date of his or her death, or
if the payment of his and her benefit had commenced  before death, in accordance
with the  distribution  method in effect at death.  With respect to an unmarried
Participant,  and in the case of a married  Participant  with spousal consent to
the designation of another  beneficiary,  payment of benefits to the beneficiary
of a deceased  Participant  shall be made in the form of a  lump-sum  payment in
cash,  or, if the payment of his or her benefit had commenced  before death,  in
accordance with the distribution method in effect at death.

         Nonalienation  of Benefits.  Except with respect to federal  income tax
withholding and as provided with respect to a qualified domestic relations order
(as defined in the Code),  benefits  payable under the Plan shall not be subject
in any manner to anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer,  assignment, pledge,
encumbrance,  charge,  garnishment,  execution,  or  levy  of any  kind,  either
voluntary  or  involuntary,  and any  attempt  to  anticipate,  alienate,  sell,
transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any rights to
benefits payable under the Plan shall be void.

Administration of the Plan

     The  Bank  administers  the  Plan.  The  Bank has  delegated  general  plan
administrative  responsibility to Mr. John  Scognamiglio,  Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial  Officer of the Bank. The address of the Plan  Administrator
is: 55 North Broad Street, Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         The  following  individuals  serve  as  trustees  with  respect  to the
Employer  Stock  Fund:  __________,  __________,  and  __________.  The  amounts
invested in the other  investment funds available under the Plan are held by the
RSI  Retirement  Trust,  which  maintains  its own trustees (the trustees of the
Employer Stock Fund and the RSI Retirement  Trust are  collectively  referred to
herein as the "Trustee").  The Trustee  receives and holds the  contributions to
the Plan in trust and distributes  them to  Participants  and  beneficiaries  in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Plan  and  the  directions  of  the  Plan
Administrator.  The Trustee is  responsible  for investment of the assets of the
Trust.      The      current      address      of      the      Trustee      is:
____________________________________________________.

Reports to Plan Participants

         The Plan  Administrator will furnish to each Participant a statement at
least quarterly showing (i) the balance in the  Participant's  Account as of the
end  of  that  period,  (ii)  the  amount  of  contributions  allocated  to  the
Participant's  Account  for that  period,  and  (iii)  the  adjustments  to such
Participant's  Account to  reflect  earnings  or losses  (if any).  Participants
investing in the Employer  Stock Fund shall also receive a copy of the Company's
Annual Report to  Stockholders  and a proxy  statement  related to the Company's
stockholder meetings.

Plan Administrator

         Pursuant  to the  terms of the  Plan,  the Plan is  administered  by an
Employee Benefits Committee  consisting of one or more persons who are appointed
by and who serve at the pleasure of the Bank (the "Committee").  Presently,  the
Committee  consists of Mr.  Scognamiglio,  Robert Monteith and Bernard Hoogland.
The address and  telephone  number of the  Committee  is the same as that of the
Bank.  The  Committee  is  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Plan,
interpretation of the provisions of the Plan,  prescribing procedures for filing
applications   for  benefits,   preparation  and   distribution  of  information
explaining the Plan, maintenance of plan records, books of account and all other
data necessary for the proper  administration  of the Plan, and  preparation and
filing of all returns and reports  relating to the Plan which are required to be
filed with the U.S.  Department  of Labor and the IRS,  and for all  disclosures
required to be made to Participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104
and 105 of ERISA.

Amendment and Termination

         It is the  intention  of the Bank to  continue  the Plan  indefinitely.
Nevertheless,  the Bank within its sole discretion may terminate the Plan at any
time.  The Bank reserves the right to make,  from time to time, any amendment or
amendments  to the Plan  that do not cause any part of the Trust to be used for,
or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive  benefit of Participants or
their beneficiaries;  provided, however, that the Bank may make any amendment it
determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply
with ERISA.

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

         In the event of the merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with  another
plan,  or the transfer of the Trust assets to another  plan,  the Plan  requires
that  each  Participant  would  (if  either  the  Plan or the  other  plan  then
terminated)  receive a benefit  immediately  after the merger,  consolidation or
transfer  that is equal  to or  greater  than the  benefit  he would  have  been
entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if
the Plan had then terminated).


                                       14

<PAGE>



Federal Income Tax Consequences

         The following  discussion  is only a brief  summary of certain  federal
income tax aspects of the Plan which are of general  application  under the Code
and is not intended to be a complete or  definitive  description  of the federal
income tax consequences of participating in or receiving  distributions from the
Plan.  The summary is  necessarily  general in nature and does not purport to be
complete.  Moreover,  statutory  provisions are subject to change,  as are their
interpretations,  and their  application  may vary in individual  circumstances.
Finally,  the consequences  under applicable state and local income tax laws may
not be the same as under the federal income tax laws.  Participants are urged to
consult  their tax advisors with respect to any  distribution  from the Plan and
transactions involving the Plan.

         The Plan has been submitted to the IRS for a  determination  that it is
qualified  under  Section  401(a) and 401(k) of the Code,  and that the  related
Trust is exempt  from tax  under  Section  501(a)  of the  Code.  A plan that is
"qualified"  under these sections of the Code is afforded  special tax treatment
which include the following: (1) The sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate
tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year; (2) Participants
pay no current income tax on amounts  contributed by the sponsoring  employer on
their behalf; and (3) earnings of the plan are tax-exempt thereby permitting the
tax-free  accumulation  of  income  and gains on  investments.  The Plan will be
administered to comply in operation with the  requirements of the Code as of the
applicable  effective  date of any change in the law. The Bank expects to timely
adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to maintain the qualified
status of the Plan under the Code.

         Assuming  that  the  Plan  is   administered  in  accordance  with  the
requirements  of the Code,  participation  in the Plan  under  existing  federal
income tax laws will have the following effects:

                  (a)  Amounts   contributed  to  a  Participant's   Before  Tax
         Contribution  Account and the  investment  earnings on this Account are
         not  includable in a  Participant's  federal  taxable income until such
         contributions  or earnings are actually  distributed  or withdrawn from
         the Plan. Special tax treatment may apply to the taxable portion of any
         distribution  that  includes  Common  Stock or  qualifies as a Lump Sum
         Distribution (as described below).

                  (b)  Income  earned  on assets  held by the Trust  will not be
taxable to the Trust.

         Lump Sum Distribution. A distribution from the Plan to a Participant or
the beneficiary of a Participant  will qualify as a Lump Sum  Distribution if it
is made: (i) within one taxable year of the Participant or beneficiary;  (ii) on
account of the Participant's  death,  disability or separation from service,  or
after the Participant  attains age 59-1/2;  and (iii) consists of the balance to
the  credit of the  Participant  under  this Plan and all other  profit  sharing
plans, if any,  maintained by the Bank. The portion of any Lump Sum Distribution
that is required to be included in the  Participant's or  beneficiary's  taxable
income for federal income tax purposes (the "total taxable amount")  consists of
the entire  amount of such Lump Sum  Distribution  less the amount of  after-tax
contributions, if any, made by the Participant to any other profit sharing plans
maintained by the Bank which is included in such distribution.

         Averaging  Rules. The portion of the total taxable amount of a Lump Sum
Distribution  that is attributable to participation in this Plan or in any other
profit-sharing  plan maintained by the Bank (the "ordinary income portion") will
be taxable  generally  as  ordinary  income  for  federal  income tax  purposes.
However, a Participant who has completed at least five years of participation in
this Plan  before  the  taxable  year in which the  distribution  is made,  or a
beneficiary who receives a Lump Sum Distribution

                                       15

<PAGE>



on  account  of  the  Participant's  death  (regardless  of  the  period  of the
Participant's  participation  in this  Plan  or any  other  profit-sharing  plan
maintained by an  employer),  may elect to have the ordinary  income  portion of
such  Lump  Sum  Distribution  taxed  according  to  a  special  averaging  rule
("five-year  averaging").  The election of the special averaging rules may apply
only to one Lump Sum  Distribution  received by the  Participant or beneficiary,
provided  such amount is received on or after the  Participant  turns 59-1/2 and
the recipient  elects to have any other Lump Sum  Distribution  from a qualified
plan received in the same taxable year taxed under the special  averaging  rule.
Under a special grandfather rule, individuals who turned 50 by 1986 may elect to
have their Lump Sum Distribution taxed under either the five-year averaging rule
or under the prior law ten-year  averaging rule. Such individuals also may elect
to  have  that  portion  of  the  Lump  Sum  Distribution  attributable  to  the
participant's  pre-1974  participation  in the Plan  taxed at a flat 20% rate as
gain from the sale of a capital asset.

         Common  Stock  Included  in  Lump  Sum  Distribution.  If  a  Lump  Sum
Distribution includes Common Stock, the distribution  generally will be taxed in
the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount will be reduced
by the amount of any net  unrealized  appreciation  with  respect to such Common
Stock  (i.e.,  the excess of the value of such  Common  Stock at the time of the
distribution  over its cost to the Plan).  The tax basis of such Common Stock to
the  Participant  or  beneficiary  for purposes of computing gain or loss on its
subsequent  sale  will  be the  value  of  the  Common  Stock  at  the  time  of
distribution  less the  amount  of net  unrealized  appreciation.  Any gain on a
subsequent sale or other taxable  disposition of such Common Stock to the extent
of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution will be
considered either short-term capital gain or long-term capital gain depending on
the length of the  holding  period of such  Common  Stock.  The  recipient  of a
distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized  appreciation
in the total taxable  amount of such  distribution  to the extent allowed by the
Treasury Regulations.

         Contribution to Another  Qualified Plan or to an IRA. A Participant may
defer federal income  taxation of all or any portion of the total taxable amount
of a Lump Sum  Distribution  (including the proceeds from the sale of any Common
Stock included in the Lump Sum  Distribution) to the extent that such amount, or
a portion  thereof,  is  contributed,  within  sixty  days after the date of its
receipt  by the  Participant,  to  another  qualified  plan or to an  individual
retirement account ("IRA").  If less than the total taxable amount of a Lump Sum
Distribution  is contributed  to another  qualified plan or to an IRA within the
applicable 60 day period,  the amount not so contributed must be included in the
Participant's  income for federal  income tax  purposes and will not be eligible
for the special averaging rules or for capital gains treatment.  Additionally, a
Participant  may defer the federal  income  taxation of any portion of an amount
distributed from the Plan on account of the Participant's  death,  disability or
separation  from service,  generally,  if the amount is  distributed  within one
taxable year of the Participant,  is equal to at least 50% of the balance of the
Participant's  Account and such amount is contributed,  within 60 days after the
date of its  receipt  by the  Participant,  to an  IRA.  Following  the  partial
distribution of a Participant's  Account,  any remaining  balance under the Plan
(and the balance to the credit of the Participant under any other profit sharing
plan sponsored by the Bank) will not be eligible for the special averaging rules
or for capital gains  treatment.  The  beneficiary  of a Participant  who is the
Participant's  surviving spouse may also defer federal income taxation of all or
any portion of a distribution from the Plan to the extent that such amount, or a
portion thereof, is contributed, within 60 days after the date of its receipt by
the  surviving  spouse,  to an IRA. If all or any  portion of the total  taxable
amount of a Lump Sum  Distribution  is contributed by the surviving  spouse of a
Participant  to an IRA within  the  applicable  60-day  period,  any  subsequent
distribution  from the IRA will not be eligible for the special  averaging rules
or for  capital  gains  treatment.  Any  amount  received  by the  Participant's
surviving spouse that is not contributed to another  qualified plan or to an IRA
within the applicable 60 day period, and any amount

                                       16

<PAGE>



received by a  non-spouse  beneficiary  will be  included in such  beneficiary's
income for federal tax purposes in the year in which it is received.

         A payment from the Plan that is eligible for "rollover" can be taken in
two ways.  You can have all or any portion of your  payment  either 1) PAID IN A
"DIRECT  ROLLOVER"  or 2) PAID TO YOU.  A  rollover  is a  payment  of your Plan
benefits to your IRA or to another  employer  plan.  This choice will affect the
Federal tax you owe.

         If you choose a DIRECT ROLLOVER

         *        Your  payment  will  not  be  taxed in the current year and no
                  income tax will be withheld.

         *        Your  payment  will be made  directly  to your IRA or,  if you
                  choose, to another employer plan that accepts your rollover.

         *        Your payment will be taxed later when  you take  it out of the
                  IRA or the employer plan.

         If you choose to have your Plan benefit PAID TO YOU

         *        You will  receive  only 80% of the  payment,  because the plan
                  administrator  is required to withhold  20% of the payment and
                  send it to the IRS as income tax  withholding  to be  credited
                  against your taxes.

         *        Your payment will be taxed in the current year unless you roll
                  it over.  You may be able to use  special tax rules that could
                  reduce the tax you owe.  However,  if you  receive the payment
                  before age 59-1/2,  you also may have to pay an additional 10%
                  tax.

         *        You can roll over the  payment  by paying it to your IRA or to
                  another  employer  plan that accepts your  rollover  within 60
                  days of receiving the payment. The amount rolled over will not
                  be taxed until you take it out of the IRA or employer plan.

         *        If you want to roll over 100% of the  payment  to an IRA or an
                  employer  plan,  you must find other  money to replace the 20%
                  that  was  withheld.  If you roll  over  only the 80% that you
                  received,  you will be taxed on the 20% that was  withheld and
                  that is not rolled over.

         Additional  Tax on Early  Distributions.  A Participant  who receives a
distribution  from the Plan prior to attaining  age 59-1/2 will be subject to an
additional  income tax equal to 10% of the taxable  amount of the  distribution.
The 10%  additional  income  tax will not  apply,  however,  to the  extent  the
distribution  is  rolled  over  into  an IRA or  another  qualified  plan or the
distribution is (i) made to a beneficiary (or to the estate of the  Participant)
on or after the death of the Participant, (ii) attributable to the Participant's
being disabled within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code, (iii) part of
a series of  substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than
annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his beneficiary,  (iv)
made to the  Participant  after  separation  from  service  on  account of early
retirement  under the Plan after  attainment  of age 55, (v) made to pay medical
expenses to the extent deductible for federal income tax purposes, (vi) pursuant
to  a  qualified   domestic  relations  order,  or  (vii)  made  to  effect  the
distribution of excess contributions or excess deferrals.

                                       17

<PAGE>




         The  foregoing is only a brief  summary of certain  federal  income tax
aspects of the Plan which are of general  application  under the Code and is not
intended to be a complete or definitive  description  of the federal  income tax
consequences  of  participating  in or  receiving  distributions  from the Plan.
Accordingly,  each Participant is urged to consult a tax advisor  concerning the
federal,  state,  and local tax  consequences of  participating in and receiving
distributions from the Plan.

ERISA and Other Qualifications

          As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA and
has been  submitted to the IRS for a  determination  that it is qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code.

Restrictions on Resale

         Any person  receiving  shares of Common  Stock under the Plan who is an
"affiliate" of the Bank or the Company as the term  "affiliate" is used in Rules
144 and 405 under the  Securities  Act of 1933 ("1933  Act")  (e.g.,  directors,
officers and substantial shareholders of the Company) may reoffer or resell such
shares only pursuant to a  registration  statement  filed under the 1933 Act or,
assuming the availability thereof,  pursuant to Rule 144 or some other exemption
of the  registration  requirements  of the 1933 Act.  Any  person  who may be an
"affiliate"  of the Bank or the Company may wish to consult with counsel  before
transferring any Common Stock owned by him. Participants who serve as directors,
officers or 10%  stockholders of the Company are advised to consult with counsel
as to the  applicability  of Section 16 of the 1934 Act which may  restrict  the
sale of Common  Stock where  acquired  under the Plan,  or other sales of Common
Stock.  In addition,  directors and officers of the Bank may be restricted  from
transferring  shares  purchased  in the  Conversion  for a period of one year in
accordance with regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Persons  who are  not  deemed  to be  "affiliates"  of the  Bank or the
Company at the time of resale will be free to resell any shares of Common  Stock
received by them under the Plan, either publicly or privately, without regard to
the  registration  and  Prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the  1933  Act or
compliance with the restrictions and conditions contained in the exemptive rules
thereunder. An "affiliate" is someone who directly or indirectly, through one or
more  intermediaries,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common  control,
with the Bank or the Company.  Normally, a director,  principal officer or major
shareholder  of a  corporation  may  be  deemed  to be an  "affiliate"  of  that
corporation. A person who may be deemed an "affiliate" at the time of a proposed
resale  will be  permitted  to make  public  resales  of the  Common  Stock only
pursuant to a "reoffer"  prospectus or in accordance with the  restrictions  and
conditions  contained in Rule 144 in any  three-month  period may not exceed the
greater of one  percent of the Common  Stock  then  outstanding  or the  average
weekly  trading  volume  reported on the Nasdaq  System during the four calendar
weeks  prior to the sale.  Such sales may be made only  though  brokers  without
solicitation  and only at a time when the  Company  is  current  in  filing  the
reports required of it under the 1934 Act.

SEC Reporting and Short-Swing Liability

         Section 16 of the 1934 Act imposes reporting and liability requirements
on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than ten percent of
the stock of public  companies,  such as the Company.  Section 16(a) of the 1934
Act requires the filing of reports of beneficial  ownership.  Within ten days of
becoming a person subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a), a Form
3 reporting  initial  beneficial  ownership must be filed with the SEC.  Certain
changes in beneficial ownership, such

                                       18

<PAGE>



as purchases,  sales,  gifts and  participation  in savings and retirement plans
must be reported periodically,  either on a Form 4 within ten days after the end
of the month in which a change  occurs,  or  annually on a Form 5 within 45 days
after the close of the  Company's  fiscal  year.  Participation  in the Employer
Stock Fund of the Plan by officers,  directors and persons  beneficially  owning
more than ten percent of the Common Stock of the Company must be reported to the
SEC annually on a Form 5 by such individuals.

         In addition to the  reporting  requirements  described  above,  Section
16(b) of the 1934 Act  provides  for the  recovery  by the  Company  of  profits
realized by any officer,  director or any person  beneficially  owning more than
ten percent of the Common Stock  ("Section  16(b)  Persons")  resulting from the
purchase and sale or sale and purchase of the Common Stock within any  six-month
period.  The SEC has  adopted  rules  that  provide  exemption  from the  profit
recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for participant- directed employer security
transactions within an employee benefit plan, such as the Plan, provided certain
requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the
timing of  elections  to  acquire  or dispose  of  employer  securities  for the
accounts of Section 16(b) Persons.  Except for distributions of Common Stock due
to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified
domestic  relations order under the Plan,  Section 16(b) Persons are required to
hold shares of Common Stock  distributed  for six months after  receiving such a
distribution.

Additional Information

         This  Prospectus  Supplement  dated  November ___, 1998, is part of the
Prospectus of the Company dated November ___, 1998. This  Prospectus  Supplement
shall be delivered to Plan  Participants in conjunction  with the Prospectus and
is not complete  unless it is accompanied by the Prospectus  dated November ___,
1998.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         The validity of the issuance of the Common Stock will be passed upon by
Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington,  D.C., which acted as special
counsel for the Company and the Bank in connection with the Conversion.

                                       19






<PAGE>

                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

         Section 14A:3-5 of the New Jersey Business  Corporation Act (the "Act")
describes those  circumstances  under which directors,  officers,  employees and
agents of the registrant may be insured or indemnified  against  liability which
they may incur in their capacities as such.

         The certificate of incorporation of the registrant (the  "Certificate")
attached  as  Exhibit  3(i)  hereto,  requires   indemnification  of  directors,
officers,  employees or agents of the registrant to the full extent  permissible
under New Jersey law.

         The  registrant  may purchase  and maintain  insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director,  officer,  employee, or agent of the registrant
or is or was serving at the request of the  registrant  as a director,  officer,
employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred
by such person in any such capacity,  or arising out of such person's  status as
such,  whether  or not the  registrant  would have the power to  indemnify  such
person  against  such  liability  under  the  provisions  of  the  Act or of the
Certificate.



Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

    *       Legal Fees - Company Counsel............................... $100,000
    *       Underwriter's counsel and expenses.........................   45,000
    *       Courier, Messenger, Postage and Mailing....................   20,000
    *        Printing..................................................   40,000
    *       Business Plan and Appraisal................................   24,000
    *       Underwriting fees..........................................  150,000
    *       Transfer Agent fees........................................   10,000
    *       Conversion agent...........................................   20,000
    *        Auditing and accounting fees and expenses.................  100,000
    *       Filing fees................................................   22,000
    *       EDGAR......................................................   10,000
    *       Stock Certificate..........................................    5,000
    *       Blue Sky legal fees and other expenses.....................   15,000
    *       Other expenses.............................................   39,000
                                                                         -------
    *         Total.................................................... $600,000
                                                                         =======




- -----------------
*        Estimated at the mid-point of the offering range.


<PAGE>


Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         Not Applicable

Item 27. Exhibits:

         The  exhibits  filed  as  part of this  Registration  Statement  are as
follows:

   
          1     Form of Sales Agency Agreement with Ryan, Beck & Co.^
          2     Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance*
          3(i)  Certificate of Incorporation of Ridgewood Financial, Inc.*
          3(ii) Bylaws of Ridgewood Financial, Inc.*
          5.1   Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding
                legality of securities registered*
          8.1   Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.*
          8.2   State Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.*
          8.3   Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights*
          10.1  Employment Agreement with Susan E. Naruk*
          10.2  Employment Agreement with Nelson Fiordalisi*
          10.3  Employment Agreement with John Scognamiglio*
          10.4  Employment Agreement with Jean Miller* 
          10.5  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan*
          16    Letter of Dorfman, Abrams, Music & Co.*
          23.1  Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (contained in
                its opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1, 8.1 and 8.2)*
          23.2  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP
          23.3  Consent of FinPro, Inc.
          23.4  Consent of Dorfman, Abrams, Music & Co.
          24    Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
          27    Financial Data Schedule**
          99.1  Marketing Material*
          99.2  Appraisal^*^**
          ----------------
          *        Previously filed
          **       Electronic filing only
          ***      Appraisal dated August 25, 1998 previously filed.  Updated
                   Appraisal dated October 7, 1998 is filed herewith.
    

Item 28. Undertakings

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file,  during any period in which it offers or sells securities,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

                   (i) Include any  prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");


<PAGE>



                   (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  which
individually or together,  represent a fundamental  change in the information in
the  registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any increase or
decrease  in  volume  of  securities  offered  (if the  total  dollar  value  of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation
from  the  low or  high  end of the  estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be
reflected in the form of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
424(b) if, in the aggregate,  the changes in volume and price  represent no more
than a 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in
the  "Calculation  of  Registration  Fee"  table in the  effective  registration
statement.

                  (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information
on the plan of distribution.

         (2) For  determining  liability under the Securities Act, to treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.

         (3) To file a post-effective  amendment to remove from registration any
of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

         (4) To provide  to the  underwriter  at the  closing  specified  in the
underwriting  agreement,  certificates in such  denominations  and registered in
such names as  required by the  underwriter  to permit  prompt  delivery to each
purchaser.

         (5)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
small business issuer will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

   
         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  in  Ridgewood,  New
Jersey, on ^ October 20, 1998.     

                             RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.



                             By: /s/ Susan E. Naruk                             
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Susan E. Naruk
                                 President, Director and Chief Executive Officer
                                 (Duly Authorized Representative)

         We the undersigned directors and officers of Ridgewood Financial,  Inc.
do hereby  severally  constitute  and appoint Susan E. Naruk our true and lawful
attorney  and  agent,  to do any and all  things  and  acts in our  names in the
capacities  indicated  below and to execute  all  instruments  for us and in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below  which  said  Susan E. Naruk may deem
necessary or advisable to enable  Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. to comply with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,  regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in connection with the registration
statement on Form SB-2 relating to the offering of Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc.'s
common stock,  including specifically but not limited to, power and authority to
sign for us or any of us, in our names in the capacities  indicated  below,  the
registration  statement  and any and all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments)  thereto;  and we hereby  ratify and confirm all that Susan E. Naruk
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

   
         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated as of ^ October 20, 1998.     


By: /s/ Susan E. Naruk                      By: /s/ Bernard J. Hoogland
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Susan E. Naruk                               Bernard J. Hoogland
    President, Director and Chief                Director
    Executive Officer

By: /s/ Nelson Fiordalisi                   By: /s/ John Kandravy
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Nelson Fiordalisi                           John Kandravy
    Executive Vice President, Director          Director
    and Chief Operating Officer

By: /s/ John Scognamiglio                   By: /s/ Robert S. Monteith
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    John Scognamiglio                           Robert S. Monteith
    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial      Director
    and Accounting Officer

By: /s/ Michael W. Azzara                   By: /s/ John J. Repetto
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Michael W. Azzara                           John J. Repetto
    Director                                    Director

By: /s/ Jerome Goodman                      By: /s/ Paul W. Thornwall
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Jerome Goodman                              Paul W. Thornwall
    Director                                    Director




   
                                   ^ EXHIBIT 1
    

<PAGE>
                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.
            (a New Jersey-chartered Stock Corporation - in Formation)
                             Up to 1,405,300 Shares
                  (Subject to Increase Up to 1,616,095 Shares)

                          COMMON STOCK ($.10 Par Value)
                       Subscription Price $10.00 Per Share

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT
                                ----------------

                              September ____, 1998

Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
220 South Orange Avenue
Livingston, New Jersey 07039-5817

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Ridgewood Financial,  Inc., Inc., a New Jersey-chartered  stock holding
corporation in formation (the "Holding Company"),  Ridgewood  Financial,  MHC, a
New  Jersey-chartered  mutual  savings  bank holding  company in formation  (the
"MHC") and Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey, a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual
savings bank (the "Bank") (collectively,  the "Primary Parties") hereby confirm,
jointly and severally their agreement with Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. (the "Agent"),
as follows:

         Section  1.  The  Offering.  The  Holding  Company  is  offering  up to
1,405,300 shares of common stock, par value $ .10 per share (the "Common Stock")
(subject to an increase up to 1,616,095 shares), in (i) a subscription  offering
(the "Subscription Offering"), and, if necessary, (ii) a Community Offering (the
"Community  Offering")  and (iii) a public  and/or  Public/Syndicated  Community
Offering (the  "Public/Syndicated  Community Offering"),  in connection with the
conversion and  reorganization of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a stock
savings  bank  and   wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  the  Holding   Company  (the
"Reorganization"), all pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance
Plan from a State Mutual  Savings  Bank to a State  Mutual  Savings Bank Holding
Company (the  "Plan").  References  to the Bank herein shall include the Bank in
its current mutual form and/or  post-Reorganization stock form as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Holding Company.

         Pursuant to the Plan, the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of
its Common  Stock (the  "Conversion  Shares" or  "Shares")  in the  Subscription
Offering,   Community  Offering,   and   Public/Syndicated   Community  Offering
(collectively,   the  "Conversion   Offerings"  or  "Offering")  so  that,  upon
completion of the Conversion  Offerings,  the purchasers of Conversion Shares in
the Conversion  Offerings will own 47% of the  outstanding  Common Stock and the
MHC will own 53% of the outstanding Common Stock. The Holding Company will issue
the Shares at a purchase price of $ 10.00 per share (the "Purchase  Price").  If
the number of Conversion Shares is increased or decreased in accordance with the
Plan, the term "Shares" shall mean such greater or

                                        1

<PAGE>



lesser number, where applicable.

         In the Subscription Offering,  non-transferable rights to subscribe for
between  1,038,700 and 1,405,300  shares (subject to an increase up to 1,616,095
shares) of the Common  Stock  ("Subscription  Rights")  will be granted,  in the
following priority: (1) the Bank's depositors with account balances of $50.00 or
more  as  of  May  31,  1997  ("Eligible  Account  Holders");   (2)  the  Bank's
tax-qualified  Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"); (3) the Bank's depositors
with account balances of $50.00 or more as of September 30, 1998  ("Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders");  and (4) depositors  (other than Eligible  Account
Holders  and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders)  as  of  the  date  for
determining  members  entitled to vote on the  approval of the Plan (the "Voting
Record  Date")  ("Other  Members"),  subject  to  the  priorities  and  purchase
limitations  set forth in the Plan.  The  Holding  Company  may offer  shares of
Common Stock  offered but not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription  Offering to
members of the general public,  with first  preference given to residents of the
Bank's local  community in Bergen County,  New Jersey.  In the event a Community
Offering  is held,  it may be held at any time during or  immediately  after the
Subscription Offering. Depending on market conditions, shares not subscribed for
in the  Subscription  Offering or  purchased  in the  Community  Offering may be
offered in the  Public/Syndicated  Community Offering to eligible members of the
general  public on a best  efforts  basis by a group of  approved  broker-dealer
firms  organized by Ryan,  Beck  ("Assisting  Brokers") which are members of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

         The Holding  Company has filed with the U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the  "Commission")  a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (File No.
333-_________) in order to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the " 1933 Act"), and has filed such amendments thereto as have been
required to the date hereof (the "Registration  Statement").  The prospectus, as
amended,  included in the Registration Statement at the time it initially became
effective is hereinafter called the "Prospectus",  except that if any prospectus
is  filed  by  the  Holding  Company  pursuant  to  Rule  424(b)  or  (c) of the
regulations of the  Commission  under the 1933 Act differing from the prospectus
included  in  the  Registration  Statement  at the  time  it  initially  becomes
effective, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to the prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule  424(b) or (c) from and after the time said  prospectus  is filed  with the
Commission and shall include any  supplements  and  amendments  thereto from and
after their dates of effectiveness or use, respectively.

         In connection with the Reorganization,  the Bank filed with the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"),  pursuant to Title 12, Section 333.4
___________ of  the Code of Federal   Regulations  (the "Federal  Regulations"),
a Notice of Mutual Holding Company  Reorganization  and Application for Approval
of an Issuance by a Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company,  including  exhibits
and the Prospectus, and has filed amendments thereto as required by the FDIC (as
so amended,  the "MHC Notice and  Application").  The Holding Company filed with
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FRB") its application
on Form FRY- 3 (the "Holding Company Application") to acquire the Bank under the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended,  and the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder ("BHCA"). In addition,

                                        2

<PAGE>



the Bank has filed copies of the MHC Notice and  Application  and the FRY-3 with
the New Jersey  Department of Banking and Insurance (the "DOBI") for approval of
the proposed  transaction pursuant to the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 and the
regulations  promulgated thereunder (the "State Regulations",  and together with
Federal Regulations, the "Conversion Regulations"), and has filed an application
with the DOBI for approval of the formation of an Interim Stock Savings Bank and
the merger of Interim  Stock  Savings  Bank with and into the Bank (the  "Merger
Application").  The MHC Notice and Application,  the Holding Company Application
and the Merger Application may, from  time-to-time,  collectively be referred to
herein as the Applications.

         Section 2. Appointment of Agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement,  the Primary  Parties hereby  appoint Agent as their  financial
advisor and marketing agent to utilize its best efforts to solicit subscriptions
for the  Conversion  Shares and to advise and assist the  Primary  Parties  with
respect to the sale of the Conversion Shares in the Conversion Offerings.

         On the  basis of the  representations  and  warranties  of the  Primary
Parties  contained  in,  and  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of,  this
Agreement,  the Agent  accepts such  appointment  and agrees to consult with and
advise the MHC, the Holding  Company and the Bank as to the matters set forth in
the letter agreement ("Letter Agreement"),  dated May 26, 1998, between the Bank
and Agent (a copy of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit A). It is acknowledged
by the Primary  Parties  that the Agent shall not be  obligated  to purchase any
Shares and shall not be obligated to take any action which is inconsistent  with
any applicable law, regulation,  decision or order. Subscriptions for Conversion
Shares will be offered by means of order forms as described  in the  Prospectus.
Except as provided in the last  paragraph of this Section 2, the  appointment of
the Agent hereunder shall terminate upon consummation of the Offerings.

         If selected broker-dealers are used to assist in the sale of Conversion
Shares in the Public/Syndicated  Community Offering,  the Primary Parties hereby
appoint, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  Agent to manage
such broker-dealers in this  Public/Syndicated  Community Offering. On the basis
of the  representations  and warranties of the Primary Parties contained in, and
subject to the terms and  conditions  of, this  Agreement,  Agent  accepts  such
appointment  and agrees to manage the  selling  group of  broker-dealers  in the
Public/Syndicated Community Offering.

         Agent agrees to make available to the Bank, MHC and the Holding Company
for a period of 12 months following the consummation of the  Reorganization  its
Strategic Advisory Services ("STARS") program. If the Bank elects to participate
in the STARS program,  the Agent will meet with the Bank at its request and will
render  general  advice on the  financial  matters  listed in Paragraph 9 of the
Letter  Agreement  (but not  including (i) any in-depth  merger and  acquisition
analysis or studies which are available  under Agent's  normal fee schedule,  or
(ii) advice with respect to a specific  acquisition  transaction by, or sale of,
the Bank or the Holding Company). If the Bank elects to participate in the STARS
program,  the Agent will waive the regular  retainer fee and hourly  charges for
the first 12 months of such participation. The Bank would be required,

                                        3

<PAGE>



however, to reimburse Agent for its reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred
in  conjunction  with the  performance  of these  services.  Such  out-of-pocket
expenses include travel, legal and other miscellaneous expenses. Agent would not
be  permitted  to incur any single  expense in excess of $500  pursuant  to this
paragraph  without  the  prior  approval  of the  Bank.  If  negotiations  for a
transaction  conducted  during the 12-month  participation  period result in the
execution of a definitive  agreement  and/or  consummation  of a transaction for
which Agent  customarily  would be  entitled to a fee for its  advisory or other
investment  banking services,  Agent shall receive a contingent  advisory fee in
accordance  with the terms of a separate  engagement  letter to be entered  into
with respect to such  transaction.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall require the
Holding  Company or the Bank to obtain such  financial  advisory  services  from
Agent.  After the  completion  of such  12-month  participation  period,  if the
parties  wish to continue  the  relationship,  a fee will be  negotiated  and an
agreement  with respect to specific  advisory  services  will be entered into at
this time.

         Section  3.   Refund  of  Purchase   Price.   In  the  event  that  the
Reorganization  is not consummated for any reason,  including but not limited to
the inability to sell the Conversion Shares during the Offerings  (including any
permitted extension thereof), this Agreement shall terminate and any persons who
have subscribed for any of the Conversion Shares shall have refunded to them the
full amount which has been received from such person,  together with interest at
the Bank's  current annual  passbook rate,  from the date payment is received to
the date said refund is made as provided in the Prospectus.  Upon termination of
this  Agreement,  neither  the  Agent nor the  Primary  Parties  shall  have any
obligation to the other except that (i) the Primary  Parties shall remain liable
for any  amounts  due  pursuant  to  Sections  8, 10 and 11  hereof,  unless the
transaction  is not  consummated  due to the breach by the Agent of a  warranty,
representation  or covenant,  (ii) the Agent shall remain  liable for any amount
due  pursuant  to  Sections  10 and 11  hereof,  unless the  transaction  is not
consummated   due  to  the  breach  by  the  Primary   Parties  of  a  warranty,
representation or covenant;  and (iii) the Agent shall be entitled to retain the
$25,000 fee it has received pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof.

         Section 4. Fees.  In addition to the  expenses  specified  in Section 8
hereof, as compensation for the Agent's services under this Agreement, the Agent
has received or will receive the following fees from the Primary Parties:

                  (a) An advisory  and  marketing  services fee in the amount of
$150,000.  As of the date hereof,  the Primary Parties have paid $25,000 of this
fee. Such fee has been earned.  The remaining  portion of this fee shall be paid
by the  Primary  Parties to the Agent upon the  closing  of the  transaction  as
specified under Section 5 hereof.

                  (c) A fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate  Purchase  Price
of the  Conversion  Shares sold by  Assisting  Brokers in any  Public/Syndicated
Community Offering.  The Agent will pay the Assisting Brokers that assist in the
purchase of Conversation  Shares in the  Public/Syndicated  Community Offering a
fee  competitive  with  gross  underwriting  discounts  charged at such time for
comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a

                                        4

<PAGE>



similar market  environment.  Assisting Brokers will not be utilized without the
prior approval of the Primary  Parties,  and it is agreed that Agent will manage
the Assisting Brokers in the Syndicated Offering.

         Section  5.  Closing.  If  the  minimum  number  of  Conversion  Shares
permitted  to be sold is the  Reorganization  on the basis of the most  recently
updated  Appraisal (as defined in Section 6(h)) are  subscribed for at or before
the termination of the Offerings,  and the other conditions to the completion of
the Reorganization are satisfied, the Holding Company agrees to issue the Shares
on the Closing Date (as hereinafter  defined)  against  payment  therefor by the
means authorized by the Plan and to deliver certificates evidencing ownership of
the Conversion  Share in such  authorized  denominations  and registered in such
names as may be  indicated  on the  subscription  order  forms  directly  to the
purchasers  thereof as  promptly as  practicable  after the  Closing  Date.  The
Closing shall be held at the offices of special counsel to the Primary  Parties,
or at such other place as shall be agreed upon among the Primary Parties and the
Agent, at 10:00 a.m. on the business day selected by the Holding Company,  which
business day shall be no less than two  business  days  following  the giving of
prior notice by the Holding  Company to the Agent or at such other time as shall
be agreed upon by the Primary Parties and the Agent. At the Closing, the Primary
Parties shall deliver to the Agent in same-day funds the  commissions,  fees and
expenses  owing to the Agent as set  forth in  Sections  4 and 8 hereof  and the
opinions required hereby and other documents deemed reasonably  necessary by the
Agent  shall be  executed  and  delivered  to effect  the sale of the  Shares as
contemplated  hereby and  pursuant to the terms of the  Prospectus.  The Holding
Company  shall  notify  the Agent when funds  shall have been  received  for the
minimum  number of shares of the Common  Stock.  The date upon which the Holding
Company shall release the Conversion  Shares for delivery in accordance with the
terms hereof is referred to herein as the "Closing Date."

         Section 6.  Representations and Warranties of the Primary Parties.  The
Primary Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agent that:

         (a) The Bank has, and as of the Closing  Date,  the MHC and the Holding
Company will have,  all such power,  authority,  authorizations,  approvals  and
orders  as may be  required  to enter  into  this  Agreement,  to carry  out the
provisions  and  conditions  hereof and to issue and sell the Shares as provided
herein  and  as  described  in  the   Prospectus.   The   consummation   of  the
Reorganization,  the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement and
the  consummation of the  transactions  herein  contemplated  have been duly and
validly  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Bank
and, as of the Closing Date,  will have been duly and validly  authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the MHC and the Holding Company.  This
Agreement had been validly  executed and delivered by the Holding  Company,  the
MHC and the Bank, and is a valid,  legal and binding obligation of the Bank, the
Holding  Company and the MHC, in each case  enforceable  in accordance  with its
terms,  except to the extent,  if any, that the provisions of Sections 10 and 11
hereof may be unenforceable  as against public policy,  and except to the extent
that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws,  insolvency laws, or
other laws affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally,  or the
rights of creditors of savings  institutions  insured by the FDIC (including the
laws relating to the rights of the contracting parties to equitable remedies).

                                        5

<PAGE>




         (b) The Plan has been approved by the FDIC and the DOBI.

         (c) The Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission
on __________,  1998; and no stop order has been issued with respect thereto and
no  proceedings  therefor have been  initiated or, to the best  knowledge of the
Primary  Parties,  threatened by the  Commission.  At the time the  Registration
Statement,  including the Prospectus  contained therein (including any amendment
or supplement thereto), became effective, the Registration Statement complied as
to form  in all  material  respects  with  the  1933  Act  and  the  regulations
promulgated thereunder and the Registration Statement,  including the Prospectus
contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto),  any Blue Sky
Application  or any Sales  Information  (as such terms are defined in Section 10
hereof)  authorized  by the  Primary  Parties  for use in  connection  with  the
Offerings  did not  contain an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading, and at the time any Rule 424(b) or (c) Prospectus was filed with
the  Commission  and  at  the  Closing  Date  referred  to  in  Section  5,  the
Registration  Statement,  including the Prospectus  contained therein (including
any amendment or supplement thereto),  and any Blue Sky Application or any Sales
Information  authorized by the Primary  Parties for use in  connection  with the
Offerings  will not contain an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  therein,  in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
however,  that the representations and warranties in this Section 6(c) shall not
apply to  statements or omissions  made in reliance upon and in conformity  with
written  information  furnished  to the Primary  Parties by the Agent  expressly
regarding the Agent for use under the captions "Market for the Common Stock" and
"The Reorganization and Offering--Plan of Distribution and Selling  Commissions"
or written  statements or omissions  from any sales  information  or information
filed pursuant to state securities or blue sky laws or regulations  provided the
Primary Parties in writing by the Agent.

         (d) The MHC Notice  and  Application,  including  the  Prospectus,  was
approved by the FDIC on _________, 1998 and by the DOBI on , 1998; and the Proxy
Statement of the Bank relating to the special meeting of the members of the Bank
at which the Plan shall be considered for approval by the Bank's eligible voting
members (including any amendment or supplement thereto) (the "Proxy Statement"),
was  authorized  for use by the FDIC and the  DOBI and at all  times  subsequent
thereto until the Closing Date,  the MHC Notice and  Application,  including the
Prospectus,  did and will comply as to form in all  material  respects  with the
Conversion  Regulations  and any other  applicable  rules and regulations of the
FDIC and the DOBI  (except as  modified or waived in writing by the FDIC and the
DOBI). At the time of the approval of the MHC Notice and Application,  including
the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto), did not and does
not  include  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state  any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading;  provided,  however,  that  representations  or  warranties  in this
subsection (d) shall not apply to statements or omissions

                                        6

<PAGE>



made in reliance upon and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to
the  Primary  Parties  by the  Agent  expressly  regarding  the Agent for use in
Prospectus  contained  in the  Application  for  Conversion  under the  captions
"Market for the Common  Stock" and "The  Reorganization  and  Offering--Plan  of
Distribution  and Selling  Commissions" or written  statements or omissions from
any sales  information or information filed pursuant to state securities or blue
sky laws or regulations  provided the Primary Parties by the Agent regarding the
Agent.

         (e) No order has been issued by the FDIC, the DOBI, the Commission,  or
any  state  regulatory  authority,  preventing  or  suspending  the  use  of the
Prospectus and no action by or before any such  government  entity to revoke any
approval,  authorization or order of effectiveness related to the Reorganization
is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened.

         (f) The Plan has been duly  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  of the
Bank.  To the best  knowledge of the Primary  Parties,  no person has, or at the
Closing Date will have,  sought to obtain review of the final action of the FDIC
or the DOBI in approving  the Plan,  the  Reorganization,  or the  Applications,
pursuant to any statute or regulation.

         (g) The  Holding  Company  has filed with the FRB the  Holding  Company
Application and as of the Closing Date the FRB will have approved of the Holding
Company's acquisition of the Bank.

         (h) FinPro,  Inc.,  which  prepared the  appraisal of the aggregate pro
forma  market value of the Holding  Company and the Bank on which the  Offerings
were based (the "Appraisal"), has advised the Primary Parties in writing that it
is independent with respect to each of the Primary Parties within the meaning of
the Conversion Regulations.

         (i) KPMG Peat Marwick, L.L.P., which certified the financial statements
filed as part of the Registration  Statement and the MHC Notice and Application,
has advised the Primary  Parties that it is, with respect to each of the Primary
Parties,  an independent  certified public accountant under the 1933 Act and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (j) The financial  statements  and the notes thereto which are included
in the  Registration  Statement and which are a part of the  Prospectus  present
fairly the financial condition and retained earnings of the Bank as of the dates
indicated  and the  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  for  the  periods
specified.  The  financial  statements  comply  in all  material  respects  with
Regulation S-X of the Commission and generally  accepted  accounting  principles
("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis during the periods  presented,  except as
otherwise  noted  therein,  and  present  fairly in all  material  respects  the
information required to be stated therein. The other financial,  statistical and
pro forma  information  and related  notes  included in the  Prospectus  present
fairly the information  shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited and
unaudited  financial  statements  included in the Prospectus,  and as to the pro
forma  adjustments,  the adjustments  made therein have been properly applied on
the basis described therein.

                                        7

<PAGE>



         (k) Since the respective dates as of which  information is given in the
Registration  Statement,  including the  Prospectus;  (i) there has not been any
material adverse change in the financial condition or in the earnings,  capital,
properties or business  affairs of any of the Primary  Parties or of the Primary
Parties  considered  as one  enterprise,  whether or not arising in the ordinary
course of  business;  (ii) there has not been any change in total  assets of the
Bank in an amount  greater  than $20.0  million,  any  material  increase in the
aggregate  amount of loans past due ninety (90) days or more, or any real estate
acquired by foreclosure or loans  characterized  as "in substance  foreclosure";
nor has the Bank issued any  securities  or incurred any liability or obligation
for borrowings  other than in the ordinary course of business;  (iii) there have
not been any material  transactions  entered into by any of the Primary Parties,
other  than  those  in  the   ordinary   course  of   business;   and  (iv)  the
capitalization,  liabilities,  assets,  properties  and  business of the Primary
Parties conform in all material  respects to the descriptions  thereof contained
in the Prospectus and none of the Primary  Parties has any material  liabilities
of any kind,  contingent  or  otherwise,  except as  disclosed  in  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus.

         (l) As of the Closing Date,  the Holding  Company will be a corporation
duly  organized and in good standing  under the laws of the State of New Jersey,
with corporate power authority to own its properties and to conduct its business
as described in the Prospectus,  and will be qualified to transact  business and
in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which the conduct of business requires
such  qualification,  unless  the  failure  to  qualify  in one or  more of such
jurisdictions  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial
condition,  earnings,  capital,  properties  or business  affairs of the Primary
Parties.  As of the Closing  Date,  the Holding  Company will have  obtained all
licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations required for the conduct
of its business,  except those that  individually  or in the aggregate would not
materially adversely affect the financial condition,  earnings,  capital, assets
or  properties of the Primary  Parties  taken as a whole;  and as of the Closing
Date, all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations will be in full
force and effect, and the Holding Company will be in compliance therewith in all
material respects.

         (m) As of the Closing Date,  the MHC will be duly organized and will be
validly  existing as a mutual holding company under the laws of the State of New
Jersey,  duly  authorized  to  conduct  its  business  and own its  property  as
described in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus;  as of the Closing
Date,  the MHC will have obtained all licenses,  permits and other  governmental
authorizations  required  for the  conduct of its  business,  except  those that
individually  or in the  aggregate  would not  materially  adversely  affect the
financial  condition,  earnings,  capital,  assets or  properties of the Primary
Parties taken as a whole; as of the Closing Date, all such licenses, permits and
governmental authorizations will be in full force and effect and the MHC will be
in compliance  therewith in all material  respects;  as of the Closing Date, the
MHC will be duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business in each
jurisdiction  in which the  failure  to be so  qualified  in one or more of such
jurisdictions  would have a material adverse effect on the financial  condition,
earnings, capital, assets properties or business of the Primary Parties.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         (n) The MHC does  not,  and as of the  Closing  Date,  will not own any
equity  securities or any equity interest in any business  enterprise  except as
described in the Prospectus.

         (o) The MHC is not authorized to issue any shares of capital stock.

         (p) The  Bank is a duly  organized  and  validly  existing  New  Jersey
chartered  savings bank in mutual form,  duly authorized to conduct its business
as described in the Prospectus;  the activities of the Bank are permitted by the
rules,  regulations and practices of the FDIC, and the DOBI and under New Jersey
law;  the Bank  has  obtained  all  licenses,  permits  and  other  governmental
authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business,  except those
that individually or in the aggregate would not materially  adversely affect the
financial  condition of the Primary Parties taken as a whole; all such licenses,
permits and other  governmental  authorizations are in full force and effect and
the Bank is in good  standing  under the laws of the State of New  Jersey and is
duly  qualified  as  a  foreign   corporation  to  transact   business  in  each
jurisdiction in which failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect
upon the financial condition,  earnings, capital, properties or business affairs
of the Bank; all of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Bank after
the  Reorganization  will  be  duly  and  validly  issued  and  fully  paid  and
non-assessable;  and the Holding  Company will  directly own all of such capital
stock  free and  clear of any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  encumbrance,  claim or
restriction.  The Bank does not own equity  securities or any equity interest in
any other business enterprise except as otherwise described in the Prospectus.

         (q) The Bank is a member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank of New York
("FHLB");  the  deposit  accounts  of the  Bank  are  insured  by the FDIC up to
applicable limits.  Upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  the rights of the
members of the Bank in its mutual form shall be transferred to MHC in accordance
with the Plan and the requirements of the Conversion  Regulations and New Jersey
law and regulations of the DOBI.

         (r) The Bank is not authorized to issue any shares of capital stock.

         (s) Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the authorized, issued and
outstanding  equity capital of the Holding  Company will be within the range set
forth in the Prospectus under the caption  "Capitalization"  and, except for the
shares of Common  Stock held by MHC, no shares of Common Stock have been or will
be issued and  outstanding  prior to the Closing Date;  and the shares of Common
Stock to be subscribed for in the Offering have been duly and validly authorized
for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Holding  Company  pursuant to
the Plan against  payment of the  consideration  calculated  as set forth in the
Plan and the  Prospectus,  will be duly and  validly  issued  and fully paid and
non-assessable;  the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights,
except for the  Subscription  Rights granted pursuant to the Plan; and the terms
and  provisions  of the  shares of Common  Stock will  conform  in all  material
respects to the description  thereof contained in the Prospectus.  Upon issuance
of the  Shares,  good title to the Shares will be  transferred  from the Holding
Company to the purchasers of Shares against payment  therefor in the Offering as
set forth in the Plan and the Prospectus.

                                        9

<PAGE>



         (t) The Bank is not,  and as of the  Closing  Date  neither the Holding
Company  nor the MHC will be,  in  violation  of their  respective  articles  of
incorporation or charter or their respective  bylaws,  or in material default in
the  performance  or  observance  of any  obligation,  agreement,  covenant,  or
condition contained in any contract,  lease, loan agreement,  indenture or other
instrument  to  which  they  are a  party  or by  which  they,  or any of  their
respective  property,  may be bound  which  would  result in a material  adverse
change in the condition (financial or otherwise),  earnings, capital, properties
or  assets  of  any  of  them.  The  consummation  of  the  transactions  herein
contemplated  will not (i) conflict  with or  constitute a breach of, or default
under,  the Articles of  Incorporation,  charter or bylaws of the Bank or, as of
the Closing Date, the Holding Company or the MHC, or materially conflict with or
constitute a material breach of, or default under, any material contract,  lease
or other  instrument  to  which  any of the  Primary  Parties  has a  beneficial
interest,  or any applicable law, rule,  regulation or order that is material to
the financial  condition of the Bank; (ii) violate any authorization,  approval,
judgment,  decree,  order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Primary
Parties  except for such  violations  which  would not have a  material  adverse
effect on the  financial  condition  and results of  operations  of the Bank; or
(iii) result in the creation of any material lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon
any property of the Primary Parties.

         (u) No material  default  exists,  and no event has occurred which with
notice or lapse of time,  or both,  would  constitute a material  default on the
part of any of the Primary Parties, in the due performance and observance of any
term,  covenant or condition of any indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  note,
bank loan or credit  agreement or any other material  instrument or agreement to
which any of the  Primary  Parties  is a party or by which any of them or any of
their property is bound or affected in any respect  which,  in any such case, is
material to the Primary  Parties  individually  or considered as one enterprise,
and such agreements are in full force and effect; and no other party to any such
agreements  has  instituted  or, to the best  knowledge of the Primary  Parties,
threatened  any  action or  proceeding  wherein  any of the  Primary  Parties is
alleged to be in default  thereunder  under  circumstances  where such action or
proceeding,  if determined adversely to any of the Primary Parties, would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Primary Parties  individually or considered as
one enterprise.

         (v) The Primary  Parties have good and  marketable  title to all assets
which are material to the businesses of the Primary  Parties and to those assets
described  in the  Prospectus  as owned by them,  free and clear of all material
liens, charges,  encumbrances,  restrictions or other claims, except such as are
described in the  Prospectus or which do not have a material  adverse  effect on
the  businesses of the Primary  Parties taken as a whole;  and all of the leases
and subleases  which are material to the businesses of the Primary  Parties,  as
described in the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus,  are in full force and
effect.

         (w) The Primary Parties are not in material  violation of any directive
from the FDIC, the DOBI, the FRB, the Commission or any other agency to make any
material change in the method of conducting  their  respective  businesses;  the
Primary Parties have conducted and are conducting their respective businesses so
as to comply in all respects with all applicable statutes

                                       10

<PAGE>



and  regulations  (including,   without  limitation,   regulations,   decisions,
directives and orders of the DOBI, the FRB, the Commission and the FDIC), except
where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in any
material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition,  results of  operations,
capital, properties or business affairs of the Primary Parties considered as one
enterprise and, there is no charge,  investigation,  action,  suit or proceeding
before or by any court,  regulatory  authority  or  governmental  agency or body
pending or, to the best knowledge any of the Primary Parties,  threatened, which
would   reasonably   be  expected  to  materially   and  adversely   affect  the
Reorganization,  the performance of this Agreement,  or the  consummation of the
transactions   contemplated  in  the  Plan  as  described  in  the  Registration
Statement,  or which would  reasonably  be  expected  to result in any  material
adverse  change in the  financial  condition,  results of  operations,  capital,
properties  or  business  affairs  of  the  Primary  Parties  considered  as one
enterprise.

         (x) Prior to the Closing Date,  the Primary  Parties will have received
an  opinion of their  special  counsel,  Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.
("Malizia,  Spidi"),  with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the
Reorganization,  as described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
and with respect to the tax consequences of the proposed  transaction  under the
laws of the State of New Jersey;  and the facts and  representations  upon which
such  opinions are based are truthful,  accurate and  complete,  and none of the
Primary Parties will take any action inconsistent therewith.

         (y) The Bank has  timely  filed  all  required  federal  and  state tax
returns,  has paid all taxes that have become due and payable in respect of such
returns,  except where permitted to be extended,  has made adequate reserves for
similar future tax liabilities, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect
thereto by any taxing authority.

         (z)  No  approval,  authorization,   consent  or  other  order  of  any
regulatory  or  supervisory  or  other  public  authority  is  required  for the
execution and delivery by the Primary Parties of this Agreement, or the issuance
of the Shares,  except for the approval of the FDIC, the DOBI and the Commission
(which have been  received) and any necessary  qualification,  notification,  or
registration  or exemption  under the securities or blue sky laws of the various
states in which the Shares are to be offered.

         (aa) None of the Primary Parties has: (i) issued any securities  within
the last 18  months  (except  for (a)  notes  to  evidence  bank  loans or other
liabilities  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  or  as  described  in  the
Prospectus,  and (b) shares of Common  Stock  issued with respect to the initial
capitalization  of the Holding  Company);  (ii) had any dealings with respect to
sales of  securities  within  the 12 months  prior to the date  hereof  with any
member of the NASD,  or any person  related to or  associated  with such member,
other than  discussions and meetings  relating to the Offering and purchases and
sales of U.S.  government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course
of business;  (iii) entered into a financial or management  consulting agreement
except for the Letter Agreement and as contemplated  hereunder;  or (iv) engaged
any  intermediary  between the Agent and the Primary  Parties in connection with
the Offering or the offering of

                                       11

<PAGE>



shares of the common stock of the Bank,  and no person is being  compensated  in
any manner for such services.

         (ab)  Neither the Primary  Parties  nor, to the best  knowledge  of the
Primary  Parties,  any  employee of the Primary  Parties has made any payment of
funds  of the  Primary  Parties  as a loan to any  person  for the  purchase  of
Conversion Shares except for the Holding Company's loan to the ESOP the proceeds
of which  will be used to  purchase  Conversion  Shares,  or has made any  other
payment of funds  prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used
for any payment prohibited by law.

         (ac) The Bank  complies in all material  respects  with the  applicable
financial record keeping and reporting  requirements of the Currency and Foreign
Transactions  Reporting Act of 1970, as amended,  and the  regulations and rules
thereunder.

         (ad) The Primary  Parties have not relied upon Agent or its counsel for
any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Reorganization.

         (ae) The records of Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members are  accurate  and  complete in all material
respects.

         (af) The Primary  Parties comply with all laws,  rules and  regulations
relating to environmental  protection,  and none of them has been notified or is
otherwise  aware  that  any of  them is  potentially  liable,  or is  considered
potentially liable, under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and  Liability  Act of 1980, as amended,  or any other  Federal,  state or local
environmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to the New Jersey
Industrial Site Recovery Act; no action, suit, regulatory investigation or other
proceeding  is pending or  threatened  against the Primary  Parties  relating to
environmental protection,  nor do the Primary Parties have any reason to believe
any such  proceedings  may be  brought  against  any of them;  and no  disposal,
release  or  discharge  of  hazardous  or  toxic   substances,   pollutants   or
contaminants,  including petroleum and gas products, as any of such terms may be
defined under federal,  state or local law, has occurred on, in, at or about any
facilities  or properties  owned or leased by any of the Primary  Parties or, to
the best knowledge of the Bank, in which the Bank has a security interest.

         (ag)  All of the  loans  represented  as  assets  on  the  most  recent
financial  statements or selected financial  information of the Bank included in
the Prospectus meet or are exempt from all  requirements  of federal,  state and
local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending
(including  the  requirements  of  Regulations Z and 12 C.F.R.  Part 226),  real
estate  settlement   procedures,   consumer  credit  protection,   equal  credit
opportunity  and all  disclosure  laws  applicable  to such  loans,  except  for
violations which, if asserted,  would not result in a material adverse effect on
the  financial  condition,  results of  operations  or  business  of the Primary
Parties taken as a whole.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         (ah) None of the Primary  Parties are required to be  registered  as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

         (ai) As of the date hereof,  the charter of the MHC has been filed with
the DOBI, but is not yet effective or otherwise in force.

         Any certificates signed by an officer of any of the Primary Parties and
delivered  to the Agent or its  counsel  that refer to this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to be a  representation  and warranty by the Primary Parties to the Agent
as to the matters covered thereby with the same effect as if such representation
and warranty were set forth herein.

         Section  6.A.  Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Agent.  Agent
represents and warrants to the Primary Parties that:

         (a) Agent is a  corporation  and is validly  existing in good  standing
under  the laws of the State of New  Jersey  with full  power and  authority  to
provide the services to be furnished to the Primary Parties hereunder.

         (b) The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the  consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by
all  necessary  action on the part of Agent,  and this  Agreement  is the legal,
valid and binding  agreement of Agent,  enforceable in accordance with its terms
except as the legality,  validity, binding nature and enforceability thereof may
be  limited  by  (i)   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   moratorium,   reorganization,
conservatorship, receivership or other similar laws relating to or affecting the
enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally,  (ii) general  equity  principles
regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is  considered  in a proceeding  in
equity or at law, and (iii) the extent,  if any, that the provisions of Sections
10 or 11 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy.

         (c) Except for licenses, approvals and permits required by the State of
Arkansas or required by the another  jurisdiction solely because the Offering is
being made in such  jurisdiction,  each of Agent and its  employees,  agents and
representatives  who shall perform any of the services hereunder shall have, and
until the Reorganization is completed or terminated shall maintain all licenses,
approvals and permits necessary to perform such services.

         (d) No action,  suit, charge or proceeding  before the Commission,  the
NASD,  any  state  securities  commission  or any  court is  pending,  or to the
knowledge of Agent threatened,  against Agent which, if determined  adversely to
Agent, would have a material adverse effect upon the ability of Agent to perform
its obligations under this Agreement.

         (e) Agent is registered as a broker/dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act") and is a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         (f) Any funds  received in the Offering by the Agent will be handled by
the Agent in  accordance  with  Rule  15c2-4  under  the 1934 Act to the  extent
applicable.

         Section 7. Covenants of the Primary Parties. The Primary Parties hereby
jointly and severally covenant with the Agent as follows:

         (a) The  Holding  Company  will  not,  at any time  after  the date the
Registration  Statement is declared effective,  file any amendment or supplement
to the  Registration  Statement  without  providing the Agent and its counsel an
opportunity  to review such  amendment or file any  amendment or  supplement  to
which amendment the Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object.

         (b) The  Primary  Parties  will  not,  at any time  after  the date any
Application  is approved,  file any amendment or supplement to such  Application
without  providing  the Agent and its  counsel  an  opportunity  to review  such
amendment or  supplement  or file any amendment or supplement to which the Agent
or its counsel shall reasonably object.

         (c) The Primary Parties will use their best efforts to cause the FRB to
approve the Holding  Company's  acquisition of the Bank, and will use their best
efforts to cause any post-effective  amendment to the Registration  Statement to
be declared effective by the Commission and any post-effective  amendment to the
Applications to be approved by the FDIC and the DOBI, and will  immediately upon
receipt of any  information  concerning the events listed below notify the Agent
(i) when the Registration Statement, as amended, has become effective; (ii) when
the MHC Notice and Application,  as amended,  have been approved by the FDIC and
the DOBI;  (iii) when the Holding  Company  Application,  as  amended,  has been
approved by the FRB; (iv) when the Merger  Application  has been approved by the
DOBI; (v) of the receipt of any comments from the  Commission,  the FDIC and the
DOBI, or any other governmental entity with respect to the Reorganization or the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement;  (vi)  of  any  request  by the
Commission, the FRB, the FDIC, the DOBI or any other governmental entity for any
amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Applications or for
additional information; (vii) of the issuance by the Commission, the FDIC or the
DOBI, or any other  governmental  agency of any order or other action suspending
the Offerings or the use of the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or any
other filing of the Primary  Parties under the  Conversion  Regulations or other
applicable law, or the threat of any such action;  (viii) of the issuance by the
Commission,  the FDIC or the DOBI,  or any  state  authority  of any stop  order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or of the initiation
or threat of initiation or threat of any proceedings  for that purpose;  or (ix)
of the  occurrence of any event  mentioned in paragraph  (f) below.  The Primary
Parties  will make  every  reasonable  effort to  prevent  the  issuance  by the
Commission,  the FDIC or the DOBI, or any state  authority of any order referred
to in (vii) and (viii) above and, if any such order shall at any time be issued,
to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

         (d) The Primary  Parties  will  deliver to the Agent and to its counsel
conformed copies of each of the following documents,  with all exhibits: each of
the Applications as originally filed

                                       14

<PAGE>



and of each amendment or supplement thereto, and the Registration  Statement, as
originally filed and each amendment thereto.  Further,  the Primary Parties will
deliver  such  additional  copies of the  foregoing  documents to counsel to the
Agent as may be required for any NASD filings. In addition,  the Primary Parties
will also  deliver  to the Agent  such  number of copies of the  Prospectus,  as
amended or supplemented, as the Agent may reasonably request.

         (e) The Primary  Parties will comply in all material  respects with any
and all terms,  conditions,  requirements  and  provisions  with  respect to the
Reorganization  and  the  transactions   contemplated  thereby  imposed  by  the
Commission,  by applicable state law and  regulations,  and by the 1933 Act, the
1934 Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under such
statutes,  to be complied with prior to or  subsequent to the Closing Date;  and
when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, the Primary Parties will comply
in all material respects,  at their own expense,  with all material requirements
imposed upon them by the FDIC, the DOBI, the Conversion  Regulations  (except as
modified  or waived in  writing by the FDIC and the DOBI),  the  Commission,  by
applicable  state law and  regulations and by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under such statutes, in each
case  as from  time  to  time  in  force,  so far as  necessary  to  permit  the
continuance  of sales or dealing in shares of Common Stock during such period in
accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

         (f) Each of the Primary  Parties  will inform the Agent of any event or
circumstances  of  which  it is or  becomes  aware  as a  result  of  which  the
Registration Statement and/or Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, would
include an untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary  in order to make the  statements  therein  not  misleading.  If it is
necessary,  in the  reasonable  opinion of counsel for the Primary  Parties,  to
amend or supplement  the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus in order to
correct  such  untrue  statement  of a material  fact or to make the  statements
therein not  misleading  in light of the  circumstances  existing at the time of
their use, the Primary  Parties will, at their expense,  prepare,  file with the
Commission, the FDIC and the DOBI, and furnish to the Agent, a reasonable number
of copies of an amendment or amendments of, or a supplement or  supplements  to,
the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus (in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory  to counsel for the Agent after a reasonable time for review) which
will amend or supplement  the  Registration  Statement and or the  Prospectus so
that as amended or  supplemented  it will not contain an untrue  statement  of a
material  fact or omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  existing at the time,  not
misleading. For the purpose of this subsection, each of the Primary Parties will
furnish  such  information  with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to
time reasonably request.
         (g)  Pursuant  to the  terms of the  Plan,  the  Holding  Company  will
endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Agent, to register or to qualify
the Shares for offering and sale or to exempt such Shares from  registration and
to exempt the Holding  Company and its officers,  directors  and employees  from
registration  as  broker-dealers,  under the applicable  securities  laws of the
jurisdictions in which the Offering will be conducted;  provided,  however, that
the  Holding  Company  shall not be  obligated  to file any  general  consent to
service of process or to qualify to do business in any  jurisdiction in which it
is not so  qualified.  In each  jurisdiction  where any of the Shares shall have
been registered or qualified as above provided, the Holding Company will make

                                       15

<PAGE>



and file such  statements  and reports in each year as are or may be required by
the laws of such jurisdictions.

         (h) The  Holding  Company  will not sell or issue,  contract to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of, for a period of 90 days after the date hereof any shares
of Common Stock, without the Agent's prior written consent,  which consent shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld  other  than  in  connection  with  any  plan  or
arrangement described in the Prospectus.

         (i) For the period of three years from the date of this Agreement,  the
Holding Company will furnish to the Agent upon request (i) a copy of each report
of the Holding Company  furnished to or filed with the Commission under the 1934
Act or any  national  securities  exchange  or  system  on  which  any  class of
securities  of the  Holding  Company  is listed or  quoted,  (ii) a copy of each
report  of  the  Holding   Company   mailed  to  holders  of  Common   Stock  or
non-confidential  report  filed  with  the  Commission  or the FRB or any  other
supervisory  or  regulatory  authority  or any national  securities  exchange or
system on which any class of the securities of the Holding  Company is listed or
quoted, and (iii) from time-to-time,  such other publicly available  information
concerning the Primary Parties as the Agent may reasonably request.

         (j) The Primary  Parties will use the net proceeds from the sale of the
Common Stock in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Use of
Proceeds."

         (k) The Holding  Company and the Bank will distribute the Prospectus or
other offering  materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Common
Stock only in accordance with the Conversion  Regulations,  the 1933 Act and the
1934 Act and the rules and regulations  promulgated under such statutes, and the
laws of any state in which the shares are qualified for sale.

         (l) Prior to the Closing Date,  the Holding  Company shall register its
Common  Stock under  Section  12(g) of the 1934 Act. The Holding  Company  shall
maintain the effectiveness of such registration for not less than three years or
such shorter period as permitted by the FDIC.

         (m) For so long as the Common Stock is  registered  under the 1934 Act,
the Holding  Company will  furnish to its  stockholders  as soon as  practicable
after the end of each fiscal  year such  reports  and other  information  as are
required  to be  furnished  to its  stockholders  under the 1934 Act  (including
consolidated  financial  statements of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries,
certified by independent public accountants).

         (n) The Holding Company will report the use of proceeds of the Offering
in accordance with Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

         (o) The Primary  Parties will  maintain  appropriate  arrangements  for
depositing all funds received from persons mailing  subscriptions  for or orders
to purchase Conversion Shares on an

                                       16

<PAGE>



interest bearing basis at the rate described in the Prospectus until the Closing
Date and satisfaction of all conditions  precedent to the release of the Holding
Company's obligation to refund payments received from persons subscribing for or
ordering Conversion Shares in the Conversion  Offerings,  in accordance with the
Plan as described in the  Prospectus,  or until  refunds of such funds have been
made to the persons  entitled thereto or withdrawal  authorizations  canceled in
accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus. The Primary Parties
will  maintain  such  records of all funds  received to permit the funds of each
subscriber  to be  separately  insured  by  the  FDIC  (to  the  maximum  extent
allowable) and to enable the Primary Parties to make the appropriate  refunds of
such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in  accordance
with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.

         (p) The  Primary  Parties  will  take such  actions  and  furnish  such
information as are  reasonably  requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to
ensure compliance with the "Interpretation of the Board of Governors of the NASD
on Free Riding and Withholding."

         (q) The Primary Parties will conduct their  businesses in compliance in
all  material  respects  with all  applicable  federal  and state  laws,  rules,
regulations,   decisions,   directives  and  orders  including,  all  decisions,
directives and orders of the Commission, the FDIC, the DOBI and the FRB.

         (r) The Primary  Parties will not amend the Plan without  notifying the
Agent prior thereto.

         (s) The Holding  Company shall  provide the Agent with any  information
necessary to carry out the allocation of the  Conversion  Shares in the event of
an over subscription, and such information shall be accurate and reliable.

         (t) The Holding  Company  will not deliver the Shares until the Primary
Parties have  satisfied or caused to be satisfied  each  condition  set forth in
Section 9 hereof, unless such condition is waived in writing by the Agent.

         (u)  Immediately  upon completion of the sale by the Holding Company of
the Shares  contemplated by the Plan and the Prospectus,  (i) the MHC shall have
been formed pursuant to the Plan and shall own at all times more than 50% of the
issued  and  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  (ii) all of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the Bank shall be owned by the  Holding
Company,  (iii) the Holding Company shall have no direct subsidiaries other than
the Bank,  and (iv) the  Reorganization  shall have been  effected in accordance
with all applicable statutes, regulations,  decisions and orders; and all terms,
conditions,  requirements  and  provisions  with  respect to the  Reorganization
(except those that are conditions  subsequent)  imposed by the  Commission,  the
FDIC, the DOBI,  the FRB or any other  governmental  agency,  if any, shall have
been  complied  with  by  the  Primary  Parties  in  all  material  respects  or
appropriate  waivers shall have been obtained and all notice and waiting periods
shall have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.


                                       17

<PAGE>



         (v) Prior to the Closing Date, the Plan shall have been approved by the
eligible   voting  members  of  the  Bank  in  accordance  with  the  Conversion
Regulations and the provisions of the Bank's charter and bylaws.

         (w) As of the Closing Date,  the Primary  Parties shall have  completed
all conditions  precedent to the  Reorganization in accordance with the Plan and
shall have complied in all material  respects with applicable laws,  regulations
(except as modified or waived in writing by the FDIC and/or the DOBI), decisions
and  orders,  including  all  terms,  conditions,  requirements  and  provisions
precedent  to the  Reorganization  imposed  upon it by the  FDIC and DOBI as set
forth in correspondence received from the FDIC and/or the DOBI.

         (x) On or before  the  Closing  Date,  the  Primary  Parties  will have
completed all conditions  precedent to the Reorganization  specified in the Plan
and the offer and sale of the Shares will have been  conducted  in all  material
respects in accordance  with the Plan,  the  Conversion  Regulations  (except as
modified  or waived in writing  by the FDIC  and/or the DOBI) and with all other
applicable  laws,  regulations,  decisions  and  orders,  including  all  terms,
conditions,  requirements and provisions precedent to the Reorganization imposed
upon any of the Primary Parties by the FDIC and/or the DOBI, the Commission, the
FRB or any  other  regulatory  authority  and in  the  manner  described  in the
Prospectus.

         Section 8. Payment of Expenses.  Whether or not the  Reorganization  is
completed  or the sale and  exchange  of the  Shares by the  Holding  Company is
consummated,  the  Primary  Parties  will pay for all  expenses  incident to the
performance of this Agreement, including without limitation: (a) the preparation
and filing of the Applications; (b) the preparation,  printing, filing, delivery
and shipment of the Registration  Statement,  including the Prospectus,  and all
amendments  and  supplements  thereto;  (c) all  filing  fees  and  expenses  in
connection  with the  qualification  or registration of the Shares for offer and
sale by the Holding  Company under the securities or "blue sky" laws,  including
without  limitation  filing fees,  reasonable  legal fees and  disbursements  of
counsel in connection  therewith,  and in connection  with the  preparation of a
blue sky law  survey;  (d) the filing fees of the NASD;  and (e) the  reasonable
expenses of the Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Primary Parties shall
not be  required  to  reimburse  Agent for more than  $30,000  in legal fees and
$15,000 in non-legal out-of-pocket expenses, except in the event of any material
delay in the Offering that would require an update of the financial  information
in  tabular  form  contained  in  the  Registration  Statement,  as  amended  or
supplemented,  to  reflect a period  later  than that set forth in the  original
Registration Statement. Not later than three days prior to the Closing Date, the
Agent will  provide  the Bank with a  detailed  accounting  of all  reimbursable
expenses to be paid at the Closing.

         Section 9.  Conditions to the Agent's  obligations.  The obligations of
the Agent hereunder and the occurrence of the Closing and the Reorganization are
subject to the  condition  that all  representations  and  warranties  and other
statements  of  the  Primary  Parties  herein  contained  are,  at and as of the
commencement  of the  Offering  and at and as of  the  Closing  Date,  true  and
correct,  the condition  that the Primary  Parties  shall have  performed all of
their

                                       18

<PAGE>



obligations  hereunder  to be  performed  on or  before  such  dates  and to the
following further conditions:

         (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have been declared  effective by
the  Commission  and the  prospectus  and proxy  statement  contained in the MHC
Notice and  Application  shall have been  approved  by the FDIC and the DOBI for
mailing  prior  to  the  commencement  of  the  Offering,  the  Holding  Company
Application  shall  have  been  approved,  and no stop  order  or  other  action
suspending  the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  shall have been
issued under the 1933 Act or  proceedings  therefor  initiated or, to any of the
Primary  Parties'  best  knowledge,  threatened  by the  Commission or any state
authority and no order or other action  suspending the  authorization for use of
the Prospectus or the consummation of the Reorganization  shall have been issued
or  proceedings  therefor  initiated  or, to any of the  Primary  Parties'  best
knowledge,  threatened by the FDIC,  the DOBI, the FRB, the  Commission,  or any
other governmental body.

         (b) At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received:

                  (1) The  favorable  opinion,  dated as of the Closing Date, of
Malizia,  Spidi,  and/or  local  counsel  acceptable  to the  Agent  in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel for the Agent to the effect that:

                         (i) The Holding Company is a corporation duly organized
and validly  existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of New
Jersey,  with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to conduct
its business as described in the  Prospectus,  and is duly qualified to transact
business and is in good  standing in each  jurisdiction  in which the conduct of
its business  requires  such  qualification  and in which the failure to qualify
would have a  material  adverse  effect on the  financial  condition,  earnings,
capital, properties or business affairs of the Primary Parties.

                         (ii) The Bank is a duly organized and validly  existing
New Jersey  chartered  mutual  savings bank with full power and authority to own
its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to
enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder;  the activities
of the Bank as described in the  Prospectus  are permitted by New Jersey law and
the rules,  regulations and practices of the FDIC and the DOBI; the issuance and
sale  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Bank  to  the  Holding  Company  in  the
Reorganization has been duly and validly  authorized by all necessary  corporate
action  on the part of the  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  and,  upon  payment
therefor in accordance with the terms of the Plan, will be validly issued, fully
paid and  non-assessable;  and will be owned of record and  beneficially  by the
Holding  Company,  free and clear of any mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  encumbrance,
claim or restriction.

                         (iii)  The Bank is a member of the FHLB and the Bank is
an insured
depository  institution  under the provisions of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Act,  as  amended,  and to  such  counsel's  knowledge  no  proceedings  for the
termination or revocation of such insurance are pending or threatened.

                                       19

<PAGE>



                         (iv) Upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  the MHC
will have been
duly organized and will be validly  existing as a mutual  holding  company under
New Jersey law, duly  authorized to conduct its business and own its  properties
as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                         (v)    Upon consummation of the Reorganization, (a) the
authorized,  issued and outstanding capital stock of the Holding Company will be
within the range set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization,"
and no shares of Common Stock have been or will be issued and outstanding  prior
to the Closing  Date  (except for the shares  issued upon  incorporation  of the
Holding  Company);  (b) the shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company issued
to the MHC will have been duly and validly  authorized  for issuance and will be
fully paid and  non-assessable;  (c) the shares of Common  Stock of the  Holding
Company to be  subscribed  for in the  Offering  will have been duly and validly
authorized  for issuance,  and when issued and delivered by the Holding  Company
pursuant to the Plan  against  payment of the  consideration  calculated  as set
forth in the Plan, will be fully paid and  non-assessable;  and (d) the issuance
of the shares of Common  Stock is not  subject to  preemptive  rights  under the
charter,  articles of incorporation or bylaws of any of the Primary Parties,  or
arising or  outstanding  by operation  of law or, to the best  knowledge of such
counsel, under any contract, indenture, agreement, instrument or other document,
except for the subscription rights under the Plan.

                         (vi) The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and
the consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate  action  on the  part  of the  Primary  Parties;  and  this
Agreement  constitutes  a valid,  legal and  binding  obligation  of each of the
Primary Parties,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent
that the  provisions  of  Sections  l0 and 1 l hereof  may be  unenforceable  as
against public policy, and except to the extent that such  enforceability may be
limited  by  bankruptcy  laws,  insolvency  laws,  or other laws  affecting  the
enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally,  or the rights of  creditors  of
savings  institutions  insured by the FDIC  (including  the laws relating to the
rights of the contracting parties to equitable remedies).



                                       20

<PAGE>



                         (vii)  The Plan has been duly  adopted  by the board of
directors of the Bank and by the members of the Bank, in the manner  required by
the Conversion Regulations and the Bank's charter and bylaws.

                         (viii) The Applications have been approved by the FDIC,
the  DOBI and the FRB and the  Prospectus  and the  Proxy  Statement  have  been
authorized for use by the FDIC and the DOBI, and subject to the  satisfaction of
any conditions set forth in such approvals,  no further approval,  registration,
authorization, consent or other order of any federal or state regulatory agency,
public board or body is required in  connection  with the execution and delivery
of  this  Agreement,  the  offer,  sale  and  issuance  of the  Shares  and  the
consummation of the Reorganization.

                         (ix) The purchase by the Holding  Company of all of the
issued and
outstanding  capital  stock of the Bank  has been  authorized  by the FRB and no
action  has  been  taken,  or,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  is  pending  or
threatened, to revoke any such authorization or approval.

                         (x)     The Registration Statement has become effective
under  the  1933  Act,  no  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the
Registration  Statement  has been  issued,  and,  to the best of such  counsel's
knowledge, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened.

                         (xi)   The   material   tax    consequences    of   the
Reorganization   are  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  under  the  caption  "The
Reorganization  and  Offering  --  Tax  Effects  of  the   Reorganization."  The
information in the Prospectus under the caption "The Reorganization and Offering
- -- Tax Effects of the  Reorganization"  has been  reviewed  by such  counsel and
fairly  describes such opinions  rendered by such counsel to the Primary Parties
with respect to such matters.

                         (xii) The terms and  provisions of the shares of Common
Stock conform to
the  description  thereof  contained  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
Prospectus,  and the forms of  certificates  proposed to be used to evidence the
shares of Common Stock are in due and proper form.

                         (xiii) At the time the MHC Notice and  Application  was
approved, the
MHC Notice and Application (as amended or supplemented) including the Prospectus
contained  therein,  complied  as to  form in all  material  respects  with  the
requirements of the Conversion  Regulations and all applicable  laws,  rules and
regulations  and  decisions  and  orders  of the FDIC and the  DOBI,  except  as
modified  or waived in  writing  by the FDIC  and/or  the DOBI  (other  than the
financial statements, notes to financial statements,  financial tables and other
financial and statistical data included  therein and the appraisal  valuation as
to which  counsel need  express no opinion).  To such  counsel's  knowledge,  no
person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the final action of
the FDIC, DOBI or FRB approving the Applications.

                                       21

<PAGE>



                         (xiv)  At the  time  that  the  Registration  Statement
became effective the Registration Statement,  including the Prospectus contained
therein (as amended or supplemented) (other than the financial statements, notes
to financial  statements,  financial  tables or other  financial and statistical
data  included  therein and the  appraisal  valuation  as to which  counsel need
express no  opinion),  complied  as to form in all  material  respects  with the
requirements  of  the l 933  Act  and  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

                         (xv)  There  are no legal or  governmental  proceedings
pending or to the best of such counsel's knowledge, threatened (i) asserting the
invalidity of this  Agreement or (ii) seeking to prevent the  Reorganization  or
the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares.

                         (xvi)  The  information  in the  Prospectus  under  the
captions  "Regulation,"  "Taxation,"  "Restrictions  on the  Acquisition  of the
Company  and the  Bank  -Provisions  of the  Company's  Charter  and  Bylaws  --
Authorization  of  Preferred  Stock,"  "Description  of  Capital  Stock  of  the
Company,"  and  "The  Reorganization  and  Offering,"  to  the  extent  that  it
constitutes   matters  of  law,   summaries  of  legal  matters,   documents  or
proceedings,  or legal  conclusions,  has been  reviewed by such  counsel and is
accurate in all material  respects  (except as to the financial  statements  and
other  financial data included  therein as to which such counsel need express no
opinion). (xvii) None of the Primary Parties are required to be registered as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of l 940.

                         (xviii)  The Bank has duly  adopted a New Jersey  stock
charter and bylaws effective upon consummation of the  Reorganization,  and none
of the Primary Parties is in violation of its articles of  incorporation  or its
charter,  as the case may be, or its  bylaws  or, to the best of such  counsel's
knowledge, any material obligation,  agreement,  covenant or condition contained
in any material contract,  indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement,  note, lease or
other  instrument  filed as an exhibit to, or  incorporated by reference in, the
Registration Statement,  which violation would have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition of the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise,  or
on the earnings,  capital, properties or business affairs of the Primary Parties
considered  as one  enterprise.  In addition,  the execution and delivery of and
performance  under this Agreement by the Primary Parties,  the incurrence of the
obligations  set  forth  herein  and  the   consummation  of  the   transactions
contemplated  herein will not result in any material violation of the provisions
of the articles of incorporation  or charter,  as the case may be, or the bylaws
of any of the Primary  Parties or any material  violation of any applicable law,
act,  regulation,  or to such counsel's  knowledge,  order or court order, writ,
injunction or decree.

         The  opinion  may be  limited to  matters  governed  by the laws of the
United  States,  and in the case of local counsel,  the State of New Jersey.  In
rendering  such opinion,  such counsel may rely (A) as to matters  involving the
application of laws of any  jurisdiction  other than the United  States,  to the
extent such counsel deems proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion
of other counsel of good standing,  as long as such other opinion indicates that
the Agent may rely on the opinion,  and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent
such counsel deems proper, on certificates

                                       22

<PAGE>



of responsible  officers of the Primary Parties and public  officials;  provided
copies of any such  opinion(s) or  certificates of public official are delivered
to Agent together with the opinion to be rendered  hereunder by special  counsel
to the  Primary  Parties.  The opinion of such  counsel for the Primary  Parties
shall state that it has no reason to believe that the Agent is not  justified in
relying thereon.

                         (2) The letter of Malizia,  Spidi in form and substance
to the effect that during the preparation of the Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus,  Malizia, Spidi participated in conferences with certain officers of
and  other  representatives  of the  Primary  Parties,  counsel  to  the  Agent,
representatives  of the independent  public  accountants for the Primary Parties
and  representatives  of the Agent at which  the  contents  of the  Registration
Statement  and  the  Prospectus  and  related  matters  were  discussed  and has
considered  the  matters  required  to be  stated  therein  and  the  statements
contained therein and, although (subject to the requirements of Section 9(b)(1))
Malizia,  Spidi has not  independently  verified the accuracy,  completeness  or
fairness  of  the  statements  contained  in  the  Registration   Statement  and
Prospectus, on the basis of the foregoing,  nothing has come to the attention of
Malizia,  Spidi that  caused  Malizia,  Spidi to believe  that the  Registration
Statement at the time it was declared effective by the SEC and as of the date of
such letter,  contained or contains any untrue  statement of a material  fact or
omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading (it being  understood  that counsel need express no comment
or  opinion  with  respect  to the  financial  statements,  schedules  and other
financial and statistical data included, or statistical or appraisal methodology
employed, in the Registration Statement or Prospectus).

                         (3)     The favorable opinion, dated as of the  Closing
Date, of Jamieson,  Moore,  Peskin & Spicer,  P.C.,  counsel for the Agent, with
respect to such matters as the Agent may  reasonably  require;  such opinion may
rely, as to matters of fact, upon  certificates of officers and directors of the
Primary  Parties  delivered  pursuant  hereto or as such counsel may  reasonably
request.

                  (c)  Concurrently  with the execution of this  Agreement,  the
Agent shall  receive a letter  from KPMG Peat  Marwick,  L.L.P.,  dated the date
hereof and addressed to the Agent,  confirming that KPMG Peat Marwick, L.L.P. is
a firm of  independent  public  accountants  within  the  meaning of the Code of
Professional  Ethics of the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants
and the  1933  Act,  and no  information  concerning  its  relationship  with or
interests in the Primary  Parties is required by the  Applications or Item 13 of
the  Registration  Statement,  and stating in effect that in KPMG Peat  Marwick,
L.L.P.'s opinion the financial statements of the Bank included in the Prospectus
comply  as to form in all  material  respects  with  the  applicable  accounting
requirements  of the 1933 Act, the 1934 act and the related  published rules and
regulations of the Commission  thereunder  and the  Conversion  Regulations  and
generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied; (ii) stating in
effect that, on the basis of certain  agreed upon  procedures  (but not an audit
examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) consisting
of a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of

                                       23

<PAGE>



the Bank  prepared by the Bank,  a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the
Board of  Directors of the Bank and the members of the Bank, a review of interim
financial information in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71,
and  consultations  with  officers of the Bank  responsible  for  financial  and
accounting matters, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe
that: (A) such unaudited financial statements, including recent developments, if
any, are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied
on  a  basis  substantially  consistent  with  that  of  the  audited  financial
statements included in the Prospectus; or (B) during the period from the date of
the  latest  unaudited   consolidated   financial  statements  included  in  the
Prospectus  to a specified  date not more than three  business days prior to the
date hereof,  there was any increase in borrowings (defined as advances from the
FHLB,  securities sold under agreements to repurchase and any other form of debt
other than deposits) of the Bank or in  nonperforming  loans of the Bank; or (C)
there was any  decrease  in  retained  earnings  of the Bank at the date of such
letter as compared  with  amounts  shown in the latest  unaudited  statement  of
condition  included in the Prospectus or there was any decrease in net income or
net  interest  income  of the  Bank for the  number  of full  months  commencing
immediately  after the period covered by the latest  unaudited  income statement
included in the  Prospectus  and ended on the latest month end prior to the date
of the Prospectus or in such letter as compared to the  corresponding  period in
the preceding year; and (iii) stating that, in addition to the audit examination
referred to in its opinion included in the Prospectus and the performance of the
procedures referred to in clause (ii) of this subsection (c), they have compared
with the  general  accounting  records  of the Bank,  which are  subject  to the
internal  controls of the accounting  system of the Bank and other data prepared
by the Primary  Parties  directly from such  accounting  records,  to the extent
specified  in such  letter,  such amounts  and/or  percentages  set forth in the
Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request, and they have found such amounts
and percentages to be in agreement therewith (subject to rounding).

                  (d) At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter from
KPMG Peat  Marwick,  L.L.P.  dated the  Closing  Date,  addressed  to the Agent,
confirming  the  statements  made by its  letter  delivered  by it  pursuant  to
subsection  (c) of this Section 9, the  "specified  date"  referred to in clause
(ii)(B)  thereof to be a date specified in such letter,  which shall not be more
than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

                  (e) At the Closing Date,  counsel to the Agent shall have been
furnished  with such documents and opinions as counsel for the Agent may require
for the  purpose  of  enabling  them to advise  the Agent  with  respect  to the
issuance  and  sale of the  Common  Stock as  herein  contemplated  and  related
proceedings,  or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations
and warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions herein contained.

                  (f) At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a certificate
of the Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of each of the
Primary  Parties,  dated the Closing  Date,  to the effect  that:  (i) they have
examined the  Prospectus and at the time the  Prospectus  became  authorized for
final use, the Prospectus did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  in  order to make the  statements
therein, in the light

                                       24

<PAGE>



of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  (ii) there has
not been,  since the  respective  dates as of which  information is given in the
Prospectus,  any material  adverse  change in the financial  condition or in the
earnings,  capital,  properties,  business  prospects or business affairs of the
Primary  Parties,  considered as one  enterprise,  whether or not arising in the
ordinary course of business;  (iii) the representations and warranties contained
in  Section 6 of this  Agreement  are true and  correct  with the same force and
effect as though made at and as of the Closing  Date;  (iv) the Primary  Parties
have  complied  in all  material  respects  with  all  material  agreements  and
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to
the Closing Date  including the  conditions  contained in this Section 9; (v) no
stop order has been issued or, to the best of their knowledge, is threatened, by
the  Commission or any other  governmental  body;  (vi) no order  suspending the
Offering,  the Reorganization,  the acquisition of all of the shares of the Bank
by the Holding Company, the acquisition by the MHC of shares of the Common Stock
or the  effectiveness of the Prospectus has been issued and to the best of their
knowledge, no proceedings for any such purpose have been initiated or threatened
by the FDIC,  the DOBI, the FRB, the  Commission,  or any other federal or state
authority;  (vii) to the best of their knowledge, no person has sought to obtain
regulatory or judicial review of the action of the FDIC in approving the Plan or
to enjoin the Reorganization.

                  (g) At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter from
FinPro,  Inc.,  dated as of the Closing Date, (i)  confirming  that said firm is
independent of the Primary  Parties and is experienced and expert in the area of
corporate  appraisals  within the meaning of the  Conversion  Regulations,  (ii)
stating in effect that the Appraisal  complies in all material respects with the
applicable requirements of the Conversion Regulations, and (iii) further stating
that its opinion of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Primary Parties,
as converted,  expressed in the Appraisal as most recently  updated,  remains in
effect.

                  (h) None of the Primary  Parties shall have  sustained,  since
the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus,  any material loss or  interference  with its business
from  fire,  explosion,  flood or other  calamity,  whether  or not  covered  by
insurance,  or from any labor dispute or court or governmental  action, order or
decree,  otherwise  than as set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus,  and since the respective dates as of which  information is given in
the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  there shall not have been any
material change, or any development  involving a prospective material change in,
or affecting the general affairs of, management,  financial  position,  retained
earnings,  long-term debt,  stockholders' equity or results of operations of any
of the  Primary  Parties,  otherwise  than as set forth or  contemplated  in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case
described above, is in the Agent's reasonable judgment sufficiently material and
adverse as to make it  impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering
or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
Prospectus.



                                       25

<PAGE>



         (i) Prior to and at the Closing Date: (i) in the reasonable  opinion of
the Agent  there  shall have been no material  adverse  change in the  financial
condition or in the earnings,  capital, properties or business affairs of any of
the Primary  Parties  independently,  or the Primary  Parties  considered as one
enterprise,  from and as of the latest  dates as of which such  condition is set
forth in the  Prospectus,  except as referred to therein;  (ii) there shall have
been no material transaction entered into by the Primary Parties,  independently
or considered as one enterprise,  from the latest date as of which the financial
condition  of the  Primary  Parties is set forth in the  Prospectus,  other than
transactions  referred  to or  contemplated  therein;  (iii)none  of the Primary
Parties  shall have  received  from the FDIC,  the DOBI or the FRB any direction
(oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting  their
business  with  which  it has  not  complied  in all  material  respects  (which
direction,  if any,  shall have been  disclosed  to the  Agent) and which  would
reasonably  be expected to have a material and adverse  effect on the  condition
(financial or otherwise)  or on the  earnings,  capital,  properties or business
affairs of the Primary Parties  considered as one  enterprise;  (iv) none of the
Primary  Parties  shall have been in default  (nor shall an event have  occurred
which,  with notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default) under
any  provision  of  any  agreement  or  instrument   relating  to  any  material
outstanding indebtedness; (v) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity
or before or by any federal or state commission,  board or other  administrative
agency, shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened
against any of the Primary Parties or affecting any of their properties  wherein
an unfavorable decision,  ruling or finding would reasonably be expected to have
a material and adverse  effect on the  financial  condition or on the  earnings,
capital,  properties or business affairs of the Primary  Parties,  considered as
one enterprise;  and (vi) the Shares shall have been qualified or registered for
offering and sale under the  securities or "blue sky" laws of the  jurisdictions
requested by the Agent.

                  (j) At or prior to the Closing  Date,  the Agent shall receive
(i) a copy of the letters from the FDIC and the DOBI  authorizing the use of the
Prospectus  and  approving  the MHC Notice and  Application,  (ii) a copy of the
order from the Commission declaring the Registration Statement effective,  (iii)
a  certified  copy of the  certificate  of  incorporation  of the  Bank,  (iv) a
certified copy of the certificate of incorporation of the Holding Company, (v) a
copy of the letter from the FRB approving the Holding Company Application,  (vi)
a certificate from the FDIC evidencing the Bank's insurance of accounts, (vii) a
certificate  of the FHLB  evidencing  the Bank's  membership  therein,  (viii) a
certificate  or other writing from the DOBI,  in form and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory  to  Agent,  evidencing  the valid  existence  of the MHC as of the
Closing  Date,  (ix) a copy of the  letter  from the DOBI  approving  the Merger
Application and (x) any other documents that Agent shall reasonably request.

         (k) Subsequent to the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any of
the following: (i) a suspension or limitation in trading in securities generally
on  the  New  York  Stock   Exchange  or  American  Stock  Exchange  or  in  the
over-the-counter  market,  or  quotations  halted  generally on the NASDAQ Stock
Market,  or minimum or maximum  prices for trading  have been fixed,  or maximum
ranges for prices for securities  have been required by either of such exchanges
or the NASD or by order of the  Commission or any other  governmental  authority
other than temporary

                                       26

<PAGE>



trading  halts (A)  imposed  as a result of  intra-day  changes in the Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  (B) lasting no longer than until the  regularly  scheduled
commencement of trading on the next succeeding business-day, and (C) which, when
combined with all other such halts  occurring  during the previous five business
days,  total less than three;  (ii) a general  moratorium  on the  operations of
commercial banks or other  federally-insured  financial  institutions or general
moratorium  on the  withdrawal  of  deposits  from  commercial  banks  or  other
federally-insured  financial  institutions  declared by either  federal or state
authorities; (iii) the engagement by the United States in hostilities which have
resulted  in the  declaration,  on or  after  the  date  hereof,  of a  national
emergency  or war;  or (iv) a  material  decline  in the price of equity or debt
securities  if the effect of any of (i)  through  (iv)  herein,  in the  Agent's
reasonable  judgment,  makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
offering  or  the  delivery  of  the  Shares  on the  terms  and  in the  manner
contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

         Section 10.     Indemnification.

                  (a)  The  Primary  Parties  jointly  and  severally  agree  to
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Agent,  its  officers,  directors,  agents,
attorneys,  servants and  employees  and each  person,  if any, who controls the
Agent  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section  20(a) of the
1934  Act,  against  any and all  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage  or  expense
whatsoever  (including  but not limited to settlement  expenses,  subject to the
limitation  set forth in the last  sentence of  paragraph  (c) below),  joint or
several, that the Agent or any of such officers,  directors,  agents, attorneys,
servants,   employees  and  controlling  Persons  (collectively,   the  "Related
Persons")  may suffer or to which the Agent or the  Related  Persons  may become
subject  under all  applicable  federal  and  state  laws or  otherwise,  and to
promptly reimburse the Agent and any Related Persons upon written demand for any
reasonable  expenses  (including  reasonable fees and  disbursements of counsel)
incurred by the Agent or any Related Persons in connection  with  investigating,
preparing or defending any actions,  proceedings or claims (whether commenced or
threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages,  liabilities or actions:
(i)  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
statement of a material  fact  contained in the  Registration  Statement (or any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  preliminary  or final  Prospectus  (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), the Applications,  or any blue sky application
or other  instrument  or document of the Primary  Parties or based upon  written
information  supplied  by any of the  Primary  Parties  filed  in any  state  or
jurisdiction  to  register  or  qualify  any  or all of  the  Shares  under  the
securities  laws thereof  (collectively,  the "Blue Sky  Applications"),  or any
application  or  other  document,   advertisement,   or  communication   ("Sales
Information")  prepared,  made or executed by or on behalf of any of the Primary
Parties  with its consent or based upon written  information  furnished by or on
behalf of any of the Primary  Parties,  whether or not filed in any jurisdiction
in order to qualify or register the Shares under the  securities  laws  thereof,
(ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in
any of the foregoing  documents or  information,  a material fact required to be
stated  therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading;  (iii) arise from any
theory of  liability  whatsoever  relating to or arising  from or based upon the
Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary

                                       27

<PAGE>



or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto),  the Applications,
any  Blue  Sky  Applications  or  Sales   Information  or  other   documentation
distributed  in  connection  with the  Reorganization;  or (iv)  result from any
claims made with respect to the accuracy,  reliability  and  completeness of the
records of Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders and
Other  Members  or for any denial or  reduction  of a  subscription  or order to
purchase Common Stock,  whether as a result of a properly calculated  allocation
pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, based upon such records;  provided,  however,
that no  indemnification is required under this paragraph (a) to the extent such
losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon
any untrue  material  statements or alleged  untrue  material  statements in, or
material omission or alleged material omission from, the Registration  Statement
(or any amendment or supplement  thereto) or the preliminary or final Prospectus
(or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  the  Applications,  the  Blue Sky
Applications  or  Sales  Information  or  other  documentation   distributed  in
connection with the Reorganization  made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written  information  furnished  to the  Primary  Parties  by the  Agent  or its
representatives  (including counsel) with respect to the Agent expressly for use
in the  Registration  Statement  (or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto) or
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement  thereto) under the captions  "Market
for the  Common  Stock"  and  "The  Offering  -- Plan of  Distribution/Marketing
Arrangements" or statistical  information regarding the Holding Company prepared
by the Agent for use in the Sales  Information,  except for information  derived
from the  Prospectus,  provided  further,  that the Primary  Parties will not be
responsible for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent they
result primarily from material oral misstatements by the Agent to a purchaser of
Shares which are not based upon  information  in the  Registration  Statement or
Prospectus,  or from  actions  taken or  omitted to be taken by the Agent in bad
faith or from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct,  and the Agent
agrees to repay to the Primary Parties any amounts advanced to it by the Primary
Parties in connection with matters as to which it is found not to be entitled to
indemnification hereunder.

         (b) The  Agent  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Primary
Parties, their directors and officers,  agents,  servants and employees and each
person,  if any, who controls any of the Primary  Parties  within the meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section  20(a) of the 1934 Act against any and all
loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited
to settlement expenses, subject to the limitation set forth in the last sentence
of paragraph (c) below), joint or several which they, or any of them, may suffer
or to which  they,  or any of them,  may  become  subject  under all  applicable
federal  and state laws or  otherwise,  and to  promptly  reimburse  the Primary
Parties and any such  persons upon written  demand for any  reasonable  expenses
(including  fees and  disbursements  of counsel)  incurred by them in connection
with  investigating,  preparing or defending any actions,  proceedings or claims
(whether  commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or actions  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  Registration
Statement (or any amendment of supplement thereto), the Applications or any Blue
Sky Applications or Sales  Information or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state in any of the foregoing  documents a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in the light of
the circumstances under which

                                       28

<PAGE>



they were made, not misleading;  provided, however, that the Agent's obligations
under this  Section  10(b)  shall exist only if and only to the extent that such
untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement was made in, or such material fact
or alleged  material fact was omitted from, the  Registration  Statement (or any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto)  or the  Prospectus  (or  any  amendment  or
supplement  thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent or its representatives  (including
counsel)  expressly for use under the captions "Market for the Common Stock" and
"The Reorganization and Offering - Plan of Distribution and Selling Commissions"
or statistical  information  regarding the Holding Company prepared by the Agent
for use in the Sales  information  (except for statistical  information  derived
from the Prospectus).

         (c) Each  indemnified  party shall give prompt  written  notice to each
indemnifying  party of any  action,  proceeding,  claim  (whether  commenced  or
threatened),  or suit instituted against it in respect of which indemnity may be
sought  hereunder,  but  failure to so notify an  indemnifying  party  shall not
relieve it from any  liability  which it may have on account of this Section 10,
Section  11 or  otherwise.  An  indemnifying  party may  participate  at its own
expense in the defense of such  action.  In addition,  if it so elects  within a
reasonable  time after receipt of such notice,  an indemnifying  party,  jointly
with any other  indemnifying  parties  receiving  such  notice,  may  assume the
defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and approved by the indemnified
parties that are  defendants  in such action,  unless such  indemnified  parties
reasonably  object to such  assumption  on the  ground  that  there may be legal
defenses  available  to them that are  different  from or in  addition  to those
available to such  indemnifying  party.  If an  indemnifying  party  assumes the
defense of such action,  the  indemnifying  parties  shall not be liable for any
fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified  parties incurred thereafter in
connection with such action, proceeding or claim, other than reasonable costs of
investigation. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees
and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys  (unless an indemnified
party or parties  shall have  reasonably  concluded  that there may be  defenses
available  to it or them which are  different  from or in  addition  to those of
other  indemnified  parties) for all indemnified  parties in connection with any
one  action,  proceeding  or claim or separate  but similar or related  actions,
proceedings or claims in the same  jurisdiction  arising out of the same general
allegations or  circumstances.  No indemnifying  party,  shall be liable for any
settlement  of any action,  proceeding  or suit,  which  settlement  is effected
without its prior written consent.

         (d) The  agreements  contained  in this  Section  10 and in  Section 11
hereof and the  representations  and warranties of the Primary Parties set forth
in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of (i) any  investigation  made by or on behalf  of the  Agent or its  officers,
directors, controlling persons, agents or employees or by or on behalf of any of
the Primary Parties or any officers,  directors,  controlling persons, agents or
employees of any of the Primary Parties;  (ii) delivery of and payment hereunder
for the Shares; or (iii) any termination of this Agreement.

         Section 11.     Contribution.


                                       29

<PAGE>



                  (a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances in which the indemnification  provided for in Section 10 is due in
accordance  with  its  terms  but  is for  any  reason  held  by a  court  to be
unavailable  from the Primary Parties on the one hand, or the Agent on the other
hand,  as the case may be, the Primary  Parties on the one hand, or the Agent on
the other hand, as the case may be, shall  contribute  to the aggregate  losses,
claims,  damages and liabilities  (including any investigation,  legal and other
expenses  incurred in connection  therewith and any amount paid in settlement of
any action,  suit or proceeding of any claims asserted,  but after deducting any
contribution  received by the Primary  Parties on the one hand,  or the Agent on
the other  hand,  as the case may be,  from  persons  other than the other party
thereto, who may also be liable for contribution) in such proportion so that (i)
the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the
fees paid to the Agent  pursuant to Section 4 of this  Agreement  (not including
expenses)  ("Agent's  Fees"),  less any portion of Agent's Fees paid by Agent to
Assisting  Brokers,  bear to the total proceeds  received by the Primary Parties
from the sale of the Conversion Shares in the Conversion  Offerings,  net of all
expenses of the  Offerings  except  Agent's Fees,  and (ii) the Primary  Parties
shall be responsible for the balance. If, however, the allocation provided above
is not permitted by applicable  law or if the  indemnified  party failed to give
the notice required under Section 10 above, then each  indemnifying  party shall
contribute  to such  amount  paid or payable by such  indemnified  party in such
proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect not only such  relative  fault of the
Primary  Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other in  connection  with
the statements or omissions  which resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereof), but also the
relative  benefits received by the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent
on the  other  from  the  Offering,  as well  as any  other  relevant  equitable
considerations. The relative benefits received by the Primary Parties on the one
hand  and the  Agent  on the  other  hand  shall  be  deemed  to be in the  same
proportion  as the total  proceeds  from the  Conversion  Offerings,  net of all
expenses  of the  Conversion  Offerings  except  Agent's  Fees,  received by the
Primary  Parties  bear,  with  respect  to the  Agent,  to the  total  fees (not
including  expenses) received by the Agent less the portion of such fees paid by
the Agent to  Assisting  Brokers.  The  relative  fault shall be  determined  by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged  omission to state a material fact
relates to  information  supplied by the Primary  Parties on the one hand or the
Agent on the other and the  parties  relative  intent,  good  faith,  knowledge,
access to  information  and  opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission.  The Primary Parties and the Agent agree that it would not be just and
equitable  if  contribution  pursuant  to this  Section  11 were  determined  by
pro-rata  allocation  or by any other method of  allocation  which does not take
account of the  equitable  considerations  referred to above in this Section 11.
The amount  paid or payable by an  indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or action,  proceedings  or claims in respect
thereof)  referred  to above in this  Section 11 shall be deemed to include  any
legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified  party in
connection with investigating or defending any such action, proceeding or claim.
It is  expressly  agreed  that the  Agent  shall  not be  liable  for any  loss,
liability,  claim,  damage or expense or be  required to  contribute  any amount
which in the aggregate exceeds the amount paid (excluding reimbursable expenses)
to the Agent  under  this  Agreement  less the  portion of such fees paid by the
Agent to Assisting Brokers. It is understood and agreed that the

                                       30

<PAGE>



above-stated  limitation on the Agent's  liability is essential to the Agent and
that the Agent would not have entered into this Agreement if such limitation had
not been agreed to by the parties to this  Agreement.  No person found guilty of
any  fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11 (f) of the
1933 Act) shall be  entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not found
guilty  of  such  fraudulent  misrepresentation.  The  duties,  obligations  and
liabilities of the Primary Parties and the Agent under this Section 11 and under
Section 10 shall be in addition to any duties, obligations and liabilities which
the  Primary  Parties and the Agent may  otherwise  have.  For  purposes of this
Section 11, each of the Agent's and the Primary Parties'  officers and directors
and each person,  if any,  who controls the Agent or any of the Primary  Parties
within the  meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act shall have the same  rights
to  contribution  as the Primary  Parties and the Agent.  Any party  entitled to
contribution,  promptly after receipt of notice of  commencement  of any action,
suit,  claim or  proceeding  against  such party in respect of which a claim for
contribution  may be made  against  another  party  under this  Section 11, will
notify such party from whom  contribution may be sought,  but the omission to so
notify  such party  shall not relive  the party  from whom  contribution  may be
sought from any other  obligation it may have  hereunder or otherwise than under
this Section 11.

         Section 12.  Representations,  Warranties  and  Indemnities  to Survive
Delivery.  All representations,  warranties and indemnities and other statements
contained in this  Agreement,  or contained in  certificates  of officers of the
Primary Parties or the Agent submitted  pursuant hereto,  shall remain operative
and in full force and effect,  regardless of any  termination or cancellation of
this  Agreement  or any  investigation  made by or on behalf of the Agent or its
controlling persons, or by or on behalf of the Primary Parties and shall survive
the issuance of the Shares, and any legal representative, successor or assign of
the Agent,  any of the Primary  Parties,  and any  indemnified  person  shall be
entitled to the benefit of the respective  agreements,  indemnities,  warranties
and representations.

         Section 13.  Termination.  Agent may terminate this Agreement by giving
the notice  indicated  below in this  Section  at any time after this  Agreement
becomes effective as follows:

                  (a) In the event the Holding Company fails to sell the minimum
number of the Conversion  Shares within the period  specified in accordance with
the  provisions  of the Plan or as required by the  Conversion  Regulations  and
applicable  law,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  upon  refund by the Primary
Parties to each person who has  subscribed  for or ordered any of the Conversion
Shares the full amount which it may have  received  from such  person,  together
with interest in accordance with Section 3, and no party to this Agreement shall
have any obligation to the other  hereunder,  except as set forth in Sections 3,
4, 8, 10 and 11 hereof.

                  (b) If any of the conditions  specified in Section 9 shall not
have been  fulfilled by June 30,  1998,  this  Agreement  and all of the Agent's
obligations hereunder may be canceled by the Agent by notifying the Bank of such
cancellation  in writing at any time at or prior to the  Closing  Date,  and any
such  cancellation  shall be without  liability  of any party to any other party
except as otherwise provided in Sections 3, 4, 8, 10 and 11 hereof.

                                       31

<PAGE>



                  (c) If Agent elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in
this Section,  the Bank shall be notified by the Agent as provided in Section 14
hereof.

                  (d) If this  Agreement is terminated  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this  Agreement,  the Primary Parties shall pay the Agent the fees
earned  pursuant to Section 4 and will  reimburse  the Agent for its  reasonable
expenses  pursuant  to  Section  8,  including  without  limitation  accounting,
communication, legal and travel expenses.

         Section 14.  Notices.  All notices and other  communications  hereunder
shall be in  writing  and shall be  deemed to have been duly  given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to Agent shall be
directed to Ryan,  Beck & Co., 220 South Orange Avenue,  Livingston,  New Jersey
07039,  Attention:  Ben Plotkin,  President  (with a copy to Robert A. Schwartz,
Esq., Jamieson, Moore, Peskin & Spicer, P.C., 177 Madison Avenue, Morristown, NJ
07960);  notices to the Primary  Parties shall be directed to Ridgewood  Savings
Bank  of New  Jersey,  55  North  Broad  Street,  Ridgewood,  New  Jersey  07450
Attention: Susan E. Naruk, President and Chief Executive Officer (with a copy to
Samuel Malizia, Esq., Malizia, Spidi Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Attorneys at Law, One
Franklin Square, 1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005).

         Section 15.  Parties.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be  binding  upon the  Agent  and the  Primary  Parties,  and  their  respective
successors.  Nothing  expressed or  mentioned  in this  Agreement is intended or
shall be  construed  to give any  person,  firm or  corporation,  other than the
parties hereto and their respective  successors and the controlling  persons and
officers  and  directors  referred  to in Sections 10 and 11 and their heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in
respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein  contained.  It is understood
and agreed that this  Agreement is the  exclusive  agreement  among the parties,
supersedes any prior Agreement among the parties and may not be varied except by
a writing signed by all parties.

         Section 16. Partial Invalidity.  In the event that any term,  provision
or covenant herein or the application  thereof to any circumstances or situation
shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder hereof and
the application of said term, provision or covenant to any other circumstance or
situation shall not be affected  thereby,  and each term,  provision or covenant
herein shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

         Section  17.  Construction.   This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.


                                       32

<PAGE>



         If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  your  understanding  of our
agreement,  please sign and return to us a counterpart  hereof,  whereupon  this
instrument along with all counterparts  will become a binding  agreement between
you and us in accordance with its terms.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.
                                            (In Formation)

                                            By: _____________________________
                                                     Susan E. Naruk
                                                     President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

                                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, MHC
                                            (In Formation)

                                            By: ______________________________
                                                     Susan E. Naruk
                                                     President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

                                            RIDGEWOOD SAVINGS BANK
                                            OF NEW JERSEY

                                            By: _______________________________
                                                     Susan E. Naruk
                                                     President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing Agency Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date first set and above written.

                                            RYAN, BECK & CO., INC.



                                            By:_________________________
                                               Name: BEN PLOTKIN
                                               Title:   President


                                       33

<PAGE>



                            RIDGEWOOD FINANCIAL, INC.
            (a New Jersey-chartered Stock Corporation - in Formation)
                                1,405,300 Shares
                  (Subject to Increase Up to 1,616,095 Shares)

                          COMMON STOCK ($.10 Par Value)
                       Subscription Price $10.00 Per Share


                             ________________, 1998

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  agreed  to  assist  Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc.,  Inc.,  a New
Jersey-chartered stock holding corporation in formation (the "Holding Company"),
Ridgewood  Financial,  MHC, a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank holding
company in formation (the "MHC") and Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey, a New
Jersey-chartered  mutual savings bank (the "Bank"), in connection with the offer
and sale by the Holding  Company of up to 1,616,095  shares of the common stock,
$.10 par value per share (the "Common Stock").  These shares are to be issued in
connection with the  reorganization  of the Bank from a mutual savings bank to a
stock  savings  bank and wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the Holding  Company (the
"Reorganization"),  in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization  from a Mutual
Savings Bank to Mutual  Holding  Company and Stock  Issuance  Plan (the "Plan").
Under the Plan,  the Holding  Company  will  become,  upon  consummation  of the
Reorganization,  a majority-owned  subsidiary of Ridgewood Financial, MHC, a New
Jersey  chartered  mutual holding  company.  The offering price per share of the
Common  Stock has been  fixed at $ 10.00.  The Common  Stock and  certain of the
terms on which it is being  offered  are more fully  described  in the  enclosed
prospectus  dated___________,  1998 (the  "Prospectus").  Capitalized  terms not
otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to  them in the
Prospectus.

         In connection with the Reorganization,  the Holding Company is offering
the Common Stock in a Subscription Offering to the Eligible Account Holders, the
ESOP, the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders and the Other  Members.  The
Holding  Company is also  offering  all shares of Common  Stock  offered but not
subscribed for in the Subscription Offering in the Community Offering to members
of the general public,  with  preference  given first to residents of the Bank's
local  community in Bergen  County,  New Jersey.  The Common Stock is also being
offered in accordance with the Plan by a selling group of  broker-dealers in the
Public/Syndicated Community Offering.

         We are  offering  the  selected  dealers  (of  which  you are  one) the
opportunity to participate in the solicitation of offers to buy the Common Stock
and we will pay you a fee in the amount of
              percent  (____%) of the dollar  amount of the Common Stock sold on
behalf of the Holding Company by you, as evidenced by the authorized designation
of your firm on the order

                                       34

<PAGE>



form or forms for such  Common  Stock  accompanying  the funds  transmitted  for
payment therefor to the special account  established by the Bank for the purpose
of holding  such  funds.  Any  purchase  of Common  Stock made  pursuant to this
Agreement  is subject to the maximum  purchase  limitations  provided for in the
Plan and described in the Prospectus.  It is understood, of course, that payment
of your fee will be made to you  directly by the Holding  Company for the Common
Stock sold on behalf of the Holding  Company by you, as evidenced in  accordance
with the preceding  sentence.  As soon as practicable  after the closing date of
the  Offering,  the Holding  Company will remit to you the fees to which you are
entitled hereunder.

         Each order  form for the  purchase  of Common  Stock must set forth the
identity  and  address of each person to whom the  certificates  for such Common
Stock should be issued and delivered.  Such order form should  clearly  identify
your firm.  You shall  instruct any subscriber who elects to send his order form
to you to make any accompanying check payable to the Bank.

         This offer is made subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth
and  contained  in the Plan and is made  only to  selected  dealers  who are (i)
members in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(the "NASD") who are to comply with all applicable rules of the NASD, including,
without  limitation,  the NASD's  Interpretation With Respect to Free-Riding and
Withholding  and Section 24 of Article III of the NASD's Rules of Fair Practice,
or (ii) foreign  dealers not eligible for  membership  in the NASD who agree (A)
not to sell any Common  Stock  within  the United  States,  its  territories  or
possessions or to persons who are citizens  thereof or resident  therein and (B)
in making other sales to comply with the  above-mentioned  NASD  Interpretation,
Sections  8, 24 and 36 of the  above-mentioned  Article III as if they were NASD
members and Section 2S of such Article III as it applies to  non-member  brokers
or dealers in a foreign country.

         Orders for Common Stock will be strictly  subject to  confirmation  and
we,  acting  on  behalf  of  the  Holding  Company,  reserve  the  right  in our
unrestricted  discretion  to reject any order in whole or in part,  to accept or
reject orders in the order of their receipt or otherwise,  and to allot. Neither
you nor any other person is authorized  by the Holding  Company or by us to give
any  information or make any  representations  other than those contained in the
Prospectus in connection  with the sale of any of the Common Stock.  No selected
dealer is  authorized to act as agent for us when  soliciting  offers to buy the
Common Stock from the public or  otherwise.  No selected  dealer shall engage in
any  stabilizing  (as defined in Regulation M promulgated  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) with respect to the Common Stock during the offering.

         We and each selected dealer  assisting in selling Common Stock pursuant
hereto  agree to  comply  with the  applicable  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and applicable state rules and regulations. In addition, we
and each selected  dealer confirm that the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
interprets Rule 15c2-8 promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 as
requiring  that a  Prospectus  be  supplied  to each  person who is  expected to
receive a confirmation of sale 48 hours prior to delivery of such person's order
form.


                                       35

<PAGE>



         We and each  selected  dealer  within the meaning of Rule  15c3-l(a)(1)
further  agree to the extent  that our  customers  desire to pay for shares with
funds held by or to be deposited with us, in accordance with the  interpretation
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission of Rule 15c2-4  promulgated under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  either (a) upon receipt of an executed  order
form or  direction  to execute an order form on behalf of a customer  to forward
the offering  price for the Common Stock ordered on or before twelve noon of the
business  day  following  receipt  or  execution  of an order  form by us to the
Holding  Company  for  deposit  in  a  segregated  account  or  (b)  to  solicit
indications  of  interest in which  event (i) we will  subsequently  contact any
customer  indicating  interest to confirm the interest and give  instructions to
execute  and  return an order form or to receive  authorization  to execute  the
order  form on the  customer's  behalf,  (ii) we will  mail  acknowledgments  of
receipt of orders to each  customer  confirming  interest  on the  business  day
following such  confirmation,  (iii) we will debit accounts of such customers on
the third business day (the "Debit Date") following  receipt of the confirmation
referred to in (i), and (iv) we will forward completed order forms together with
such funds to the Holding  Company on or before twelve noon on the next business
day  following the Debit Date for deposit in a segregated  account.  We and each
selected  dealer  acknowledge  that  if the  procedure  in (b) is  adopted,  our
customers' funds are not required to be in their accounts until the Debit Date.

         Unless earlier  terminated by us, this Agreement  shall  terminate upon
the  closing  date of the  Offering.  We may  terminate  this  Agreement  or any
provisions  hereof at any time by  written  or  telegraphic  notice  to you.  Of
course,  our obligations  hereunder are subject to the successful  completion of
the Offering.

         You agree that at any time or times  prior to the  termination  of this
Agreement  you will,  upon our  request,  report  to us the  number of shares of
Common Stock sold on behalf of the Holding Company by you under this Agreement.

         We shall  have  full  authority  to take  such  actions  as we may deem
advisable  in respect of all matters  pertaining  to the  offering.  We shall be
under no  liability  to you except  for lack of good  faith and for  obligations
expressly assumed by us in this Agreement.

         Upon application to us, we will inform you as to the states in which we
believe the Common Stock has been  qualified for sale under,  or are exempt from
the requirements of, the respective blue sky laws of such states,  but we assume
no  responsibility  or  obligation as to your rights to sell Common Stock in any
state.

         Additional copies of the Prospectus and any supplements thereto will be
supplied in reasonable quantities upon request.

         Any  notice  from us to you shall be deemed to have been duly  given if
mailed, telephoned, or telegraphed to you at the address to which this Agreement
is mailed.



                                       36

<PAGE>


         This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of the
State of New Jersey.


         Please  confirm  your  agreement  hereto by signing and  returning  the
confirmation  accompanying  this letter at once to us at Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.,
220 South Orange Avenue,  Livingston,  New Jersey 07039. The enclosed  duplicate
copy will evidence the agreement between us.


                             RYAN, BECK & CO., INC.

                                            By:_________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


Agreed and accepted as of_________________ , 1998

- ---------------------------

- ---------------------------




                                       37








                                  EXHIBIT 23.2


<PAGE>




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



The Board of Directors
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey:



We consent to the use of our report  dated  February  27,  1998  relating to the
statements of financial  condition of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related  statements  of income,  equity,  and
cash flows for the years then ended included herein, and to the reference to our
firm under the heading  "Experts" and "Statements of Income" in the registration
statement/prospectus,  which registration  statement/prospectus is also included
in  the  notice  required  to  be  filed  with  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.



                                             /s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                                             KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Short Hills, New Jersey
October 19, 1998











                                  EXHIBIT 23.3


<PAGE>



                            [FINPRO, INC. LETTERHEAD]






Board of Directors
Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey
531 North Maple Avenue
Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450

Dear Board Members:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name, FinPro,  Inc. ("FinPro") in the
Form  SB-2  Registration   Statement,   and  amendments  thereto,  of  Ridgewood
Financial,  Inc. to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the
combined  Notice of Mutual Holding  Company  Reorganization  and Application for
Approval of a Minority  Stock Issuance  ("MHC  Application")  filed by Ridgewood
Savings  Bank of New  Jersey  and any  amendments  thereto,  and the  Conversion
Valuation  Appraisal  Report  ("Report")  regarding  the  valuation  of the Bank
provided  by FinPro,  and our opinion  regarding  subscription  rights  filed as
exhibits to the form SB-2. We also consent to the use of our firm's name and the
inclusion  of,  summary  of and  references  to our  Report  and  Opinion in the
Prospectus  included  in the  form  SB-2,  and  the  MHC  Application,  and  any
amendments thereto.

                                          Very truly yours,



                                          /s/ Donald J. Musso
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Donald J. Musso



Liberty Corner, New Jersey
October 20, 1998






                                   EXHIBIT 23.4


<PAGE>
[LOGO]         DORFMAN, ABRAMS, MUSIC & CO.
               CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS








                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS




We hereby  consent  to the  reference  to our firm under the  caption  "Experts"
included  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  form  SB-2  filed  by  Ridgewood
Financial,  Inc. and to the use therein of our report  dated  February 29, 1996,
concerning the financial statements of Ridgewood Savings Bank of New Jersey, and
to the  inclusion  of our  report in the  Notice  required  to be filed with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.





                              /s/Dorfman, Abrams, Music & Co.


Fair Lawn, New Jersey

October 20, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>                  <C>
21-00 Route 208 South, Fair Lawn, NJ 07410-2604    Tel: (201) 796-9100   Fax: (201)
796-0900  E-Mail:[email protected]
    Member of Affiliated Conference of Practicing Accountants International
</TABLE>



                                  EXHIBIT 99.2


<PAGE>


October 7, 1998


Board of Directors
Ridgewood Financial, Inc.
531 North Maple Ave.
Ridgewood, New Jersey 07450

Dear Board Members:

This report represents FinPro,  Inc.'s ("FinPro") updated independent  appraisal
of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock (the "Common Stock")
of Ridgewood  Financial,  Inc. in connection with the  Reorganization  and stock
issuance  (the  "Reorganization")  of Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey (the
"Bank")  from  a New  Jersey  chartered  mutual  savings  bank  to a New  Jersey
chartered  stock  savings  bank.  As part of the  reorganization,  the Bank will
become a wholly owned subsidiary of Ridgewood Financial, Inc. (the "Company"), a
New Jersey-chartered stock corporation. Upon consummation of the reorganization,
the  Company  will own all of the shares of the Bank.  A majority  of the common
stock of the Company to be issued will be owned by a New Jersey-chartered mutual
savings bank holding  company that will have the same  directors and officers as
the Bank.  The remainder  (less than half) of the common stock of the Company is
being  offered to the public in  accordance  with a plan of  reorganization  and
stock issuance.

This appraisal  update is furnished  pursuant to market pricing as of October 5,
1998.  FinPro's  original  appraisal  report dated August 25, 1998  included the
Bank's  results for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and market  pricing as of
August 13, 1998.  FinPro's original  appraisal report is incorporated  herein by
reference.

The appraisal is being updated for the following reasons:

*    This appraisal is being updated to conform to other MHC offerings that that
     are competing for subscriptions in the market at the same time.

*    Every index  declined since the original  appraisal  ranging from -1.38% to
     -24.03%.

*    MHC pricing over the same period is down 18.97%.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 1
<PAGE>

*    Recent MHC subscriptions have been lackluster indicating a lack of interest
     in MHC's.

*    The original  appraisal  multiples  are high  relative to other current MHC
     offerings in the local market.

*    Nine of the twelve  comparables  have declined in price ranging from -1.21%
     to -31.34%.

*    Two of the last four MHC  reorganizations are trading below their IPO price
     and the other two are trading at par. The most recent local MHC, West Essex
     Savings, is trading at Par due to the aftermarket purchase of ESOP shares.


Pursuant  to the Plan of  Reorganization,  the Bank will  become a wholly  owned
subsidiary of Ridgewood Financial,  Inc. (the "Company"), a New Jersey-chartered
stock corporation. Upon consummation of the reorganization, the Company will own
all of the shares of the Bank.  A majority of the common stock of the Company to
be issued will be owned by a New  Jersey-chartered  mutual  savings bank holding
company  that  will  have the same  directors  and  officers  as the  Bank.  The
remainder  (less than half) of the common stock of the Company is being  offered
to the public in accordance with a plan of reorganization and stock issuance.


In compiling the pro formas,  FinPro relied upon the assumptions provided by the
Bank and its agents.  The pro forma  assumptions are as follows:  the Bank would
undertake  a mutual  holding  company  reorganization  issuing 47% of the common
stock to the public,  and 53% of the common stock to the Mutual Holding Company,
the stock will be issued at $7 per share,  the conversion  expenses will be $600
thousand there will be an 8% ESOP funded internally and amortized  straight line
over 10 years,  there will be a 4% MRP amortized  straight line over 5 years,  a
tax rate of 37%, and the proceeds from the offering will initially be reinvested
at the one year treasury rate of 5.41% (tax adjusted to 3.41%) at 6/30/98

In preparing this appraisal update, FinPro reviewed its original appraisal,  the
Bank's  prospectus and the Bank's financial reports as of June 30, 1998 in light
of recent developments in stock market conditions. FinPro reviewed other sources
of public information that FinPro believes are reliable;  however, FinPro cannot
guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 2
<PAGE>

FinPro's  appraisal  update is based  upon the  Bank's  representation  that the
information contained in its prospectus and additional  information furnished to
us by same is truthful,  accurate,  and complete.  FinPro did not  independently
verify the financial statements, and other information provided by the Bank, nor
did FinPro  independently  value any of the Bank's assets or  liabilities.  This
appraisal  update  considers  the Bank only as a going concern and should not be
considered as an indication of its liquidation value.

FinPro's  valuation  is  not  intended,   and  must  not  be  construed,   as  a
recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common
stock in the conversion.  Moreover,  because such valuation is necessarily based
upon estimates and projections of a number of matters,  all of which are subject
to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase
shares of common stock in the  conversion  will  thereafter be able to sell such
shares at prices  related  to the  foregoing  estimate  of the  Bank's pro forma
market value.  FinPro,  Inc. is not a seller of securities within the meaning of
any federal or state  securities  laws, and any report prepared by FinPro,  Inc.
shall not be used as an offer or  solicitation  with  respect to the purchase or
sale of any securities.

FinPro's opinion is based upon  circumstances  as of the date hereof,  including
current  conditions in the United States  securities  markets.  Events occurring
after the date hereof,  including,  but not limited to,  changes  affecting  the
United  States  securities  markets  and  subsequent  results of  operations  of
Ridgewood  Savings Bank of New Jersey could  materially  affect the  assumptions
used in preparing this opinion.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 3

<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
UPDATED COMPARABLE GROUP FINANCIAL 
           COMPARISONS 
- -------------------------------------


The  following  figure  presents  the  financial  ratios  for the  Bank  and the
Comparable Group.

                      FIGURE 1 - KEY FINANCIAL INDICATORS

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 4

<PAGE>

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]



Source: Offering Prospectus and SNL Securities

Note:   The Bank's June 30, 1998 ratios are six month figures, annualized.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 5

<PAGE>


On a comparable  basis using June 30, 1998 data for the Bank and the most recent
quarter for the  Comparable  Group,  the Bank had a lower loan to assets  ratio,
43.12%,  and a higher  deposits to assets  ratio,  81.84%,  when compared to the
Comparable Group's medians of 52.16% and 66.74%, respectively. The lower loan to
deposit ratio is consistent with the funding mix for the Comparable  Group, with
a median borrowing to asset ratio of 20.05% as compared to the Bank's 10.48%.


In terms of growth,  the Bank's  assets,  loans and  deposits  increased  9.02%,
(2.68%) and 6.80%, respectively, while the median growth rates of the Comparable
Group were 9.74%, 7.81% and 5.62%, respectively.

The Bank had an equity to asset ratio of 7.15% while the Comparable  Group had a
median  equity to asset ratio of 10.70%.  The Bank will have a similar  level of
capital  after the  conversion,  10.07%,  assuming  the  offering  closes at the
midpoint.

Based on the  similarities  of the equity  ratios,  balance sheet ratios and the
minimal  shifts  in the  Comparable  Group's  medians,  no  adjustment  is still
warranted for Balance Sheet Strength.

The Bank's lower level of nonperforming  loans as a percent of loans, 0.01%, but
offsetting  lower level of reserves  as a percent of loans,  0.72%,  continue to
warrant no adjustment when compared to the Comparable Group medians of 0.40% and
1.29%, respectively.

The Bank's  ROAA and ROAE for the six months  ended June 30, 1998 were 0.42% and
5.59%, respectively, while the Comparable Group's ROAA and ROAE which were 0.89%
and  7.92%,  respectively.  Due to the lower  level of ROAA and ROAE a  downward
adjustment is still warranted for earnings.

The Comparable  Group's  dividends,  market area and management have not changed
substantially. Therefore no changes are warranted for the dividends, market area
and management.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 6

<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
       THRIFT EQUITY MARKET
- -------------------------------------

This section  presents an analysis of the change in the equities  market between
August 13, 1998 and October 5, 1998.  Since  August 13,  1998,  (the date of the
market prices in FinPro's original appraisal),  stock prices, as measured by the
S&P 500 and Dow Jones  indices  decreased  8.03% and  8.67%,  respectively.  The
market for thrift  stocks,  as measured by the SNL thrift  index,  has  declined
18.37%. The index changes were as follows:


                         FIGURE 2 - PERIOD INDEX CHANGE

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]



The change in market for thrift stocks and for the U.S. equity market in general
would indicate that there should be a downward  adjustment made to the estimated
value range.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 7

<PAGE>

The median New Jersey fully  converted  thrift  stock price has declined  12.30%
since  August 13, 1998 and the median New Jersey  MHC's stock price has declined
14.93% since August 13, 1998. The overall  decline in the price of a majority of
the New Jersey thrifts indicates a downward adjustment.

                       FIGURE 3 - NEW JERSEY PRICE CHANGE

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source:  SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 8

<PAGE>

The Comparable Group experienced an average price decrease of 8.91% and a median
decrease of 6.50%.  The fact that the pricing  has  declined  for nine of twelve
comparables is a strong indication that a downward adjustment is warranted.

                       FIGURE 4 - COMPARABLE PRICE CHANGE


                                [FIGURE OMITTED]

Source:  SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                               Page 9

<PAGE>

The change in median New Jersey fully  converted  thrift's price to LTM earnings
per share and median  price to tangible  book value were  -12.80%  and  -12.25%,
respectively. The change in median New Jersey MHC thrift's price to LTM earnings
per share and median  price to tangible  book value were  -21.01%  and  -21.00%,
respectively. These changes justify downward adjustments.

                       FIGURE 5 - STATE MULTIPLE CHANGES

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]

Source SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations

The  Comparable  Group's  median price to LTM  earnings  per share  decreased by
5.53%,  and the median price to tangible book value  decreased by 4.43%.  Again,
these indicate downward adjustments.

                     FIGURE 6 - COMPARABLE MULTIPLE CHANGES

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]

Source: SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 10

<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
     RECENT STANDARD CONVERSIONS
- -------------------------------------

Recent  conversions,  specifically  MHC's and second steps,  have had difficulty
reaching the minimum of their  estimated  value  ranges.  Additionally,  for the
periods  presented  below,  two standard  conversions have had their stock price
drop below the initial IPO price while a third is trading at its IPO price.

             FIGURE 7 - RECENT STANDARD CONVERSION PERFORMANCE 1998

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source: SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 11

<PAGE>

             FIGURE 8 - RECENT STANDARD CONVERSION PERFORMANCE 1997

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source: SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 12
<PAGE>

                             MHC RECENT CONVERSIONS

Two of the six 1998 MHC  reorganizations  are trading below their IPO prices and
West  Essex is  trading  at par based on the  aftermarket  purchase  of the ESOP
shares, indicating the need to adjust the appraisal range downward.

            FIGURE 9 - RECENT MHC CONVERSION PERFORMANCE 1997 & 1998

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]

Source: SNL Securities and FinPro Calculations

The  aftermarket  performance of MHC's recently have been anemic which is adding
to the unattractiveness of MHC's in general.  Also, MHC's undertaken in 1997 are
also down considerably from their highs.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 13
<PAGE>

The average and median New Jersey MHC's trading prices have decreased 14.93% for
both.  The  average  and median  trading  prices for all MHC's have  declined by
20.35% and 18.97%,  respectively.  The  following  table is the most  compelling
reason that the estimated  valuation range  established in the initial appraisal
needs to be adjusted downward.

                         FIGURE 10 - MHC PRICE CHANGES

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 14
<PAGE>

                        FIGURE 11 - MHC MULTIPLE CHANGES

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]

All MHC's, both local and nationwide,  have had a decrease in price change since
August 13, 1998, which indicates a downward adjustment. Specifically, New Jersey
MHC's have declined in price by an average of 14.93% while the average price for
all MHC's nationally dropped 20.35%. Additionally, the average trading multiples
in New Jersey are down between  21.00% and 21.02%  while the national  multiples
are down from 21.73% and 21.88%.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 15
<PAGE>

                             CURRENT MARKET PRICING

                   FIGURE 12 - PENDING STANDARD TRANSACTIONS

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]



                      FIGURE 13 - PENDING MHC TRANSACTIONS

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Note:Data for Greene  County and Oneida  Savings is prior to  appraisal  updates
     filed on October 7, 1998.

To remain  consistent  with other offerings that will be subscribing at the same
time, a downward adjustment is justified.

As Figure 13  illustrates,  the MHC Pro Forma  multiples  for Ridgewood are high
relative to other current MHC offerings  (Willow Grove and  Provident).  Service
Bancorp is in its extended  community  offering period and Revere is expected to
be updated shortly consistent with the numbers provided in this update.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 16
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
     CURRENT MARKET DIRECT MHC 
         COMPARABLE PRICING
- -------------------------------------

                    FIGURE 14 - CURRENT LOCAL MHC OFFERINGS

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


(2)  The multiples shown include the appraisal updates as of 10/7/98.

Most  investors have been hurt in the last month or so due to price declines and
have become,  as a group,  illiquid due to margin calls.  As such,  they will be
very  selective  in this next round of  subscriptions.  It is critical  that all
similar offerings be priced  consistently and that the only differences in price
came on financial or operational  issues,  not on market reflected issues.  This
update  eliminates the market variable in the pricing of comparable MHC's in the
local market.




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 17
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
     OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------


*    Professionals,  probably  the  result  of  margin  calls on their  existing
     portfolios,  are  illiquid  and are not  subscribing  heavily in recent MHC
     offerings.

*    Of all  conversions,  either MHC or  standard,  since July 13,  1998,  only
     Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. is trading at a premium. The other eight are at or
     below their IPO price.  (See page 3 of the  attached SNL  Conversion  Watch
     issue dated October 6, 1998).

*    With the exception of West Essex,  the other current MHC's in  subscription
     had to go to the community  for a prolonged  period to get enough orders to
     close in their respective ranges.

*    The last four MHC  reorganizations,  since  April 20,  1998,  are all at or
     below their IPO price. The other two MHC's in 1998 are currently trading at
     less than 15% over their IPO prices.

*    As shown in Figure 10, every MHC has lost significant value recently.

Recent articles in major trade  publications,  such as The American Banker,  are
fueling the flight from bank and thrift  stocks.  Provided below are some sample
front page headlines from recent American Banker issues;

Tuesday, October 6, 1998 Investors Dump Bank Stocks as 3Q Profit Fears Take Hold

Monday, October 5, 1998 Betting Heavy That the worst Isn't Over for Bank Stocks

Thursday,  October  1, 1998 Fed Rate Cut  Disappoints  Market,  But a Bigger One
Might Have Too

Tuesday, September 29, 1998 OCC Sounds Quality Alert On Loans to Consumers

Tuesday,  September 29, 1998 As Wall Street Beats a Retreat,  Banks Eye a Return
to Real Estate

Friday,  September 25, 1998 Scared Investors Flee Bank Stocks, Worst Is Still to
Come, Some Predict

Thursday, September 24, 1998 Some Giants Pulled Back Early from Bank Stocks

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 18
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------
      VALUATION DETERMINATION
- -------------------------------------

As in our  initial  appraisal,  FinPro  has  analyzed  the pro  forma  price  to
earnings, pro forma price to tangible book and pro forma price to book ratios in
combination  with one another in determining an appropriate  pro forma estimated
market value for the Bank.  FinPro has  considered  the price to assets ratio as
well in its valuation approach. Additional supporting data is as follows:

          Exhibit 1 - Comparison of State and  Comparable  Multiples  August 13,
                      1998 and October 5, 1998

          Exhibit 2 - Industry Multiples at October 5, 1998

          Exhibit 3 - Selected Data for the Comparable Group

          Exhibit 4 - Performance of Recent Conversions

          Exhibit 5 - Selected Data on all Public Thrifts

          Exhibit 6 - Appraisal  Pro  Forma  June 30,  1998 - Full  Offering  12
                      Months Data Adjusted

          Exhibit 7 - Appraisal  Pro  Forma June 30,  1998 - MHC 12 Months  Data
                      Adjusted

          Exhibit 8 - Offering  Circular  Stub  Period Pro Forma June 30, 1998 -
                      MHC 6 Months Data Unadjusted

          Exhibit 9 - Offering  Circular  Pro Forma  December  31, 1997 - MHC 12
                      Months Data Unadjusted

Since the date of the  original  appraisal,  the median  Comparable  Group stock
price has  decreased  6.50%  (Figure 4), the median New Jersey  fully  converted
stock price has decreased 12.30% (Figure 3), and the median New Jersey MHC stock
price has decreased 14.93%. The SNL index decreased 18.37%,  while the S&P index
decreased  8.03% (Figure 2). The change in market  prices would  indicate that a
downward adjustment is warranted.

Additionally,  the level of subscriptions and aftermarket  performance of recent
conversions   suggest  that  a  reduction  of  the  estimated   value  range  is
appropriate.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 19
<PAGE>

Based upon these factors,  FinPro  believes that a valuation  range,  on a fully
converted  basis of $21,000,000 at the midpoint,  $17,850,000 at the minimum and
$24,150,000 at the maximum ($27,772,500 at the adjusted maximum) is appropriate.
The resulting  pro forma  pricing  ratios to the  Comparable  Group,  New Jersey
thrifts and all public thrifts are as follows:

         FIGURE 15 - UPDATED PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE COMPARABLE GROUP

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source:  FinPro Computations
Note:  The Bank's pro forma multiples reflect results as of June 30, 1998.


                     FIGURE 16 - VALUE RANGE OFFERING DATA

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source:  FinPro Computations

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 20
<PAGE>

The  valuation  range  on an MHC  basis  is,  therefore,  of  $9,870,000  at the
midpoint,  $8,389,500 at the minimum and $11,350,500 at the maximum ($13,053,075
at the adjusted maximum) is appropriate.  The resulting pro forma pricing ratios
to the  Comparable  Group,  New Jersey  thrifts  and all public  thrifts  are as
follows:

       FIGURE 17 - UPDATED MHC PRICING MULTIPLES TO THE COMPARABLE GROUP

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source:  FinPro Computations
Note:  The Bank's pro forma multiples reflect results as of June 30, 1998.

                   FIGURE 18 - MHC VALUE RANGE OFFERING DATA

                                [FIGURE OMITTED]


Source:  FinPro Computations

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 21
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------
      VALUATION CONCLUSION
- -------------------------------------

As of October 7, 1998,  it is  FinPro's  opinion  that the  estimated  pro forma
market  value of the Bank in a MHC  offering,  is  $9,870,000  at the  midpoint,
$8,389,500 at the minimum and  $11,350,500 at the maximum and $13,053,075 at the
supermaximum.

                                Respectfully Submitted,

                                FinPro, Inc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 22
<PAGE>

                                List of Exhibits
                           Ridgewood Financial, Inc.

Exhibit



1.   Market Multiples Comparison - 8/13/98 to 10/5/98

2.   Industry  Multiples -  Comparable  Group,  New Jersey  Thrifts,  All Public
     Thrifts

3.   Select Market Data - 1997-to-Date Standard Conversions

4.   Recent MHC Conversions

5.   Selected Data on all Public Thrifts

6.   Appraisal Pro Forma June 30, 1998 - Full Offering 12 Months Data Adjusted

7.   Appraisal Pro Forma June 30, 1998 - MHC 12 Months Data Adjusted

8.   Offering  Circular  Stub Period Pro Forma June 30, 1998 - MHC 6 Months Data
     Unadjusted

9.   Offering  Circular  Pro  Forma  December  31,  1997  - MHC 12  Months  Data
     Unadjusted



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ridgewood Financial, Inc., Appraisal update                              Page 23

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT 1-9

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission